• Targeting People With Terror Weapons, Then Building a Lying Edifice of “Mental Health”–to be Provided, via Terror, Trauma, Grabs and Drags, by Armed Police and “Clinical Co-Responders”: The ’50s CIA MKULTRA Wet Dream of Psychos for Mass BeMod, NeuroMod Come True
    Posted on November 16, 2024 by Ramola D
    News Report, Info, Screenshots | Ramola D | November 16, 2024, 6:33 pm

    Around this country and around the world, a steady mythology has been put out–intensified in recent times–alleging that Mental Health “Disorders” are now at an all-time high as people in the USA and worldwide apparently suddenly fall into Mental Decline without cause.

    ONE IN FIVE LIVE WITH A MENTAL HEALTH DISORDER?



    ONE IN EIGHT LIVE WITH A MENTAL HEALTH DISORDER?

    The World Health Organization, that circle-ops of criminal doctors, lawyers, investment bankers, and master “strategists” for fake-viruses, helping jostle them into place one after the other so vaccine makers can rush to concoct their next poison brew to decimate some and sterilize all, suggests Eight, blandly, after creating the Mental Health and Physical Health Crime of COVID with its attendant LOCK-UPS of people behind bars and computer screens for months on end.


    The Removal of Human Rights With Mental Health (Disorder) Labels for All: It’s Not Stigma They’re Removing, It’s Your Rights They’re Aiming at–Communist Repression Concealed as Mental Health: WHO Expands its Reach

    From Vaccine Communism to Mental Health Communism: Qui Bono?

    [Kick Out WHO From Every Country, Jail the Criminals]





    One in Five Live With a Mental Health Disorder?

    The National Alliance on Mental Illness–which needs investigating–says one in five, and further, one in 20 “experience Severe Mental Illness”.

    “Severe Mental Illness”, in fact, “UNtreated Severe Mental Illness” is what all targets of Lifetime Terror: Bio, Neuro, Chakra, Life with AP-DEW, RF HPM, Neurotech, Telemetry Terror are given, like a Yellow Juden Star, on their so-called “Medical Records” and Secret, Non-Investigation FBI-Police Mark-ups so they can be Psych-Drugged for life shortly, post Terror Drags and Grabs, Police-provided.

    After rounds of Psych Terror Trauma Drags Grabs Stays and other Sticks, LABELS will replace the USMI tag: BIPOLAR SCHIZOPHRENIC is a new terrifying one for one and all, SCHIZOPHRENIC used to be the choice tag of yore; there’s also PARANOID SCHIZOPHRENIC upcoming, and it Is for one and all, it’s democratic that way, it can start for you too anytime with just a little “Anxiety” pill or a slight “Depression”–over anything at all. Your sudden divorce and your entire family falling into a mass grave for instance. Gaza, Ukraine, War Trauma, Refugeeism, Legs blown off, anything.


    One in Four Live With a Mental Health Disorder?


    The obvious question of course, at this point, is How does one know what a Mental Health Disorder is?

    [You have to be Very Disordered to ask this question in Public, especially in the presence of your local thug Armed Police or your local Spy Syringe-Armed EMS, so don’t ask.]

    Luckily, lots of craven Psycho Docsters online will give you an answer (without asking). It will involve “Wheelspinning” and Making your Head Go Round and Round, so watch out for Psycho Docs: They are Stupid. [Definition of Stupid to follow.]



    That line about children is spelled out below, that “ch” word is “Chronic”, and like everything else on this page it is an Easy Lie–Children below 14 do not “get Chronic Mental Illness”, they are abused and thrown into the Psycho Docster Forever-Mine System, most often by “Foster Care Parents”, which, I am learning, may include a large Police-party and DCF-party (affiliated) clientele: Yes, Police are stealing children, just as DCF and CPS are stealing children, and they are visibly, audibly, absolutely ABUSING, USING, and ATTACKING children, including, as this writer has witnessed, with the “PROCESS” to get you all LABELS: In other words, these people–Police, DCF, DCs (courts), CPS–are manufacturing not just Criminals (more below) but “Patients” for Psycho Docsters who are making a Killing these days from Mental Health Grabs: Lifelong, Chronic “Mental Health” Patients, including from children.


    For more Easy Lies from Psychiatry.Org, please visit: Psychiatry.org – What is Mental Illness?
    [12:56 pm: Shouts of Oonagh! from next door, or perhaps it is Luna! their next favorite word to yell–the Mazzeos. (Their own spy bug, backfiring)]

    Can Everyone Be Labeled as Mentally Ill? (A Real Question)


    Can Anyone Have a Mental Illness At Any Time?

    And yes, the answer to that is Yes. [It’s like a Double Fudge Sundae or a Very Itchy Rash–Anytime!]

    And in fact Anyone can get One Tag After Another, as Harmony United displays graphically for all to see: Gray, Teal, White, Ochre, Tan–perhaps Special Ops, Navy, UN/CIA, Army, Air Force, CIA? Tags to cover the Brain Weapons and the Bio Weapons and the Energy Weapons. In other words: LABELS, to hide the HORRORS of Military and CIA Assholic Behavior Against Others. These are LABELS, Harmony tells us, silently.


    Mental Health: Can everyone be labeled as mentally ill, or is it stigmatism? – Best Psychiatry, Mental Health Clinic, Top 10 Psychiatrist in Florida
    [1:00 pm: Loud crack on shielding above my head–Mazzeos. Resorting to Loud Long Range Acoustic kvetching.]

    [Yes, it Is Hilarious–and who created this? They and their pals I bet: the CIA MKULTRA gang from the 1910s, ’20s and ’50s, and ’70s, pretending Hiding Crime is all that is needed to stay Hidden.] [Meaning: They’ve done it ok? They’ve done it. Since the Church Committee unravelings (itself a set-up) in 1974, lots and lots of Hiding and Going On Being. The Surfacing currently has been in your face and is outlandishly amazingly Open: “Behavioral Health Centers”? “Policing Public Safety”? “The Mentally Ill as Criminal”? “Saving the Mentally Ill from Jail”?]

    Any Good Labels for Lifelong Wheelspinning and Psycho Docster Stupido Attention?

    Here are a few, and Psycho Docsters are standing by, Ready and WIlling to give you any one or two or three of them–yes they are Very Very Good, and you Must Take them:


    How to Tell If Someone Is Mentally Ill? Mentally Ill Signs
    Of course, if you are what they call a “Veteran”: A loon who joined the Military Post Armistice Day 1918 (when all wars were ended), you have many more choices:


    Understanding Veterans and Mental Illness | NVHS
    Pick and Choose, or Ask Your Doctor for a Label: he or she will be happy to oblige. Thrilled in fact, for Doctors like to be Asked things. They are Frail that way, and will not show it, but they do like to be called Experts.

    Note, each and every one of these Labels can also be manufactured for you with Brain Weapons–James Giordano (secret CIA) knows all about it, and so does Charles Morgan (confessed CIA). James G in fact ran out and became an “adjunct faculty in Psychiatry” in addition to being a Neuroscientist, a Military Man, and a Neuroethicist–which means Killer Who Hides the Crime–and whether this was before or after he took up Argentine waltzing, no doubt to impress his new Nazi girlfriend, I don’t really know, but I am keen to catch up with his Life Story and no doubt soon enough I will learn more from his Memoir Writing, which I personally will not be helping him with. [Although I’ve taught a spot of Memoir Writing myself, and have several of my own to reel out myself, I am after all only a lowly Labeled for Brain Weapon Use, a special category of the Unlawfully Targeted, by Unlawfully Acting Assholes in the Navy, Army, Marine Corps, Air Force, NSA, CIA, DARPA, Police, FBI, DHS and their lovely “Informants”, and cannot Aspire to such Heights as Speaking with a Neuro Criminal.] [Sadly, I have indeed spoken with others, as many know, and I won’t be repeating the Speaking. No. I will be doing however a lot of EXposing.]

    One in Five Ex-Military Get PTSD?

    Why not leave the Military? They do after all have BRAIN WEAPONS. And BIO WEAPONS. And CHAKRA HACKING ENERGY WEAPONS. And full body blast pretend NON LETHAL WEAPONS. In addition to MUNITIONS that is, which won’t hide the crime.

    And remember, you can’t stop the Vaccines (Poisons). Giving your Body to the Military means Letting the Bastards Experiment on You Wholesale–any time of year, any war or pretend war, with ANY kind of WEAPON!

    Maybe forgo one Label at least in your life? For DISORDER will follow you soon enough, in every walk of life.


    Understanding Veterans and Mental Illness | NVHS
    Meanwhile, Can You Get a Label or Two from Emergency, Crisis, Police, and their Co-Conspirators in Crime, “Mental Health Officers” or “Clinical Co-Responders”?

    Absolutely! A very simple thing to do, and a stellar way to get Psych Labeled Up the Wazoo and in fact end up in the Zoo for Criminals quite easily if you are so inclined, for “Crisis” goes with “Incarceration” and “Emergency” goes with “Psych Ward Only”–You are going to Get Labeled, once they grab you and thrust you in that White Van from Hell, no questions asked; and if you protest, hey it’s Jail for you soon enough (They like Jail, those uniformed armed Criminals; they Make Jails, they Keep Jails, like pet fleas, and they Throw people in Jails Every single day, just for fun and games, back in the Station.)

    “White Vans designed not to look like conventional Law Enforcement or Public Safety vehicles”

    This is Chicago, and these white vans sprung on residents there in 2022 have been seen in Boston too. Perhaps elsewhere also. In Quincy a white van pulled up one afternoon this past summer as the writer was replanting calendulas and mystery cornflowers in her front garden, with a young African-American driver getting out and sauntering up her walk with a (usually-heavy) Fiji Water box in his hands. Thank you! the writer called, looking up while the man put the box on the porch and seemed to linger. She looked around and he seemed to be taking readings from the back of her head with his scanner. He left, but later the writer found drinking the water from that particular box inflamed her face inordinately, overnight. Research reveals the military has developed nano silicon which is hooked, and all sorts of nano materials which could cause inflammation. In that box and that van? An Amazon buy, this box was delivered separately, by a non-Amazon van. One like the one below which has shown up before and after on the street. But if this is a Mental Health Grab van in Chicago, perhaps people elsewhere in the US and worldwide also may want to give it a wide berth. Meaning: If you see it around you, expect Gulag action, clear the area, don’t bother engaging in chit-chat with the Crooked driver.

    Chicago has some interesting September 2024 news about the Police bowing out of Mental Health calls and then the Fire Department miserable and outraged about EMT taking their jobs. Public Health supposedly will run the Mental Health arrests and people who dare to call themselves “Behavioral Health Clinicians” [blind to Orwell, Huxley, Communism, Stalin, Lenin, Mao, Tavistock, Delgado, MKMK, and the infinite crimes of the CIA-DARPA Mad Scientist Club) will come along with EMTs [RF weapon-wielding EMS? Weapons in a cell, portable, discreet–or an AED] to lead the RF-Targeted to their Next Label Station at the local Criminal ER with many Criminal ER Docs and Nurses waiting–all in white, and many Syringes, please!


    San Antonio, Texas; Dallas, Texas, Jason Harrison

    Or will they? Police can divest themselves of their uniforms and moonlight as “Mental Health Officers”–as they do, here, in San Antonio, alleging “Crisis Intervention Training”: (1986) Meet Police Offers Trained to Respond to Mental Illness Calls – YouTube


    And surely Paramedics from Fire–with their multiple skills–can work with Public Health too? So many possibilities. Lots and lots of money in the offing, for all these City of Chicago departments.

    Note, the San Antonio, Texas story here on 2 plainclothes officers responding to calls is prefaced by a deeply disturbing filming of a previous call in Dallas, June 14, 2014, when 38 year-old Jason Harrison–who from all accounts of this incident read by this writer was unlawfully Targeted, being both Labeled and “holding a screwdriver”–was tragically shot dead on his mother’s doorstep. More here: Video and Transcript: Jason Harrison Hearing – Friday, January 22 – International Commission of Inquiry | International Commission of Inquiry.

    [In that story, one has to ask: Was Jason Harrison targeted? Was his mother Shirley Marshall Harrison also targeted? For anyone can be labeled “Bipolar Schizophrenic”, and Police seem to be involved in getting people those labels. Why would any mother call the Police to help take her targeted son to a hospital, then speak of her son in that fashion “Bipolar Schizo”? What is the backstory here–why has ABC News not given us that? Is there a fundamental schism here, between the Indoctrinating Lie (of Labels) and the Reality, of Nanny State Terror?]

    And in the other story, where a young mother supposedly calls the plainclothes officers saying she is suicidal but “doesn’t even know how she would do it”, raising the spectre of the Contrived Call, the narrator’s note on a “pioneering program where the mentally ill are diverted out of jail and into treatment” stands out as a most curious element: How exactly have Police gotten away with this, in city after city, state after state? The Mentally Ill are supposed to be seen as Criminals? And what shall Terrorizing Police be seen as? “Mentally Ill” comes to mind.

    “We’re in Plain Clothes, We Have an Unmarked Car”: How exactly is this Reassuring? It’s Not!

    [Note, this writer–a reporter, a science and technology journalist, long-time college faculty in English and Creative Writing, management consultant, creativity workshop leader, poet, fiction-writer, artist-in-training, children’s art teacher, gardener, mother (of many)–perfectly in control of her mind, but unlawfully Targeted and Labeled by Quincy and Boston Police, keen to disappear educated Brown-skinned women in regressive Massachusetts–was almost abducted from her front garden by two Bostonian/Quincy Criminals in plain clothes and an unmarked car on October 8, 2024–reported more fully here: Reporter’s Note 40: Police Intruders Attempt Crazed Abduction of Reporter from her Own Private Front Yard October 8 2024.]


    Philadelphia, Walter Wallace

    In Philadelphia, on October 26, 2020, 27 year old Walter Wallace–Labeled Bipolar–who also seems to have been unlawfully Targeted by Police was shot and killed needlessly in the middle of his own home street in front of his mother’s house and in front of many relatives including his own pregnant wife all of whom were trying to stop the police and couldn’t, for the Police appeared to be on a kind of cruise control of shooting, as also in Dallas, in the shooting of Jason Harrison. And was he holding a knife, if so why, and why did he come out of the house as the police suddenly got into position against him? Is “holding a knife” the key? Was he like Jason Harrison suddenly brain-intruded-on with chatty techno spy acoustic Brain Tech to pick up a knife and step outside? Here his sister called the police and reported Walter as out of control yelling at his parents–but was he? And if he was targeted, what about her? What sister calls armed police against a brother for a private home dispute? Was she targeted too? Brain Programming, RF Hypnosis, Directed RF Heating of the Crown of the Head and the Back of the Head which can lead to high energy, rage, and “acting out”, Chakra RF vibration and attack to make people nervous and fearful, so many possibilities–she could also have been turned against him with some dedicated next-door EEG/Brain Heterodyning.

    So could the policeman whose hand holding the trigger here and whose voice on tape shows he had lost his mind–as apparently do others who clutch their guns and point and randomly shoot to kill.

    When Walter exited his mother and father’s home and came out, crossing the street, he was silent, no words or sounds can be heard on tape from him, his movements seemed quiet, he was merely crossing the street.


    Walter Wallace Jr.
    Why are Police Being Permitted to Carry Guns, Draw Them, and Use Them? Police Terror is Passe, and Clearly LETHAL

    There might also have been a Racist element here–not just in the attitude of those men to draw their guns at such speed, but to actually come by with them and use them.


    The Nightline story covering this act of Violence — it’s the Police who need Crime Prevention–also seems most peculiar in its denial of facts and pursuit of lies. ABC Nightline Anchor Juju Chang*’s pronouncement (below) regarding “Untreated Mental Illness”, phrased most peculiarly–in efforts to advance an Agenda propelled by Trojan Horse media-owners it appears–seems to both validate killings by police and accept the killings of those deemed the Untreated Mentally Ill.


    *Curiously, Juju Chang is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations, and a reporter who has covered the mass shootings at the Pulse club in Orlando, Florida, the concert in Las Vegas, the mythical Sandy Hook school in famed Newtown, Connecticut. Is she part of the extensive Fake-Media network bringing home the CIA-Cover-Artist-Created narrative of the “Mentally Unwell Untreated Mass Shooter”?

    Walter Wallace was not “untreated” according to his family–they had got him earlier, thrusting Labels and Psych drugs at a young creative musician American with big dreams and great talent–but the question of whether he was mentally ill has not been addressed. Psych Drugs of course are also Brain Technology, but today’s Brain Tech experiments run by unethical hive-minded bureaucrats with roots in Harvard and Yale using secretly-forced implants in police-forced “hospitalization” visits, working with them, and with the Neuro-AI experiments of demented grad students from foreign Universities and American campuses, all sworn to an illegal secrecy by such as CIA, DOJ, DARPA–witness the Limited-Effects Technology Program, a DARPA-NIJ venture mostly although JPSG*: supposedly DOD and DOJ–end up creating the same kind of Torment evident in the manufacture of Manchurian candidates, long exposed by investigative journalists and serious writers, such as for instance John Marks, Alex Constantine, Walter Bowart [although the older, CIA-Psy-Op Language of “Mind Control” changes now to Brain Technology or Neurotech Attacks]. *Joint Program Steering Group: See Documentary Evidence of Covert Electronic-Weapon and Neurotechnology Use By US Government on Americans Series (2) The Limited Effects Technology (LET) Program Report | JPSG, OOTW/LE Programs, 1996.

    Activists honor Walter Wallace Jr., six months after Philly police shot him – WHYY

    “Untreated Mental Illness” has become a watchword for Police action as if the conjoint Police Mechanism from all 50 states have suddenly been turned on to Matters of the Mind–questionable when most are uneducated (a high school diploma or GED Pass can hardly be called an education)–and want desperately to protect the Common Human Mind at all costs. Many of course, not being Human themselves: Yes, sadly there are many Species on this plane Earth, Hominids one might say, or Humanoid, but some not even quite that, but no, one doesn’t learn that in the Halls of Higher Education, only when Police cross your Life-Path and reveal themselves.


    This ABC Nightline 2020 phrasing also seems to be Bringing-In this grotesque phantasm of “People with Untreated Mental Illness” needing to Get Prepared to meet their Maker when Police encounter them, for such do “Reports” from the “Self-Correspondent”/Nightline/ABC show. Meaning: What exactly? Media and Police with Guns working together to further target the already targeted Labeled Mentally Ill and RF-Neurotech’d for Life Removal?


    “A Killer on Floor 32” seems to be a movie starring Juju Chang, Labeled a “Self-Correspondent”
    Do Police Simply Go Cruising About Shooting People to Death?

    No, not really. They sometimes almost Tase people to death, all in the interests of Hospitalizing the Untreated Mentally Ill of course. Witness the 9-24-2021 Charlene Hunter tasing and dragging out in a high-speed Terroristic encounter where 2 New York Police rushed in to reveal their most criminal selves: Who Employs Police to Behave in This Fashion? The Cities, it looks like: Hard to tell which (corporate) species there is the more criminal.


    Body cam video of police responding to mental health crisis – YouTube
    Later news commentary on this attack on Charlene Hunter–which seems co-ordinated–reveals that 13 Now wants both to ignore the extreme Aggression and Terror inflicted by the Police here and cast the Labeled as intractably Mentally-Removed while blaming-the-Victim-in-Full-Force and fabricating the “Mental Health Crisis”–assisting Police in other words, in running Terror in the Community:


    Preview: Disturbing Encounter with Police – YouTube
    This is further evidence that Moneymaking Media Globalist-owned, US-Owned, Nazi-Owned, Zionist-Owned is horribly entangled in the Violence By Police Actions against people, who are All vulnerable to being unlawfully targeted, RF/Neurotech Targeted, False-Spych-Labeled, and thence further targeted as some kind of resident “Mentally Ill” population–for Labeling as Putative and Potential Criminals— who must be continually Monitored, Surveilled, and Hospitalized–by Police, Fire, EMS, the Holy Grail of Terror-Makers for the Cities who employ them. This is Crime on such a Broad Scale that it appears the whole of America has gone into Fast Freeze and is permitting absolute, unvarnished Mayhem surrounding “Mental Health” and “Police.”


    Thence, to (Other) Non-Lethal Weapons, to Control Populations: “The New Way”‘s Weapons of Terror

    As reported by CNN, succeeding Walter Wallace’s Police-Murder, the City of Philadelphia is equipping police with “stun guns such as Tasers”–so-called Non-Lethal Weapons, supposedly to reduce the Police-Murder rate, but Tasers are cruel and lethal too–and why is anyone accepting Police Violence as a baseline? Police should not be armed, nor should they carry Tasers: the Taser industry needs complete Halting, as do all “Non Lethal Weapon”/”Public Safety Weapon” industries, for Police have facilitated Murder, Disablement, Injury, Disease, Assault, Battery, Neurodulling and Neurodamage with so-called Non Lethal Weapons, through-wall, silent, operating at human bio-effect frequencies, continuously miniaturized, and easily hidden, making them Weapons of Terror every human population must needs eschew and Outlaw forever:


    The “Mentally Ill”: Who Exactly Are They?

    A large part of the problem surrounding police violence against those they randomly call mentally ill, mentally untreated, mentally vulnerable and other such while seeking to boost their figures of detainment, arrest, transport, “DISORDER Serviced” seems to be the general confusion regarding who exactly is or can be called Mentally Ill.

    The unlawfully Targeted become easy prey, as do Brown-skinned populations, and impoverished populations: colonially disenfranchised, kept in poverty for the working pleasure of the ruling class, obviously an inequitable situation which cannot and will not last. Must the janitor remain a janitor forever? How about the scullery maid and the footman? Old British aristocrat pretensions cannot stand forever in a free and ever-evolving America. We might as well keep the butler in the basement and force the dishwasher into a dungeon. Poverty, in other words, a most unacceptable yet long-retained Poverty, kept going in the USA for 248 years just because it suited the Hierarchy-Makers, needs to be turfed.

    And the wealthy–Arms Makers–need to be deported. Perhaps to those other lands beyond the oceans where the really insane barely-Humanoid come from, they might feel right at home there.

    If I don’t like the color of your skin or the fire of your voice, I can call you Mentally Ill–or Have you Labeled Mentally Ill–did you know that? That’s the baseline the criminals are operating from. All their statistics are suspect. All their Media stories questionable.


    Now here’s a brief look at the Human Brain and its many parts:

    And some fascinating statistics–fabricated, fantasized, lied-about, procured–to marvel at:






    National Hospital Ambulatory Medical Care Survey: 2021 Emergency Department Summary Tables

    “Serious Mental Illness” and “Mental Health Services Received”: Meaning, Forced On?

    “Serious Mental Illness” and “Untreated Serious Mental Illness” are Gateways by which Police are attacking people with Police Terror, While RF Weapon Wielders in all Neighborhoods, Workspots, Retail (on Experimentation, Repression, or Research projects, all Unethical, Through-Wall, Forced-Telemetry-Linked) pretend Public Safety, Behavioral Health, Community Monitoring, and Neighborhood Watch, and “Call Police” interminably post harassive, provoking Street Theater with Intention to harm, attack, force a forced-kidnap, psych-drug, and repress: Phoenix Operations off-the-charts-insane from people who have collectively lost their way.

    These terms and what is being done and what has been done on their backs need further investigation.

    People being “diagnosed” with “Serious Mental Illness” by the Repressive Edifice of Police-EMS-ER-Terror Psychiatry are being attacked at the level of Mental Competence, Basic Agency in the World, Selfhood, Autonomy, Independence of Thought, Word, Deed–in other words, Terror Psychiatry is a repressive Communist and Fascist enterprise, with the Psycho-Docsters at the top Embedded Criminals. Communism and Repression, Intellectual, Social, Psychological is what is intended, and the USA is not a Communist country, nor ever will be, if people are paying attention, see what is happening and STOP the Crime in its tracks. Today this is also TECHNO CRIME: Radio Frequency High Power Microwave Weapons, Millimeter Wave Weapons, Conducted Electrical Weapons, Acoustic Neurotechnologies, Forced Micro and Nano Implants, Wifi Access, and “Remote Dosing” aka Vibrations of High Frequency Attack from a distance are being used to induce the “symptoms” of any neurodamage scenario named by Embedded Criminals in the Psycho World of NAMI and SAMHSA and NIMH “Serious Mental Illnesses”.





    Suggesting “Treatment” is Needed for all “Mental Health Conditions”: With Nasty Psych Drugs, Police Terror, Trauma, and Forced Hospitalizing?


    https://www.mhanational.org/sites/default/files/2017MHReportKeyFindings.jpg

    “Diagnosing” (Targeting) Children, Youth, Rising Numbers Based on “Symptoms”: All Contrivable by RF and ELF Weapons:


    The State of Mental Health of New Yorkers/2024

    NAMI_CriminalJusticeSystem-v5
    When Large Swathes of Populations Report Emotional/Mental Depression in 2024: Think Poverty Plus Large-Scale RF/ELF Targeting–Plus State of the World Today


    Interactive Map of Extremely Low Frequency (ELF, ULF, VLF) Transmission Sites • Live Earth Monitoring & Educational Resources • ClimateViewer Maps

    [See this writer’s interview with Max (a podcast report/Ramola D Reports) on the targeting of populations in Africa, with physicist Andrei Puharich’s testimonials.]


    From Mental Health to Behavioral Health, The CIA MKMK Transform for the 21st Century


    Infographics – U.S. Behavioral Health Market

    Teletherapy and Remote Dosing (Through-Wall Millimeter Wave, RF HPM, 5G, Vibration Tech, Neurostim), Expanding Services from Private Companies, While Police Run Procurement Operations in Neighborhoods, Schools, Colleges for New and Recurring Mental & Behavioral Health Patients: Massive NeuroBioSocial Crime That Needs Stopping

    And Who Shall We Call Mentally Ill?

    Anyone who can be targeted with RF/Neurotech–and anyone can be.


    SAMHSA chatter

    https://www.samhsa.gov/serious-mental-illness
    The Great Secret of Manufacturing Mental Illness in the 20th & 21st Centuries: Spectrum & Through Wall Tech: Radio Frequency HPM, Millimeter Wave, Terahertz, Electric Pulse Generation, Conducted Electrical Weaponry, Acoustic Neurotech, Pulsed Energy Pencils and Projectiles, all used to attack the body physically to produce the “symptoms” needed for fishtail Psych Labeling.

    Formula for Police-EMS-ER-Psych Terror & Procurement: Sicken, disable, disfigure, and injure people–with Physical Radiation and Energy Weapons–break knees and chests, breathing, arms, legs so they are forced to rest and live away from the world, unable to housekeep, take care of self or families–Major Depression or Schizophrenia labels come in here; Neuroactivate them at head and chakras for “acting out” purposes so they can be accused of acting in a “Bipolar” way–a catch-all word for swings in emotion, mood, behavior gifted like the others are, by DSM Terror practiced by Medical Terrorists AKA Psycho-Docsters who spend their lives Neuro-drugging people into Neuro Lobotomies, today also being achieved with Neuro Weapons running RF Neurostimulation scenarios like TMS–Trans Cranial Magnetic Stimulation–on different parts of their heads.

    Also surfaced: Remote Dosing with Medical Devices, Radio Dosing Through-wall via Forced-Implants, “Public Safety implants”–Klein-Walker patent, Spinal Vibration of implants and cluster nano quantum-dot tech tech at spine, Neurostim devices implanted, internal RF generator devices implanted, active and passive RFIDs.

    The Mentally Ill can be manufactured today with localized RF attention to specific parts of heads, spine, chakras, body parts.

    Sleep and sleepiness: can be instantly induced with low-intensity pulses at either or both temples and just above and behind, also forehead; Vibrations sent here can also keep you asleep, as psych drugs can too; Narcolepsy can be instantly induced–sudden falls into sleep.

    Reading comprehension and inability to think clearly as well as short-term memory obliteration can be instantly engineered with low-pulse hits to the very back of the head, just above nape of neck and top of spine: the cerebellum, the medulla oblongata where connective thinking is collected and connects and is processing inputs. “Dementia” hits would occur here.

    These notes are made here on the basis of attacks sustained and overcome by this writer post her second forced-hospitalizing grab by Quincy Police & Co. and subsequent Terror run by so-called Medicos at Brewster Ambulance, Midwest Medical Transport Services, South Shore Hospital, and Bournewood Hospital with awareness as well of vibrational tech use and secretive, stealth “medical gassing” by Steward Carney Hospital ER on their premises, in their so-called 4 Southeast, a Labeling unit like all Psych Wards are, this one itself titled a Substance Use ward, all for Defamation, Slander, and Labeling purposes.

    All Psych “Diagnoses” are LABELS, intended to Defame, Slander, Revile, Remove Rights, and Leperize–and open the door to continued Police-Psych-Medical Terrorizing and Life and Brain Destruction: One Step Beyond KGB Communism really is where we are in the USA today, and the UK, Australia, New Zealand, Europe, and probably Asia and Africa and Central and South America too. These Labeling Operations are GROWING; “Behavioral Health” is how they are doing it in workplaces everywhere now, and the “Behavioral Health Industry” has expanded, as have the Medical Device Industries and Neuro Psychiatry industries and Non Lethal Weapon industries. Humanity is in danger, and the only way forward is for ALL to stop these moves in every walk of life. If you are a writer or journalist, you must research and write about this. If you have always wanted to write although you work in a different field not journalism or English/Language, now is your moment: Write. On your own blog, website, Substack would be enough: The Act of speaking and writing and transforming thought into language is what is needed today. The New York Times publishes the Lie, as do most newspapers of renown in the USA and UK. Indy journalists and writers will be able to address this independently: Save Lives, Write. Also run radio and video shows and podcasts, interview people, set up platforms for others’ voices to be heard. Connect with other writers, run talk shows and media discussions.

    If you have ever been given a LABEL of any sort whatsoever by ANY PSYCHIATRIST or HOSPITAL, even if supposedly “mild” such as ANXIETY or DEPRESSION or STRESS, you must get that PSYCHO-DOCSTER and HOSPITAL to REMOVE IT. Write to them, send Notices, Invalidate those Labels. Get on the Land and Soil, establish your status as Living and Alive and Private, leave their DEAD SYSTEM of DEADHEAD LABELING because they have numerous connective databases; these LABELS will follow you all through your life via ONE HEALTH systems, POLICE, DHS, FBI, INTEL, CIA terrorists will TRACK and MONITOR and SURVEILL you with weaponry, stick you in “PUBLIC SAFETY” for stealth implanting, gassing, attacking, as they do hundreds of thousands now, while calling you “MENTALLY ILL” with supposed potential to become even more BIPOLAR and DELUSIONAL and DANGEROUS and SCHIZOPHRENIC, destroying your chances to live a normal, happy life with positive expectations of future, occupation, livelihood, family, children, of your choosing. You will be–many have already been–STERILIZED with stealth Radio Frequency implants and weapons.

    ALL SECURITY AND POLICE ORGANIZATIONS have become criminal. They work with doctors who apparently have lost their central intelligence and handed over basic critical thinking to the CIA MI5 and other moronic and outdated institutions of crime which need turfing.

    Behavioral Health, Human Ecology, Mental Hygiene: ring a bell? How did the CIA invade Medicine? How exactly do we have a “Behavioral Health Industry” booming now? Behavior Modification and Neuro Modification are openly spoken of now. Have doctors lost their minds? Departments of Mental Health nationwide have become criminal–or perhaps always were. Departments of Neuroscience are now assisting them. Neuroethics meanwhile surfaces as also Neurorights. Where are our human rights and human rights laws? What about Civil Rights and laws? The loon in Charlene Hunter’s case who shot a Taser into her arm after screaming verbal abuse at and terrorizing her issued shouts about “the Hygiene Law” on camera: are we living in the 19th century?

    ALL “LAWS” covering Mental Health, worldwide, need close scrutiny and public attention. This is a GLOBAL CRISIS. A species of criminals is destroying people and people’s lives–and children’s–with increased fervor today, using outdated agencies and openly Criminally-Repressive actions with WEAPONS to destroy human brains, minds, agency in the world, across class and country.

    More coverage on these subjects upcoming.

    Related:

    NIJ Documents Reveal Dangerous Electromagnetic, Electrical, Acoustic Non Lethal Weapons & Neuroweapons Are Being Used in War & Peace, Unapproved by People, On People | Sadistic Medical & Police Experiments Rampant

    Psych-BH-MH-SAMHSA Watch

    Stealing Brains, Blasting Bodies

    Open Season on Targets: Blacklisted Individuals, Extreme Abuse in Targeting, Secretive Lab-Rat Exploitation, & Massive Establishment Cover-Up

    Police, Public Safety, Public Health, Behavioral Health, Mental Health & Tech Watch

    Public Disclosure By Military/Intelligence Whistleblowers on Neuro Weapons and Neuro Technologies In Use Today

    Public Disclosure of Anti-Personnel DEWs and Neuroweapons (Non-Lethal/Limited Effect Wpns, EMF Spectrum Wpns) Being Used, Covertly but Definitively, Illegitimately, and Inhumanely, by US, UK, All Govts Worldwide on People

    This entry was posted in Waking Up. Bookmark the permalink.


    https://everydayconcerned.net/2024/11/16/targeting-people-with-terror-weapons-then-building-a-lying-edifice-of-mental-health-to-be-provided-via-terror-trauma-grabs-and-drags-by-armed-police-and-clinical-co-responders-the-50s/
    Targeting People With Terror Weapons, Then Building a Lying Edifice of “Mental Health”–to be Provided, via Terror, Trauma, Grabs and Drags, by Armed Police and “Clinical Co-Responders”: The ’50s CIA MKULTRA Wet Dream of Psychos for Mass BeMod, NeuroMod Come True Posted on November 16, 2024 by Ramola D News Report, Info, Screenshots | Ramola D | November 16, 2024, 6:33 pm Around this country and around the world, a steady mythology has been put out–intensified in recent times–alleging that Mental Health “Disorders” are now at an all-time high as people in the USA and worldwide apparently suddenly fall into Mental Decline without cause. ONE IN FIVE LIVE WITH A MENTAL HEALTH DISORDER? ONE IN EIGHT LIVE WITH A MENTAL HEALTH DISORDER? The World Health Organization, that circle-ops of criminal doctors, lawyers, investment bankers, and master “strategists” for fake-viruses, helping jostle them into place one after the other so vaccine makers can rush to concoct their next poison brew to decimate some and sterilize all, suggests Eight, blandly, after creating the Mental Health and Physical Health Crime of COVID with its attendant LOCK-UPS of people behind bars and computer screens for months on end. The Removal of Human Rights With Mental Health (Disorder) Labels for All: It’s Not Stigma They’re Removing, It’s Your Rights They’re Aiming at–Communist Repression Concealed as Mental Health: WHO Expands its Reach From Vaccine Communism to Mental Health Communism: Qui Bono? [Kick Out WHO From Every Country, Jail the Criminals] One in Five Live With a Mental Health Disorder? The National Alliance on Mental Illness–which needs investigating–says one in five, and further, one in 20 “experience Severe Mental Illness”. “Severe Mental Illness”, in fact, “UNtreated Severe Mental Illness” is what all targets of Lifetime Terror: Bio, Neuro, Chakra, Life with AP-DEW, RF HPM, Neurotech, Telemetry Terror are given, like a Yellow Juden Star, on their so-called “Medical Records” and Secret, Non-Investigation FBI-Police Mark-ups so they can be Psych-Drugged for life shortly, post Terror Drags and Grabs, Police-provided. After rounds of Psych Terror Trauma Drags Grabs Stays and other Sticks, LABELS will replace the USMI tag: BIPOLAR SCHIZOPHRENIC is a new terrifying one for one and all, SCHIZOPHRENIC used to be the choice tag of yore; there’s also PARANOID SCHIZOPHRENIC upcoming, and it Is for one and all, it’s democratic that way, it can start for you too anytime with just a little “Anxiety” pill or a slight “Depression”–over anything at all. Your sudden divorce and your entire family falling into a mass grave for instance. Gaza, Ukraine, War Trauma, Refugeeism, Legs blown off, anything. One in Four Live With a Mental Health Disorder? The obvious question of course, at this point, is How does one know what a Mental Health Disorder is? [You have to be Very Disordered to ask this question in Public, especially in the presence of your local thug Armed Police or your local Spy Syringe-Armed EMS, so don’t ask.] Luckily, lots of craven Psycho Docsters online will give you an answer (without asking). It will involve “Wheelspinning” and Making your Head Go Round and Round, so watch out for Psycho Docs: They are Stupid. [Definition of Stupid to follow.] That line about children is spelled out below, that “ch” word is “Chronic”, and like everything else on this page it is an Easy Lie–Children below 14 do not “get Chronic Mental Illness”, they are abused and thrown into the Psycho Docster Forever-Mine System, most often by “Foster Care Parents”, which, I am learning, may include a large Police-party and DCF-party (affiliated) clientele: Yes, Police are stealing children, just as DCF and CPS are stealing children, and they are visibly, audibly, absolutely ABUSING, USING, and ATTACKING children, including, as this writer has witnessed, with the “PROCESS” to get you all LABELS: In other words, these people–Police, DCF, DCs (courts), CPS–are manufacturing not just Criminals (more below) but “Patients” for Psycho Docsters who are making a Killing these days from Mental Health Grabs: Lifelong, Chronic “Mental Health” Patients, including from children. For more Easy Lies from Psychiatry.Org, please visit: Psychiatry.org – What is Mental Illness? [12:56 pm: Shouts of Oonagh! from next door, or perhaps it is Luna! their next favorite word to yell–the Mazzeos. (Their own spy bug, backfiring)] Can Everyone Be Labeled as Mentally Ill? (A Real Question) Can Anyone Have a Mental Illness At Any Time? And yes, the answer to that is Yes. [It’s like a Double Fudge Sundae or a Very Itchy Rash–Anytime!] And in fact Anyone can get One Tag After Another, as Harmony United displays graphically for all to see: Gray, Teal, White, Ochre, Tan–perhaps Special Ops, Navy, UN/CIA, Army, Air Force, CIA? Tags to cover the Brain Weapons and the Bio Weapons and the Energy Weapons. In other words: LABELS, to hide the HORRORS of Military and CIA Assholic Behavior Against Others. These are LABELS, Harmony tells us, silently. Mental Health: Can everyone be labeled as mentally ill, or is it stigmatism? – Best Psychiatry, Mental Health Clinic, Top 10 Psychiatrist in Florida [1:00 pm: Loud crack on shielding above my head–Mazzeos. Resorting to Loud Long Range Acoustic kvetching.] [Yes, it Is Hilarious–and who created this? They and their pals I bet: the CIA MKULTRA gang from the 1910s, ’20s and ’50s, and ’70s, pretending Hiding Crime is all that is needed to stay Hidden.] [Meaning: They’ve done it ok? They’ve done it. Since the Church Committee unravelings (itself a set-up) in 1974, lots and lots of Hiding and Going On Being. The Surfacing currently has been in your face and is outlandishly amazingly Open: “Behavioral Health Centers”? “Policing Public Safety”? “The Mentally Ill as Criminal”? “Saving the Mentally Ill from Jail”?] Any Good Labels for Lifelong Wheelspinning and Psycho Docster Stupido Attention? Here are a few, and Psycho Docsters are standing by, Ready and WIlling to give you any one or two or three of them–yes they are Very Very Good, and you Must Take them: How to Tell If Someone Is Mentally Ill? Mentally Ill Signs Of course, if you are what they call a “Veteran”: A loon who joined the Military Post Armistice Day 1918 (when all wars were ended), you have many more choices: Understanding Veterans and Mental Illness | NVHS Pick and Choose, or Ask Your Doctor for a Label: he or she will be happy to oblige. Thrilled in fact, for Doctors like to be Asked things. They are Frail that way, and will not show it, but they do like to be called Experts. Note, each and every one of these Labels can also be manufactured for you with Brain Weapons–James Giordano (secret CIA) knows all about it, and so does Charles Morgan (confessed CIA). James G in fact ran out and became an “adjunct faculty in Psychiatry” in addition to being a Neuroscientist, a Military Man, and a Neuroethicist–which means Killer Who Hides the Crime–and whether this was before or after he took up Argentine waltzing, no doubt to impress his new Nazi girlfriend, I don’t really know, but I am keen to catch up with his Life Story and no doubt soon enough I will learn more from his Memoir Writing, which I personally will not be helping him with. [Although I’ve taught a spot of Memoir Writing myself, and have several of my own to reel out myself, I am after all only a lowly Labeled for Brain Weapon Use, a special category of the Unlawfully Targeted, by Unlawfully Acting Assholes in the Navy, Army, Marine Corps, Air Force, NSA, CIA, DARPA, Police, FBI, DHS and their lovely “Informants”, and cannot Aspire to such Heights as Speaking with a Neuro Criminal.] [Sadly, I have indeed spoken with others, as many know, and I won’t be repeating the Speaking. No. I will be doing however a lot of EXposing.] One in Five Ex-Military Get PTSD? Why not leave the Military? They do after all have BRAIN WEAPONS. And BIO WEAPONS. And CHAKRA HACKING ENERGY WEAPONS. And full body blast pretend NON LETHAL WEAPONS. In addition to MUNITIONS that is, which won’t hide the crime. And remember, you can’t stop the Vaccines (Poisons). Giving your Body to the Military means Letting the Bastards Experiment on You Wholesale–any time of year, any war or pretend war, with ANY kind of WEAPON! Maybe forgo one Label at least in your life? For DISORDER will follow you soon enough, in every walk of life. Understanding Veterans and Mental Illness | NVHS Meanwhile, Can You Get a Label or Two from Emergency, Crisis, Police, and their Co-Conspirators in Crime, “Mental Health Officers” or “Clinical Co-Responders”? Absolutely! A very simple thing to do, and a stellar way to get Psych Labeled Up the Wazoo and in fact end up in the Zoo for Criminals quite easily if you are so inclined, for “Crisis” goes with “Incarceration” and “Emergency” goes with “Psych Ward Only”–You are going to Get Labeled, once they grab you and thrust you in that White Van from Hell, no questions asked; and if you protest, hey it’s Jail for you soon enough (They like Jail, those uniformed armed Criminals; they Make Jails, they Keep Jails, like pet fleas, and they Throw people in Jails Every single day, just for fun and games, back in the Station.) “White Vans designed not to look like conventional Law Enforcement or Public Safety vehicles” This is Chicago, and these white vans sprung on residents there in 2022 have been seen in Boston too. Perhaps elsewhere also. In Quincy a white van pulled up one afternoon this past summer as the writer was replanting calendulas and mystery cornflowers in her front garden, with a young African-American driver getting out and sauntering up her walk with a (usually-heavy) Fiji Water box in his hands. Thank you! the writer called, looking up while the man put the box on the porch and seemed to linger. She looked around and he seemed to be taking readings from the back of her head with his scanner. He left, but later the writer found drinking the water from that particular box inflamed her face inordinately, overnight. Research reveals the military has developed nano silicon which is hooked, and all sorts of nano materials which could cause inflammation. In that box and that van? An Amazon buy, this box was delivered separately, by a non-Amazon van. One like the one below which has shown up before and after on the street. But if this is a Mental Health Grab van in Chicago, perhaps people elsewhere in the US and worldwide also may want to give it a wide berth. Meaning: If you see it around you, expect Gulag action, clear the area, don’t bother engaging in chit-chat with the Crooked driver. Chicago has some interesting September 2024 news about the Police bowing out of Mental Health calls and then the Fire Department miserable and outraged about EMT taking their jobs. Public Health supposedly will run the Mental Health arrests and people who dare to call themselves “Behavioral Health Clinicians” [blind to Orwell, Huxley, Communism, Stalin, Lenin, Mao, Tavistock, Delgado, MKMK, and the infinite crimes of the CIA-DARPA Mad Scientist Club) will come along with EMTs [RF weapon-wielding EMS? Weapons in a cell, portable, discreet–or an AED] to lead the RF-Targeted to their Next Label Station at the local Criminal ER with many Criminal ER Docs and Nurses waiting–all in white, and many Syringes, please! San Antonio, Texas; Dallas, Texas, Jason Harrison Or will they? Police can divest themselves of their uniforms and moonlight as “Mental Health Officers”–as they do, here, in San Antonio, alleging “Crisis Intervention Training”: (1986) Meet Police Offers Trained to Respond to Mental Illness Calls – YouTube And surely Paramedics from Fire–with their multiple skills–can work with Public Health too? So many possibilities. Lots and lots of money in the offing, for all these City of Chicago departments. Note, the San Antonio, Texas story here on 2 plainclothes officers responding to calls is prefaced by a deeply disturbing filming of a previous call in Dallas, June 14, 2014, when 38 year-old Jason Harrison–who from all accounts of this incident read by this writer was unlawfully Targeted, being both Labeled and “holding a screwdriver”–was tragically shot dead on his mother’s doorstep. More here: Video and Transcript: Jason Harrison Hearing – Friday, January 22 – International Commission of Inquiry | International Commission of Inquiry. [In that story, one has to ask: Was Jason Harrison targeted? Was his mother Shirley Marshall Harrison also targeted? For anyone can be labeled “Bipolar Schizophrenic”, and Police seem to be involved in getting people those labels. Why would any mother call the Police to help take her targeted son to a hospital, then speak of her son in that fashion “Bipolar Schizo”? What is the backstory here–why has ABC News not given us that? Is there a fundamental schism here, between the Indoctrinating Lie (of Labels) and the Reality, of Nanny State Terror?] And in the other story, where a young mother supposedly calls the plainclothes officers saying she is suicidal but “doesn’t even know how she would do it”, raising the spectre of the Contrived Call, the narrator’s note on a “pioneering program where the mentally ill are diverted out of jail and into treatment” stands out as a most curious element: How exactly have Police gotten away with this, in city after city, state after state? The Mentally Ill are supposed to be seen as Criminals? And what shall Terrorizing Police be seen as? “Mentally Ill” comes to mind. “We’re in Plain Clothes, We Have an Unmarked Car”: How exactly is this Reassuring? It’s Not! [Note, this writer–a reporter, a science and technology journalist, long-time college faculty in English and Creative Writing, management consultant, creativity workshop leader, poet, fiction-writer, artist-in-training, children’s art teacher, gardener, mother (of many)–perfectly in control of her mind, but unlawfully Targeted and Labeled by Quincy and Boston Police, keen to disappear educated Brown-skinned women in regressive Massachusetts–was almost abducted from her front garden by two Bostonian/Quincy Criminals in plain clothes and an unmarked car on October 8, 2024–reported more fully here: Reporter’s Note 40: Police Intruders Attempt Crazed Abduction of Reporter from her Own Private Front Yard October 8 2024.] Philadelphia, Walter Wallace In Philadelphia, on October 26, 2020, 27 year old Walter Wallace–Labeled Bipolar–who also seems to have been unlawfully Targeted by Police was shot and killed needlessly in the middle of his own home street in front of his mother’s house and in front of many relatives including his own pregnant wife all of whom were trying to stop the police and couldn’t, for the Police appeared to be on a kind of cruise control of shooting, as also in Dallas, in the shooting of Jason Harrison. And was he holding a knife, if so why, and why did he come out of the house as the police suddenly got into position against him? Is “holding a knife” the key? Was he like Jason Harrison suddenly brain-intruded-on with chatty techno spy acoustic Brain Tech to pick up a knife and step outside? Here his sister called the police and reported Walter as out of control yelling at his parents–but was he? And if he was targeted, what about her? What sister calls armed police against a brother for a private home dispute? Was she targeted too? Brain Programming, RF Hypnosis, Directed RF Heating of the Crown of the Head and the Back of the Head which can lead to high energy, rage, and “acting out”, Chakra RF vibration and attack to make people nervous and fearful, so many possibilities–she could also have been turned against him with some dedicated next-door EEG/Brain Heterodyning. So could the policeman whose hand holding the trigger here and whose voice on tape shows he had lost his mind–as apparently do others who clutch their guns and point and randomly shoot to kill. When Walter exited his mother and father’s home and came out, crossing the street, he was silent, no words or sounds can be heard on tape from him, his movements seemed quiet, he was merely crossing the street. Walter Wallace Jr. Why are Police Being Permitted to Carry Guns, Draw Them, and Use Them? Police Terror is Passe, and Clearly LETHAL There might also have been a Racist element here–not just in the attitude of those men to draw their guns at such speed, but to actually come by with them and use them. The Nightline story covering this act of Violence — it’s the Police who need Crime Prevention–also seems most peculiar in its denial of facts and pursuit of lies. ABC Nightline Anchor Juju Chang*’s pronouncement (below) regarding “Untreated Mental Illness”, phrased most peculiarly–in efforts to advance an Agenda propelled by Trojan Horse media-owners it appears–seems to both validate killings by police and accept the killings of those deemed the Untreated Mentally Ill. *Curiously, Juju Chang is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations, and a reporter who has covered the mass shootings at the Pulse club in Orlando, Florida, the concert in Las Vegas, the mythical Sandy Hook school in famed Newtown, Connecticut. Is she part of the extensive Fake-Media network bringing home the CIA-Cover-Artist-Created narrative of the “Mentally Unwell Untreated Mass Shooter”? Walter Wallace was not “untreated” according to his family–they had got him earlier, thrusting Labels and Psych drugs at a young creative musician American with big dreams and great talent–but the question of whether he was mentally ill has not been addressed. Psych Drugs of course are also Brain Technology, but today’s Brain Tech experiments run by unethical hive-minded bureaucrats with roots in Harvard and Yale using secretly-forced implants in police-forced “hospitalization” visits, working with them, and with the Neuro-AI experiments of demented grad students from foreign Universities and American campuses, all sworn to an illegal secrecy by such as CIA, DOJ, DARPA–witness the Limited-Effects Technology Program, a DARPA-NIJ venture mostly although JPSG*: supposedly DOD and DOJ–end up creating the same kind of Torment evident in the manufacture of Manchurian candidates, long exposed by investigative journalists and serious writers, such as for instance John Marks, Alex Constantine, Walter Bowart [although the older, CIA-Psy-Op Language of “Mind Control” changes now to Brain Technology or Neurotech Attacks]. *Joint Program Steering Group: See Documentary Evidence of Covert Electronic-Weapon and Neurotechnology Use By US Government on Americans Series (2) The Limited Effects Technology (LET) Program Report | JPSG, OOTW/LE Programs, 1996. Activists honor Walter Wallace Jr., six months after Philly police shot him – WHYY “Untreated Mental Illness” has become a watchword for Police action as if the conjoint Police Mechanism from all 50 states have suddenly been turned on to Matters of the Mind–questionable when most are uneducated (a high school diploma or GED Pass can hardly be called an education)–and want desperately to protect the Common Human Mind at all costs. Many of course, not being Human themselves: Yes, sadly there are many Species on this plane Earth, Hominids one might say, or Humanoid, but some not even quite that, but no, one doesn’t learn that in the Halls of Higher Education, only when Police cross your Life-Path and reveal themselves. This ABC Nightline 2020 phrasing also seems to be Bringing-In this grotesque phantasm of “People with Untreated Mental Illness” needing to Get Prepared to meet their Maker when Police encounter them, for such do “Reports” from the “Self-Correspondent”/Nightline/ABC show. Meaning: What exactly? Media and Police with Guns working together to further target the already targeted Labeled Mentally Ill and RF-Neurotech’d for Life Removal? “A Killer on Floor 32” seems to be a movie starring Juju Chang, Labeled a “Self-Correspondent” Do Police Simply Go Cruising About Shooting People to Death? No, not really. They sometimes almost Tase people to death, all in the interests of Hospitalizing the Untreated Mentally Ill of course. Witness the 9-24-2021 Charlene Hunter tasing and dragging out in a high-speed Terroristic encounter where 2 New York Police rushed in to reveal their most criminal selves: Who Employs Police to Behave in This Fashion? The Cities, it looks like: Hard to tell which (corporate) species there is the more criminal. Body cam video of police responding to mental health crisis – YouTube Later news commentary on this attack on Charlene Hunter–which seems co-ordinated–reveals that 13 Now wants both to ignore the extreme Aggression and Terror inflicted by the Police here and cast the Labeled as intractably Mentally-Removed while blaming-the-Victim-in-Full-Force and fabricating the “Mental Health Crisis”–assisting Police in other words, in running Terror in the Community: Preview: Disturbing Encounter with Police – YouTube This is further evidence that Moneymaking Media Globalist-owned, US-Owned, Nazi-Owned, Zionist-Owned is horribly entangled in the Violence By Police Actions against people, who are All vulnerable to being unlawfully targeted, RF/Neurotech Targeted, False-Spych-Labeled, and thence further targeted as some kind of resident “Mentally Ill” population–for Labeling as Putative and Potential Criminals— who must be continually Monitored, Surveilled, and Hospitalized–by Police, Fire, EMS, the Holy Grail of Terror-Makers for the Cities who employ them. This is Crime on such a Broad Scale that it appears the whole of America has gone into Fast Freeze and is permitting absolute, unvarnished Mayhem surrounding “Mental Health” and “Police.” Thence, to (Other) Non-Lethal Weapons, to Control Populations: “The New Way”‘s Weapons of Terror As reported by CNN, succeeding Walter Wallace’s Police-Murder, the City of Philadelphia is equipping police with “stun guns such as Tasers”–so-called Non-Lethal Weapons, supposedly to reduce the Police-Murder rate, but Tasers are cruel and lethal too–and why is anyone accepting Police Violence as a baseline? Police should not be armed, nor should they carry Tasers: the Taser industry needs complete Halting, as do all “Non Lethal Weapon”/”Public Safety Weapon” industries, for Police have facilitated Murder, Disablement, Injury, Disease, Assault, Battery, Neurodulling and Neurodamage with so-called Non Lethal Weapons, through-wall, silent, operating at human bio-effect frequencies, continuously miniaturized, and easily hidden, making them Weapons of Terror every human population must needs eschew and Outlaw forever: The “Mentally Ill”: Who Exactly Are They? A large part of the problem surrounding police violence against those they randomly call mentally ill, mentally untreated, mentally vulnerable and other such while seeking to boost their figures of detainment, arrest, transport, “DISORDER Serviced” seems to be the general confusion regarding who exactly is or can be called Mentally Ill. The unlawfully Targeted become easy prey, as do Brown-skinned populations, and impoverished populations: colonially disenfranchised, kept in poverty for the working pleasure of the ruling class, obviously an inequitable situation which cannot and will not last. Must the janitor remain a janitor forever? How about the scullery maid and the footman? Old British aristocrat pretensions cannot stand forever in a free and ever-evolving America. We might as well keep the butler in the basement and force the dishwasher into a dungeon. Poverty, in other words, a most unacceptable yet long-retained Poverty, kept going in the USA for 248 years just because it suited the Hierarchy-Makers, needs to be turfed. And the wealthy–Arms Makers–need to be deported. Perhaps to those other lands beyond the oceans where the really insane barely-Humanoid come from, they might feel right at home there. If I don’t like the color of your skin or the fire of your voice, I can call you Mentally Ill–or Have you Labeled Mentally Ill–did you know that? That’s the baseline the criminals are operating from. All their statistics are suspect. All their Media stories questionable. Now here’s a brief look at the Human Brain and its many parts: And some fascinating statistics–fabricated, fantasized, lied-about, procured–to marvel at: National Hospital Ambulatory Medical Care Survey: 2021 Emergency Department Summary Tables “Serious Mental Illness” and “Mental Health Services Received”: Meaning, Forced On? “Serious Mental Illness” and “Untreated Serious Mental Illness” are Gateways by which Police are attacking people with Police Terror, While RF Weapon Wielders in all Neighborhoods, Workspots, Retail (on Experimentation, Repression, or Research projects, all Unethical, Through-Wall, Forced-Telemetry-Linked) pretend Public Safety, Behavioral Health, Community Monitoring, and Neighborhood Watch, and “Call Police” interminably post harassive, provoking Street Theater with Intention to harm, attack, force a forced-kidnap, psych-drug, and repress: Phoenix Operations off-the-charts-insane from people who have collectively lost their way. These terms and what is being done and what has been done on their backs need further investigation. People being “diagnosed” with “Serious Mental Illness” by the Repressive Edifice of Police-EMS-ER-Terror Psychiatry are being attacked at the level of Mental Competence, Basic Agency in the World, Selfhood, Autonomy, Independence of Thought, Word, Deed–in other words, Terror Psychiatry is a repressive Communist and Fascist enterprise, with the Psycho-Docsters at the top Embedded Criminals. Communism and Repression, Intellectual, Social, Psychological is what is intended, and the USA is not a Communist country, nor ever will be, if people are paying attention, see what is happening and STOP the Crime in its tracks. Today this is also TECHNO CRIME: Radio Frequency High Power Microwave Weapons, Millimeter Wave Weapons, Conducted Electrical Weapons, Acoustic Neurotechnologies, Forced Micro and Nano Implants, Wifi Access, and “Remote Dosing” aka Vibrations of High Frequency Attack from a distance are being used to induce the “symptoms” of any neurodamage scenario named by Embedded Criminals in the Psycho World of NAMI and SAMHSA and NIMH “Serious Mental Illnesses”. Suggesting “Treatment” is Needed for all “Mental Health Conditions”: With Nasty Psych Drugs, Police Terror, Trauma, and Forced Hospitalizing? https://www.mhanational.org/sites/default/files/2017MHReportKeyFindings.jpg “Diagnosing” (Targeting) Children, Youth, Rising Numbers Based on “Symptoms”: All Contrivable by RF and ELF Weapons: The State of Mental Health of New Yorkers/2024 NAMI_CriminalJusticeSystem-v5 When Large Swathes of Populations Report Emotional/Mental Depression in 2024: Think Poverty Plus Large-Scale RF/ELF Targeting–Plus State of the World Today Interactive Map of Extremely Low Frequency (ELF, ULF, VLF) Transmission Sites • Live Earth Monitoring & Educational Resources • ClimateViewer Maps [See this writer’s interview with Max (a podcast report/Ramola D Reports) on the targeting of populations in Africa, with physicist Andrei Puharich’s testimonials.] From Mental Health to Behavioral Health, The CIA MKMK Transform for the 21st Century Infographics – U.S. Behavioral Health Market Teletherapy and Remote Dosing (Through-Wall Millimeter Wave, RF HPM, 5G, Vibration Tech, Neurostim), Expanding Services from Private Companies, While Police Run Procurement Operations in Neighborhoods, Schools, Colleges for New and Recurring Mental & Behavioral Health Patients: Massive NeuroBioSocial Crime That Needs Stopping And Who Shall We Call Mentally Ill? Anyone who can be targeted with RF/Neurotech–and anyone can be. SAMHSA chatter https://www.samhsa.gov/serious-mental-illness The Great Secret of Manufacturing Mental Illness in the 20th & 21st Centuries: Spectrum & Through Wall Tech: Radio Frequency HPM, Millimeter Wave, Terahertz, Electric Pulse Generation, Conducted Electrical Weaponry, Acoustic Neurotech, Pulsed Energy Pencils and Projectiles, all used to attack the body physically to produce the “symptoms” needed for fishtail Psych Labeling. Formula for Police-EMS-ER-Psych Terror & Procurement: Sicken, disable, disfigure, and injure people–with Physical Radiation and Energy Weapons–break knees and chests, breathing, arms, legs so they are forced to rest and live away from the world, unable to housekeep, take care of self or families–Major Depression or Schizophrenia labels come in here; Neuroactivate them at head and chakras for “acting out” purposes so they can be accused of acting in a “Bipolar” way–a catch-all word for swings in emotion, mood, behavior gifted like the others are, by DSM Terror practiced by Medical Terrorists AKA Psycho-Docsters who spend their lives Neuro-drugging people into Neuro Lobotomies, today also being achieved with Neuro Weapons running RF Neurostimulation scenarios like TMS–Trans Cranial Magnetic Stimulation–on different parts of their heads. Also surfaced: Remote Dosing with Medical Devices, Radio Dosing Through-wall via Forced-Implants, “Public Safety implants”–Klein-Walker patent, Spinal Vibration of implants and cluster nano quantum-dot tech tech at spine, Neurostim devices implanted, internal RF generator devices implanted, active and passive RFIDs. The Mentally Ill can be manufactured today with localized RF attention to specific parts of heads, spine, chakras, body parts. Sleep and sleepiness: can be instantly induced with low-intensity pulses at either or both temples and just above and behind, also forehead; Vibrations sent here can also keep you asleep, as psych drugs can too; Narcolepsy can be instantly induced–sudden falls into sleep. Reading comprehension and inability to think clearly as well as short-term memory obliteration can be instantly engineered with low-pulse hits to the very back of the head, just above nape of neck and top of spine: the cerebellum, the medulla oblongata where connective thinking is collected and connects and is processing inputs. “Dementia” hits would occur here. These notes are made here on the basis of attacks sustained and overcome by this writer post her second forced-hospitalizing grab by Quincy Police & Co. and subsequent Terror run by so-called Medicos at Brewster Ambulance, Midwest Medical Transport Services, South Shore Hospital, and Bournewood Hospital with awareness as well of vibrational tech use and secretive, stealth “medical gassing” by Steward Carney Hospital ER on their premises, in their so-called 4 Southeast, a Labeling unit like all Psych Wards are, this one itself titled a Substance Use ward, all for Defamation, Slander, and Labeling purposes. All Psych “Diagnoses” are LABELS, intended to Defame, Slander, Revile, Remove Rights, and Leperize–and open the door to continued Police-Psych-Medical Terrorizing and Life and Brain Destruction: One Step Beyond KGB Communism really is where we are in the USA today, and the UK, Australia, New Zealand, Europe, and probably Asia and Africa and Central and South America too. These Labeling Operations are GROWING; “Behavioral Health” is how they are doing it in workplaces everywhere now, and the “Behavioral Health Industry” has expanded, as have the Medical Device Industries and Neuro Psychiatry industries and Non Lethal Weapon industries. Humanity is in danger, and the only way forward is for ALL to stop these moves in every walk of life. If you are a writer or journalist, you must research and write about this. If you have always wanted to write although you work in a different field not journalism or English/Language, now is your moment: Write. On your own blog, website, Substack would be enough: The Act of speaking and writing and transforming thought into language is what is needed today. The New York Times publishes the Lie, as do most newspapers of renown in the USA and UK. Indy journalists and writers will be able to address this independently: Save Lives, Write. Also run radio and video shows and podcasts, interview people, set up platforms for others’ voices to be heard. Connect with other writers, run talk shows and media discussions. If you have ever been given a LABEL of any sort whatsoever by ANY PSYCHIATRIST or HOSPITAL, even if supposedly “mild” such as ANXIETY or DEPRESSION or STRESS, you must get that PSYCHO-DOCSTER and HOSPITAL to REMOVE IT. Write to them, send Notices, Invalidate those Labels. Get on the Land and Soil, establish your status as Living and Alive and Private, leave their DEAD SYSTEM of DEADHEAD LABELING because they have numerous connective databases; these LABELS will follow you all through your life via ONE HEALTH systems, POLICE, DHS, FBI, INTEL, CIA terrorists will TRACK and MONITOR and SURVEILL you with weaponry, stick you in “PUBLIC SAFETY” for stealth implanting, gassing, attacking, as they do hundreds of thousands now, while calling you “MENTALLY ILL” with supposed potential to become even more BIPOLAR and DELUSIONAL and DANGEROUS and SCHIZOPHRENIC, destroying your chances to live a normal, happy life with positive expectations of future, occupation, livelihood, family, children, of your choosing. You will be–many have already been–STERILIZED with stealth Radio Frequency implants and weapons. ALL SECURITY AND POLICE ORGANIZATIONS have become criminal. They work with doctors who apparently have lost their central intelligence and handed over basic critical thinking to the CIA MI5 and other moronic and outdated institutions of crime which need turfing. Behavioral Health, Human Ecology, Mental Hygiene: ring a bell? How did the CIA invade Medicine? How exactly do we have a “Behavioral Health Industry” booming now? Behavior Modification and Neuro Modification are openly spoken of now. Have doctors lost their minds? Departments of Mental Health nationwide have become criminal–or perhaps always were. Departments of Neuroscience are now assisting them. Neuroethics meanwhile surfaces as also Neurorights. Where are our human rights and human rights laws? What about Civil Rights and laws? The loon in Charlene Hunter’s case who shot a Taser into her arm after screaming verbal abuse at and terrorizing her issued shouts about “the Hygiene Law” on camera: are we living in the 19th century? ALL “LAWS” covering Mental Health, worldwide, need close scrutiny and public attention. This is a GLOBAL CRISIS. A species of criminals is destroying people and people’s lives–and children’s–with increased fervor today, using outdated agencies and openly Criminally-Repressive actions with WEAPONS to destroy human brains, minds, agency in the world, across class and country. More coverage on these subjects upcoming. Related: NIJ Documents Reveal Dangerous Electromagnetic, Electrical, Acoustic Non Lethal Weapons & Neuroweapons Are Being Used in War & Peace, Unapproved by People, On People | Sadistic Medical & Police Experiments Rampant Psych-BH-MH-SAMHSA Watch Stealing Brains, Blasting Bodies Open Season on Targets: Blacklisted Individuals, Extreme Abuse in Targeting, Secretive Lab-Rat Exploitation, & Massive Establishment Cover-Up Police, Public Safety, Public Health, Behavioral Health, Mental Health & Tech Watch Public Disclosure By Military/Intelligence Whistleblowers on Neuro Weapons and Neuro Technologies In Use Today Public Disclosure of Anti-Personnel DEWs and Neuroweapons (Non-Lethal/Limited Effect Wpns, EMF Spectrum Wpns) Being Used, Covertly but Definitively, Illegitimately, and Inhumanely, by US, UK, All Govts Worldwide on People This entry was posted in Waking Up. Bookmark the permalink. https://everydayconcerned.net/2024/11/16/targeting-people-with-terror-weapons-then-building-a-lying-edifice-of-mental-health-to-be-provided-via-terror-trauma-grabs-and-drags-by-armed-police-and-clinical-co-responders-the-50s/
    Angry
    1
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 15048 Views
  • VIDEO: The “Lock Step” Simulation Scenario: “A Coronavirus-like Pandemic that Becomes Trigger for Police State Controls”

    First published on February 5, 2020 at very outset of the Covid-19 Crisis, in-depth analysis of the Simulation of a pandemic conducted in 2010 under the auspices of the Rockefeller Foundation.

    By now, those following the novel coronavirus epidemic are familiar with Event 201, the pandemic simulation staged by Johns Hopkins University in conjunction with the World Economic Forum, the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, Johnson & Johnson, and other ruling-class heavy hitters in October. The media establishment has already picked the story clean, set up and eviscerated a straw man (“No, Bill Gates didn’t cause the coronavirus epidemic, silly conspiracy theorists!”), and convinced the group itself to issue a statement denying their exercise was meant to predict the behavior of the actual virus to follow.

    But few are aware that the epidemic playing out in China and two dozen other countries, including the US, is unfolding in line with a decade-old simulation titled “Lock Step” devised by the Rockefeller Foundation in conjunction with the Global Business Network. The scenario, one of four included in a publication called “Scenarios for the Future of Technology and International Development” in 2010, describes a coronavirus-like pandemic that becomes the trigger for the imposition of police-state controls on movement, economy, and other areas of society.

    The Lock Step scenario describes “a world of tighter top-down government control and more authoritarian leadership, with limited innovation and growing citizen pushback.” In “2012” (i.e. two years after the report’s publication), an “extremely virulent and deadly” strain of influenza originating with wild geese brings the world to its knees, infecting 20 percent of the global population and killing 8 million people in just seven months – “the majority of them healthy young adults.” It devastates global economies and ruptures international trade. But not everyone, the Rockefeller Foundation makes clear, is hit equally.

    Countries of Africa, southeast Asia, and central America suffer the worst “in the absence of official containment protocols” – it wouldn’t be the Rockefeller Foundation if someone wasn’t licking their lips at the thought of a mass die-off in the Global South – but western “democracies” also pay the ultimate price. “The United States’ initial policy of ‘strongly discouraging’ citizens from flying proved deadly in its leniency, accelerating the spread of the virus not just within the US but across borders,” the report warns. But remove such obstacles as ‘individual rights’ and you have a recipe for surviving, even thriving in the event of a pandemic, the Foundation gushes:

    “A few countries did fare better – China in particular. The Chinese government’s quick imposition and enforcement of mandatory quarantine for all citizens, as well as its instant and near-hermetic sealing-off of all borders, saved millions of lives, stopping the spread of the virus far earlier than in other countries and enabling a swifter post-pandemic recovery.”

    The message is clear – police state good, freedom bad. And other governments rapidly get the message, according to the simulation. First and third world nations alike follow suit by “flexing their authority” and imposing quarantines, body-temperature checks, and other “airtight rules and restrictions” – most of which, the report is careful to note, remain in place even as the pandemic recedes into the past. “In order to protect themselves from the spread of increasingly global problems – from pandemics and transnational terrorism to environmental crises and rising poverty – leaders around the world took a firmer grip on power.”

    This global power-grab is facilitated by a frightened citizenry who “willingly gave up some of their sovereignty – and their privacy – to more paternalistic states in exchange for greater safety and stability…tolerant, and even eager, for top-down direction and oversight.” Everything from tighter biometric identification to stricter industrial regulation is welcomed with open arms. It takes over a decade for people to “grow weary” of the authoritarian controls imposed in the wake of the pandemic, and hints that even the civil unrest that ultimately manifests is focused on the developed world. After all, a popular uprising in the technocratic police state envisioned by the simulation would be all but impossible – as it will be in real life once 5G makes real-time total surveillance of all cities a reality.



    Pin the blame on the dragon

    It remains unclear what – or who – unleashed the novel coronavirus in Wuhan. The initial claim that it originated in bats from a “wet market,” in which live animals are sold and then butchered in front of the customer, couldn’t have been more perfect from a western point of view – wet markets are reviled in the West, where consumers prefer that the animal cruelty required to put meat on their tables happens behind closed doors. While wet markets would seem to improve food safety by making it impossible to sell “mystery,” mislabeled or expired meat, time and again they are fingered as disease vectors by the disapproving West, every time followed by calls to ban them entirely. However, the Huanan seafood market hadn’t sold bats for years, meaning – if the “wet market” hypothesis is to persist – an “intermediate host” species would be required to get the virus to humans. Snakes were nominated, even though scientists weren’t sure they could be infected by a coronavirus – it was more important that they eat bats and were sold at the market. Three weeks after the Huanan seafood market was shuttered and disinfected, a Lancet study put the last nail in the hypothesis’ coffin, revealing the first several coronavirus cases had no exposure to the market at all. Perhaps unsurprisingly, this has not discouraged the media from continuing to blame it for the epidemic.

    Beyond the disintegrating “official story,” rumormongers have pinned the blame on the Chinese government, suggesting that through malice or incompetence Beijing released a virus cooked up in a top-secret bioweapons program operating in the city’s high-security lab. The chief purveyor of this theory is Dany Shoham, an Israeli biosafety analyst, which should raise a forest of red flags in anyone familiar with Israel’s own experiments in gene-targeted biowarfare even before taking into account Shoham’s own history of fraudulently blaming Saddam Hussein’s Iraq for the 2001 anthrax attacks. Other outlets spreading this theory cite American biosafety consultant Tim Trevan, who opined in a 2017 Nature article – published before the Wuhan lab even opened! – that “diversity of viewpoint” and “openness of information” are both critical to the safe functioning of such a high-risk lab and alien to Chinese culture. The persistence of the “lab accident” theory of coronavirus’ creation thus owes more to cultural chauvinism and sinophobia than any fact-based clues.

    While many alt-media outlets have fingered Event 201 as the replica “drill” that so often coincides with a false flag event, few are aware that on the day after that simulation, the 2019 Military World Games kicked off in Wuhan, bringing 300 US military personnel to the city.

    As of February 4, there are over 1,000 times more coronavirus cases in China than outside of it, and the foreign cases appear to be ethnically Chinese where reported. This is not a coincidence – a recent scientific paper revealed the enzyme which serves as a receptor for novel coronavirus is produced by a certain type of lung cell found in “extremely large numbers” in Asian men compared to those of other ethnicities. Even more intriguingly, those lung cells are involved in the expression of “many other genes that positively regulating [sic] viral reproduction and transmission.” The paper’s authors stop short of suggesting the virus came out of a lab, instead drily observing that it seems to have “cleverly evolved to hijack this population of [lung] cells for its reproduction and transmission,” but one man’s clever viral evolution is another’s expert bioweapon development.

    Certainly, American researchers have been surreptitiously collecting Chinese DNA for decades. A notorious Harvard School of Public Health program in the mid-1990s drafted village medics to administer “free physicals” to locals “with asthmatic symptoms.” These “checkups” were conducted as part of a genetic project that also involved the US National Institutes of Health and Millennium Pharmaceuticals, supposedly aimed at “identify[ing] and characteriz[ing] genes that play a role in causing asthma and other allergic disorders.” It later emerged that the researchers had secured the required consent forms from neither the local experimental ethics board nor the test subjects themselves. A government inquiry was commandeered by an insider and squelched. Over 200,000 DNA samples were thus collected and spirited out of the country.

    US military literature has been lusting after genetically-targeted weapons for at least 50 years. The infamous Project for a New American Century, whose members have been steering the US ship of state into a series of icebergs since the George W. Bush administration, described gene-specific bioweapons as a “politically-useful tool,” part and parcel of the “new dimensions of combat” in which the future’s wars would unfold. In 1998, the year after PNAC’s formation, reports Israel was working on just such a weapon to target Arabs while leaving Jews untouched flooded the media – part PR campaign, part warning. And it is DARPA and other divisions of the US military, not the Chinese, that has been intensively studying bat-borne coronaviruses for years, even as their own high-security biowarfare labs are being shut down for shoddy safety procedures.

    Meanwhile, the likelihood of the Chinese government unleashing a genetically-targeted virus on its own population is vanishingly low. Unlike popular attitudes of “white guilt” in the West born of a hangover from colonialism, the Chinese do not traffic in racial self-loathing – indeed, outsiders have accused the Chinese of an unspoken, unshakeable belief in their own racial superiority, and regardless of whether that belief is problematic, it is unlikely to lead to intentional self-genocide. Even if behavior-correcting false flag was sought by Beijing in Hong Kong, where US-backed pro-“democracy” protests have raged destructively for months, such an event would not have been unleashed hundreds of miles away in Wuhan.

    Never let a good crisis go to waste?

    The real-life coronavirus is much less virulent than the pandemic described in Lock Step, with an official death toll of “just” 427 and a global infection toll of “only” 20,629 as of February 4, and the dead were mostly over 60 with preexisting medical issues. Economies worldwide are nevertheless in free-fall just like the simulation predicted. This drop is fueled by scare-stories percolating in establishment media and alt-media alike (the name of an actual article in ZeroHedge by a Rabobank analyst: “What if we are on the brink of an exponential increase in coronavirus cases?”) while videos of dubious origin appearing to show horrific scenes from within China keep the virus viral on social media. Adding to the fear is coronavirus’ lengthy incubation period, up to two weeks in which a carrier could be blithely spreading it to everyone they meet, creating a constant threat of a “boom” in cases just around the corner.

    China’s economy, of course, is being hit the worst, and the epidemic’s timing could not have been more disastrous from Beijing’s point of view, coming on the eve of the Lunar New Year holiday. At this time, some 400 million Chinese travel around the country to see family, mostly in the high-speed bullet trains that have their hub in – you guessed it – Wuhan. With much of this travel having occurred before the city was quarantined, cases are likely in their incubation phase all over the country, making today’s numbers look like a rounding error.

    Correspondingly, the situation couldn’t be better for the American ruling class: a pandemic that targets Asians striking China just when it’s most vulnerable is a powerful blow to the rising superpower. And in case anyone still believes the circumstances of the virus’ ascendance are merely an extended string of coincidences, Commerce Secretary Wilbur Ross took that plausible deniability and stomped on it last month, unable to stop himself from gushing that coronavirus would “help to accelerate the return of jobs to North America” in an interview with Fox News. Prefacing his victory lap by saying he didn’t “want to talk about a victory lap over a very unfortunate, very malignant disease,” he pointed out that businesses will be forced to take China’s inexplicable susceptibility to deadly viruses into account when reviewing their supply chains. Unmentioned, but adding to the perfect economic storm, was Trump’s signature on the USMCA trade agreement, supposed to bring in an extra 1.2 percentage points in GDP growth.

    “On top of all the other things, you had SARS, you had the African Swine virus there, now you have this,” Ross said, hammering home the point by linking coronavirus to other suspect plagues. Just as many scientists concluded SARS was a manmade bioweapon, many – scientists and statesmen as well as alternative media – have raised the alarm about coronavirus. Good luck finding any of their statements on Google, however. Facebook, Youtube and Twitter have been hard at work removing coronavirus “rumors,” and Google has memory-holed hundreds of search results regarding Chinese accusations of biowarfare. Even on platforms that don’t censor on government orders, the baseless claims from Shoham and other disinfo artists about Chinese biowarfare have muscled any comments from Chinese officials out of the way. Even the former Malaysian PM’s comments are obscured behind a Farsi language barrier – his original comments inexplicably missing from English-language media and reprinted only by Iran’s IRIB News Agency (this author can no longer even find the tweet that alerted her to those comments, but would like to thank that person).

    Coronavirus is not the doomsday epidemic it is being portrayed as by irresponsible media actors. But as the Lock Step scenario makes clear, one does not need massive die-off or victims exploding in geysers of blood in the streets to achieve desired social goals. It’s possible the novel coronavirus epidemic is a “dry run,” a test of both China’s readiness to handle an outbreak and of the international community’s reaction to such a plague. It’s even possible, though unlikely, that the epidemic was a mistake – that the virus escaped from a lab, likely American, by accident.

    It’s also possible the plague may suddenly become more virulent. Certainly the media buzz the first week of February is that coronavirus is close to being declared a “pandemic” by the WHO, which will necessitate the type of control measures hinted at in Lock Step and described more exhaustively in Event 201. From “limited internet shutdowns” and “enforcement actions against fake news” to government bailouts of “core” industries, mandatory vaccinations, property seizures, and other police-state provisions laid out in the Model State Emergency Health Powers Acts passed in many US states in the paranoid aftermath of 9/11, the totalitarian nature of these provisions is limited only by the imagination of the regime carrying them out. Once events proceed to that stage, it is extremely difficult to reverse them. We would be wise not to allow this to happen.

    *

    Note to readers: please click the share buttons above or below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

    Helen Buyniski is a journalist and photographer based in New York City. Her work has appeared on RT, Global Research, Ghion Journal, Progressive Radio Network, and Veterans Today. Helen has a BA in Journalism from New School University and also studied at Columbia University and New York University. Find more of her work at http://helenofdestroy.com and http://medium.com/@helen.buyniski or follow her on Twitter at @velocirapture23. She is a frequent contributor to Global Research.


    VIDEO: The “Lock Step” Simulation Scenario: “A Coronavirus-like Pandemic that Becomes Trigger for Police State Controls”

    First published on February 5, 2020 at very outset of the Covid-19 Crisis, in-depth analysis of the Simulation of a pandemic conducted in 2010 under the auspices of the Rockefeller Foundation.

    Read here: https://www.globalresearch.ca/all-sectors-us-establishment-lock-step-deep-states-latest-bio-war/5702773
    VIDEO: The “Lock Step” Simulation Scenario: “A Coronavirus-like Pandemic that Becomes Trigger for Police State Controls” First published on February 5, 2020 at very outset of the Covid-19 Crisis, in-depth analysis of the Simulation of a pandemic conducted in 2010 under the auspices of the Rockefeller Foundation. By now, those following the novel coronavirus epidemic are familiar with Event 201, the pandemic simulation staged by Johns Hopkins University in conjunction with the World Economic Forum, the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, Johnson & Johnson, and other ruling-class heavy hitters in October. The media establishment has already picked the story clean, set up and eviscerated a straw man (“No, Bill Gates didn’t cause the coronavirus epidemic, silly conspiracy theorists!”), and convinced the group itself to issue a statement denying their exercise was meant to predict the behavior of the actual virus to follow. But few are aware that the epidemic playing out in China and two dozen other countries, including the US, is unfolding in line with a decade-old simulation titled “Lock Step” devised by the Rockefeller Foundation in conjunction with the Global Business Network. The scenario, one of four included in a publication called “Scenarios for the Future of Technology and International Development” in 2010, describes a coronavirus-like pandemic that becomes the trigger for the imposition of police-state controls on movement, economy, and other areas of society. The Lock Step scenario describes “a world of tighter top-down government control and more authoritarian leadership, with limited innovation and growing citizen pushback.” In “2012” (i.e. two years after the report’s publication), an “extremely virulent and deadly” strain of influenza originating with wild geese brings the world to its knees, infecting 20 percent of the global population and killing 8 million people in just seven months – “the majority of them healthy young adults.” It devastates global economies and ruptures international trade. But not everyone, the Rockefeller Foundation makes clear, is hit equally. Countries of Africa, southeast Asia, and central America suffer the worst “in the absence of official containment protocols” – it wouldn’t be the Rockefeller Foundation if someone wasn’t licking their lips at the thought of a mass die-off in the Global South – but western “democracies” also pay the ultimate price. “The United States’ initial policy of ‘strongly discouraging’ citizens from flying proved deadly in its leniency, accelerating the spread of the virus not just within the US but across borders,” the report warns. But remove such obstacles as ‘individual rights’ and you have a recipe for surviving, even thriving in the event of a pandemic, the Foundation gushes: “A few countries did fare better – China in particular. The Chinese government’s quick imposition and enforcement of mandatory quarantine for all citizens, as well as its instant and near-hermetic sealing-off of all borders, saved millions of lives, stopping the spread of the virus far earlier than in other countries and enabling a swifter post-pandemic recovery.” The message is clear – police state good, freedom bad. And other governments rapidly get the message, according to the simulation. First and third world nations alike follow suit by “flexing their authority” and imposing quarantines, body-temperature checks, and other “airtight rules and restrictions” – most of which, the report is careful to note, remain in place even as the pandemic recedes into the past. “In order to protect themselves from the spread of increasingly global problems – from pandemics and transnational terrorism to environmental crises and rising poverty – leaders around the world took a firmer grip on power.” This global power-grab is facilitated by a frightened citizenry who “willingly gave up some of their sovereignty – and their privacy – to more paternalistic states in exchange for greater safety and stability…tolerant, and even eager, for top-down direction and oversight.” Everything from tighter biometric identification to stricter industrial regulation is welcomed with open arms. It takes over a decade for people to “grow weary” of the authoritarian controls imposed in the wake of the pandemic, and hints that even the civil unrest that ultimately manifests is focused on the developed world. After all, a popular uprising in the technocratic police state envisioned by the simulation would be all but impossible – as it will be in real life once 5G makes real-time total surveillance of all cities a reality. Pin the blame on the dragon It remains unclear what – or who – unleashed the novel coronavirus in Wuhan. The initial claim that it originated in bats from a “wet market,” in which live animals are sold and then butchered in front of the customer, couldn’t have been more perfect from a western point of view – wet markets are reviled in the West, where consumers prefer that the animal cruelty required to put meat on their tables happens behind closed doors. While wet markets would seem to improve food safety by making it impossible to sell “mystery,” mislabeled or expired meat, time and again they are fingered as disease vectors by the disapproving West, every time followed by calls to ban them entirely. However, the Huanan seafood market hadn’t sold bats for years, meaning – if the “wet market” hypothesis is to persist – an “intermediate host” species would be required to get the virus to humans. Snakes were nominated, even though scientists weren’t sure they could be infected by a coronavirus – it was more important that they eat bats and were sold at the market. Three weeks after the Huanan seafood market was shuttered and disinfected, a Lancet study put the last nail in the hypothesis’ coffin, revealing the first several coronavirus cases had no exposure to the market at all. Perhaps unsurprisingly, this has not discouraged the media from continuing to blame it for the epidemic. Beyond the disintegrating “official story,” rumormongers have pinned the blame on the Chinese government, suggesting that through malice or incompetence Beijing released a virus cooked up in a top-secret bioweapons program operating in the city’s high-security lab. The chief purveyor of this theory is Dany Shoham, an Israeli biosafety analyst, which should raise a forest of red flags in anyone familiar with Israel’s own experiments in gene-targeted biowarfare even before taking into account Shoham’s own history of fraudulently blaming Saddam Hussein’s Iraq for the 2001 anthrax attacks. Other outlets spreading this theory cite American biosafety consultant Tim Trevan, who opined in a 2017 Nature article – published before the Wuhan lab even opened! – that “diversity of viewpoint” and “openness of information” are both critical to the safe functioning of such a high-risk lab and alien to Chinese culture. The persistence of the “lab accident” theory of coronavirus’ creation thus owes more to cultural chauvinism and sinophobia than any fact-based clues. While many alt-media outlets have fingered Event 201 as the replica “drill” that so often coincides with a false flag event, few are aware that on the day after that simulation, the 2019 Military World Games kicked off in Wuhan, bringing 300 US military personnel to the city. As of February 4, there are over 1,000 times more coronavirus cases in China than outside of it, and the foreign cases appear to be ethnically Chinese where reported. This is not a coincidence – a recent scientific paper revealed the enzyme which serves as a receptor for novel coronavirus is produced by a certain type of lung cell found in “extremely large numbers” in Asian men compared to those of other ethnicities. Even more intriguingly, those lung cells are involved in the expression of “many other genes that positively regulating [sic] viral reproduction and transmission.” The paper’s authors stop short of suggesting the virus came out of a lab, instead drily observing that it seems to have “cleverly evolved to hijack this population of [lung] cells for its reproduction and transmission,” but one man’s clever viral evolution is another’s expert bioweapon development. Certainly, American researchers have been surreptitiously collecting Chinese DNA for decades. A notorious Harvard School of Public Health program in the mid-1990s drafted village medics to administer “free physicals” to locals “with asthmatic symptoms.” These “checkups” were conducted as part of a genetic project that also involved the US National Institutes of Health and Millennium Pharmaceuticals, supposedly aimed at “identify[ing] and characteriz[ing] genes that play a role in causing asthma and other allergic disorders.” It later emerged that the researchers had secured the required consent forms from neither the local experimental ethics board nor the test subjects themselves. A government inquiry was commandeered by an insider and squelched. Over 200,000 DNA samples were thus collected and spirited out of the country. US military literature has been lusting after genetically-targeted weapons for at least 50 years. The infamous Project for a New American Century, whose members have been steering the US ship of state into a series of icebergs since the George W. Bush administration, described gene-specific bioweapons as a “politically-useful tool,” part and parcel of the “new dimensions of combat” in which the future’s wars would unfold. In 1998, the year after PNAC’s formation, reports Israel was working on just such a weapon to target Arabs while leaving Jews untouched flooded the media – part PR campaign, part warning. And it is DARPA and other divisions of the US military, not the Chinese, that has been intensively studying bat-borne coronaviruses for years, even as their own high-security biowarfare labs are being shut down for shoddy safety procedures. Meanwhile, the likelihood of the Chinese government unleashing a genetically-targeted virus on its own population is vanishingly low. Unlike popular attitudes of “white guilt” in the West born of a hangover from colonialism, the Chinese do not traffic in racial self-loathing – indeed, outsiders have accused the Chinese of an unspoken, unshakeable belief in their own racial superiority, and regardless of whether that belief is problematic, it is unlikely to lead to intentional self-genocide. Even if behavior-correcting false flag was sought by Beijing in Hong Kong, where US-backed pro-“democracy” protests have raged destructively for months, such an event would not have been unleashed hundreds of miles away in Wuhan. Never let a good crisis go to waste? The real-life coronavirus is much less virulent than the pandemic described in Lock Step, with an official death toll of “just” 427 and a global infection toll of “only” 20,629 as of February 4, and the dead were mostly over 60 with preexisting medical issues. Economies worldwide are nevertheless in free-fall just like the simulation predicted. This drop is fueled by scare-stories percolating in establishment media and alt-media alike (the name of an actual article in ZeroHedge by a Rabobank analyst: “What if we are on the brink of an exponential increase in coronavirus cases?”) while videos of dubious origin appearing to show horrific scenes from within China keep the virus viral on social media. Adding to the fear is coronavirus’ lengthy incubation period, up to two weeks in which a carrier could be blithely spreading it to everyone they meet, creating a constant threat of a “boom” in cases just around the corner. China’s economy, of course, is being hit the worst, and the epidemic’s timing could not have been more disastrous from Beijing’s point of view, coming on the eve of the Lunar New Year holiday. At this time, some 400 million Chinese travel around the country to see family, mostly in the high-speed bullet trains that have their hub in – you guessed it – Wuhan. With much of this travel having occurred before the city was quarantined, cases are likely in their incubation phase all over the country, making today’s numbers look like a rounding error. Correspondingly, the situation couldn’t be better for the American ruling class: a pandemic that targets Asians striking China just when it’s most vulnerable is a powerful blow to the rising superpower. And in case anyone still believes the circumstances of the virus’ ascendance are merely an extended string of coincidences, Commerce Secretary Wilbur Ross took that plausible deniability and stomped on it last month, unable to stop himself from gushing that coronavirus would “help to accelerate the return of jobs to North America” in an interview with Fox News. Prefacing his victory lap by saying he didn’t “want to talk about a victory lap over a very unfortunate, very malignant disease,” he pointed out that businesses will be forced to take China’s inexplicable susceptibility to deadly viruses into account when reviewing their supply chains. Unmentioned, but adding to the perfect economic storm, was Trump’s signature on the USMCA trade agreement, supposed to bring in an extra 1.2 percentage points in GDP growth. “On top of all the other things, you had SARS, you had the African Swine virus there, now you have this,” Ross said, hammering home the point by linking coronavirus to other suspect plagues. Just as many scientists concluded SARS was a manmade bioweapon, many – scientists and statesmen as well as alternative media – have raised the alarm about coronavirus. Good luck finding any of their statements on Google, however. Facebook, Youtube and Twitter have been hard at work removing coronavirus “rumors,” and Google has memory-holed hundreds of search results regarding Chinese accusations of biowarfare. Even on platforms that don’t censor on government orders, the baseless claims from Shoham and other disinfo artists about Chinese biowarfare have muscled any comments from Chinese officials out of the way. Even the former Malaysian PM’s comments are obscured behind a Farsi language barrier – his original comments inexplicably missing from English-language media and reprinted only by Iran’s IRIB News Agency (this author can no longer even find the tweet that alerted her to those comments, but would like to thank that person). Coronavirus is not the doomsday epidemic it is being portrayed as by irresponsible media actors. But as the Lock Step scenario makes clear, one does not need massive die-off or victims exploding in geysers of blood in the streets to achieve desired social goals. It’s possible the novel coronavirus epidemic is a “dry run,” a test of both China’s readiness to handle an outbreak and of the international community’s reaction to such a plague. It’s even possible, though unlikely, that the epidemic was a mistake – that the virus escaped from a lab, likely American, by accident. It’s also possible the plague may suddenly become more virulent. Certainly the media buzz the first week of February is that coronavirus is close to being declared a “pandemic” by the WHO, which will necessitate the type of control measures hinted at in Lock Step and described more exhaustively in Event 201. From “limited internet shutdowns” and “enforcement actions against fake news” to government bailouts of “core” industries, mandatory vaccinations, property seizures, and other police-state provisions laid out in the Model State Emergency Health Powers Acts passed in many US states in the paranoid aftermath of 9/11, the totalitarian nature of these provisions is limited only by the imagination of the regime carrying them out. Once events proceed to that stage, it is extremely difficult to reverse them. We would be wise not to allow this to happen. * Note to readers: please click the share buttons above or below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc. Helen Buyniski is a journalist and photographer based in New York City. Her work has appeared on RT, Global Research, Ghion Journal, Progressive Radio Network, and Veterans Today. Helen has a BA in Journalism from New School University and also studied at Columbia University and New York University. Find more of her work at http://helenofdestroy.com and http://medium.com/@helen.buyniski or follow her on Twitter at @velocirapture23. She is a frequent contributor to Global Research. VIDEO: The “Lock Step” Simulation Scenario: “A Coronavirus-like Pandemic that Becomes Trigger for Police State Controls” First published on February 5, 2020 at very outset of the Covid-19 Crisis, in-depth analysis of the Simulation of a pandemic conducted in 2010 under the auspices of the Rockefeller Foundation. Read here: https://www.globalresearch.ca/all-sectors-us-establishment-lock-step-deep-states-latest-bio-war/5702773
    WWW.GLOBALRESEARCH.CA
    VIDEO: The "Lock Step" Simulation Scenario: "A Coronavirus-like Pandemic that Becomes Trigger for Police State Controls"
    First published on February 5, 2020 at very outset of the Covid-19 Crisis, in-depth analysis of the Simulation of a pandemic conducted in 2010 under the auspices of the Rockefeller Foundation. By now, those following the novel coronavirus epidemic are familiar with Event 201, the pandemic simulation staged by Johns Hopkins University in conjunction with the World Economic Forum, …
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 18965 Views
  • I Quit Eating White Flour & Threw Out All My "Vitamins" - Here's What Happened (Part 1)
    After I learned synthetic vitamins are poison, the United Nations is behind the Food Fortification program (which drugs the food supply with vitamins) and, like viruses, vitamins have never been properly isolated because they too are a Big Pharma scheme to sell us health made in a laboratory, I began taking a hard look at what I was eating.

    At this point in my life I had completely quit taking all supplements and I thought I was eating healthy, but upon closer inspection, I was alarmed to discover my entire diet was being synthetically vitaminized and poisoned. Literally everything was tainted, right down to my Paradise Green dehydrated peas…



    From my bag of rice to my afternoon kombucha drinks, all of the products in my pantry had chemicals slipped in to places least expected - they drugged the peas for f*cks sake! DEHYDRATED PEAS!

    Many months later, I was in the process of writing The Vitamin Swindle Part 1: The White Bread Scandal, when I learned rats that get into white flour mills won’t touch the flour. The more I researched, the more disturbed I became, specifically regarding white flour and the history of it. I learned about a massive conspiracy between the flour mills, the American Medical Association, Big Pharma and the US government. Long story short, they knew white flour was causing major health issues and they knew living off of it was the cause of “Beriberi”, yet they went out of their way to assure the public it was a great, nutritious product that people should eat for their health.


    REMOVAL OF WHITE FLOUR FROM MY DIET

    You see, because white flour, like rice flour, has vitamins dumped in at the mills via the UN “fortification” and “enrichment” program, it is nearly impossible to eat products containing this flour and avoid also consuming synthetic vitamins: (17 second video)

    So, although I had quit consuming bottled supplements, I was still consuming the same vitamins via the food supply. But after the rat discovery, without hesitation, I axed white flour from my diet. Let me tell you, while not taking vitamins was easy (and saved me money too!), not eating white flour was incredibly difficult because I had to relearn how to eat and, being that I loathed cooking, I didn’t know what to do. I was so used to buying premade health food that I felt lost; everything I was purchasing had white flour (or synthetic vitamins) in it somewhere. With zero kitchen skills, my meals became a head of broccoli with natural butter and Real Salt or diced cucumber with garlic, feta and extra virgin olive oil or a plate of sliced tomatoes and lots of baked potatoes. Here’s an example of my dinner:


    The first five-or-so nights of being white-flour-free, I sweat like crazy while I slept and my sweat smelled ghastly. It was a strange odor I had never smelled before. I can’t quite explain it, perhaps something like plastic burning in a hot dumpster that is full of roadkill and rotten dairy. It was so foul that I had to run my bedding to the washing machine every morning for nearly a week. No matter how much I showered I could still smell this awful stench for the first couple days.

    NO WHITE FLOUR, WEEK #2

    I woke up one morning and discovered my underwear were stretched out. I grabbed a different pair and those didn’t fit either. What the heck? Did the washer ruin my clothes? When I pulled on my work pants, those didn’t fit either! I realized I had lost weight - a lot of it. I hurried to the closet to grab my belt, threw it around my wait and slid the buckle right past my usual connection hole. I had lost so much weight in 14 days that I downsized one belt hole! I was quite puzzled because I lost this weight by doing nothing other than quitting white flour; no gym and 0 exercise because I traded that time for writing Substack articles for you.

    I also noticed my facial skin looked more youthful. The bags under my eyes nearly vanished. I told my spouse I think I have the energy of a 20 year old, *wink, wink*.

    WEEK #3

    By the third week I lost another 10-or-so pounds, now my shirts looked a full size too large. But that’s not all, another huge change occurred. During this week I began becoming naturally tired in the evenings. Writing articles until 9pm then watching a documentary until 10:30-11pm no longer worked for me. I was tired at 8, asleep by 9 and up at 3am so I could get in a few hours of writing before work. This may sound like a really insane time to wake up, but I love it. My mind is so clear, I am so focused and the world is so peaceful. I think my best content and research is what I am producing at this early hour.

    Strangely, even though I was waking up so early then spending three hours working before I go into work, I had energy the entire day. Additionally, my mood had become overall more optimistic about everything in life. I began hacking away at the list of sh*t I have been putting off forever. (Responding to Substack direct messages is on that list. Only 580 more messages to go…)

    WEEK #4

    By the fourth week, my love handles vanished. I pinched my love handle area and could only pinch an inch of skin between my fingers. My stomach began to flatten. I even noticed my face looked thinner and the droop in my chin that I blamed on age disappeared. My shoulders began looking defined again and that sure wasn’t from spending 12 hours a day on a pc. Then something really wild happened…

    MONTH 1

    Around the end of the month, I realized my taste buds completely changed. Everything I loved (especially potato chips and dip, Lord I loved me some cheddar & sour cream chips with French onion dip), became disgusting. After being flour-and-chemical-free for over four weeks, Tostitos tortilla chips were inedible because the chemicals in them burned the sh*t out of my gums. Fast food, even my beloved Taco Bell, tasted f*cking terrible - so disgusting that, for the first time ever, I threw it out after two bites. When my spouse, who is not on board with my diet, ordered a pizza, I took one bite then instead made another baked potato.

    It was at this time that foods containing chemicals or GMOs began killing my stomach. I dreaded dinner at my parents house because I knew I would be dealing with hours of pain. I was forced to cut restaurants our of my life because, even when I selected the best options, I was still forced to endure hours of torture afterward. (btw, I learned we should never be consuming products like Pepto Bismol, instead eat some nutmeg. It works fast too!)

    But it gets crazier - I started craving produce. For the first time in my life (I’m in my mid-40s), I wanted bananas and I would think to myself, “some cauliflower sounds good today”. I craved a baked potato without cheese - just real butter, real salt, real pepper and herbs (and organic sour cream because I’m no saint). Even more mind-blowing, cheese, as a whole, stopped being a necessity and food tasted great without it. In fact, I began tasting a plastic-type flavor in shredded cheese (even cheese my better-half shreds from full blocks), which was pretty repulsive so I no longer used cheese unless it was goat or sheep.

    Then, things got even stranger. I was able to somehow tune in with what my body wanted and my body wanted less meat and more beans. I know, it’s wild, right? I never in my life wanted beans unless it was a can refried bean dip for a bag of Doritos. I began to truly enjoy black beans which I previously hated. [If you hate cooking, the best canned bean manufacturer in the world is Siete. They are who singlehandedly got me to love black beans. Siete has products that allow an anti-cook to enjoy Mexican food and still eat clean without compromising taste. Their products are probably at wherever you shop, plus they are sold on Amazon.com, in Costco, etc. Here’s their site, SieteFoods.com and here’s their black beans:]


    Another unexpected change occurred around this time: my entire adult life, I have classified myself as running hot. It drove the spouse nuts because I would want to sleep with the window cracked, even in the winter. During the peak of summer I would sleep in the basement because the house was too hot, even with the AC on blast… but this all ended.

    MONTH #2

    At the beginning of the second month, I estimate I lost around 40 pounds! I didn’t realize I had that much to lose because I am an overall slimmer person and if you would have asked me how overweight I was, I would have said, “I guess I could lose 10 or 15 pounds.”. I lost so much weight that people started asking if I’ve been hitting the gym. When I replied, “Nope, just quit white flour and vitamins”, they looked at me like I was a lunatic, but that was ok.

    I now looked like I was wearing my father’s clothing, so I had to get new everything in a full size smaller.

    Then, one more crazy thing happened… and, for me, this was one of the most unexpected changes of all…

    I stopped drinking my beloved whiskey, not because I wanted to, no sir, I love whiskey. I stopped drinking it because I came home from work one day, walked to my whiskey shelf, picked up a bottle of Blanton’s and, as soon as I removed the cork, I realized I just didn’t want it. This is a feeling I had never experienced in my life. I began drinking when I was 15 years old and had drank ever since. When life felt at its worst, I would buy multiple bottles of whiskey at a time. In fact, I was buying so much that the liquor store would save empty case boxes for me so they were easier to carry to my vehicle.

    So, on this specific day, as I stood at my whiskey shelf, when I didn’t want to fill up my glass, it was as if my mind misfunctioned. As bizarre as this sounds, I tried to talk myself into having just one glass. My odd conversation with myself ended with the decision to not pour the whiskey and instead drink something else but to come back in an hour and fill the glass up. … an hour later, it still didn’t sound good. I was baffled.

    That was the first night in my adult life that I went to bed voluntarily choosing not to drink alcohol… and feeling GREAT! I wondered if I would feel horrible withdrawals come morning, but the withdrawals never came. I bounced out of bed, ready to seize the day. And when I got home from work on day #2, drinking again didn’t sound good.

    MONTH #3

    By the third month, my life had completely changed. I was a new person mentally and physically. I felt like I was the best version of myself that I could be. Like a superhero, my senses were all heightened and I became even more aware of things I had been missing around me. Let me give you an important example:

    Being that my spouse and young adult children are not participating in my diet, they eat all the processed garbage. Vegetables and fruit tastes terrible to them because their taste buds have adapted to the white flour diet. I will be writing more on this topic soon, so do it if you haven’t already:

    Anyway, I noticed that, when they wake up in the mornings they are physically fine however, within 30 minutes of them consuming breakfast (white flour and chemicals) they begin to develop a slight cough; a single cough or a throat-clearing that repeats approximately every 15 to 20 minutes after the consumption of these products. I observed the identical occurrence with my coworkers.

    I also noticed, after lunch (a second dose of the same toxins), in addition to the random cough, my older son will start slightly sniffling like allergies. At my job, my associate who stops at Panera Bread each morning for a muffin and a coke, needs allergy medication by noon. In the spring and summer she blames pollen, and when the identical symptoms occur in the fall and winter she blames dust. I had never really put 2 + 2 together... “allergies”…

    Throughout the first five months, I had a total of maybe 3 drinks, and the wildest part was that I cut myself off after a single drink because it just didn’t taste good. Even my top shelf whiskey, Heaven’s Door Bootleg Series, just didn’t do it for me.

    The one evening I was peer pressured into excessively drinking (buddy’s 40th birthday party), I didn’t enjoy it at all and woke up the next day feeling like hell. This further reinforced that I didn’t want to consume alcohol anymore.

    SIX MONTHS LATER: THE RELAPSE

    After a half year of being in the best health of my adult life (even better health than when I was bodybuilding because I was poison-free this time around), I had to go out of town for five days. On the upside, I got to stay at a resort. On the downside, I quickly realized there was absolutely nothing for me to eat that didn’t involve white flour, additives or vitamins. I arrived at the resort at 10pm and the only available food was pizza, white bread sandwiches with processed meat and cheese, fried chicken strips with white flour breading, and so on. I went to bed with my stomach growling.

    The next morning I awoke naturally at 3am, long before the resort breakfast area was open. I got out my laptop and tried to focus on writing while my stomach screamed. At 7am, when the breakfast bar opened, I raced to it, only to discover white flour bagels with processed cream cheese and chemical margarine packets, Dole fruit cups in heavy syrup, Quaker Oat single serve oatmeal with sugar and vitamins, Tropicana fortified orange juice served alongside fortified milk, and Quaker chocolate granola bars. Then there were also seven bananas. I grabbed a plate, took all seven and beelined back to my room.

    When lunch came, to my dismay, there were no non-tainted food options, and this is when my nosedive began…

    I selected the beer batter fried fish sandwich which seemed to be the least of all evils. I asked for no bun or toppings, just give me the breaded fish on a plate. Trying to remove the batter from the fish proved unsuccessful. It tasted horrible but I needed something in my stomach.

    That evening I had time to relax in tropical paradise. I found a good chair to watch the geoengineering over the ocean, it was painfully obvious they were in the process of making Hurricane Debby. While staring at planes spraying the sky and watching frequency being deployed to push the spray in one direction while the natural clouds were moving the opposite direction, the waitress convinced me to try their dark rum pina coladas which, as she stated, were indeed delicious. In fact, they were so delicious that I ordered two more. Thankfully they were also filling, so I didn’t go to bed hungry.

    The following day was a repeat of the prior. I stole all of the bananas, ate fish covered in white flour then fried in horrible oil, then enjoyed a half dozen high-fructose-corn-syrup-and-chemicals pina coladas for dinner. Later that evening, with clouded judgement, I decide to give those fried chicken strips a try. I even ordered chemical ranch dressing to go with them… then got a shot of whiskey, my first shot of whiskey since getting clean. Before bed I watched the electrical storm over the Atlantic: (11 second video)

    The third morning I did not naturally wake up at 3am, I instead slept in until after 7. When I got to the breakfast bar, the bananas weren’t available so I chose the fake oatmeal packet. I had this day off work so, come 10am, I was poolside being served dark rum pina coladas. There were now two clearly-defined layers of clouds, quickly moving in opposite directions, and the media was beginning to run their Debby fear campaign. That evening I ordered the pizza and it tasted great.

    Come morning #4, I didn’t want bananas, I instead opted for waffles with fake butter and cheap syrup. Lunch was a processed meat sandwich. Dinner was a burger with French fries dipped in ranch (I’m not a ketchup person, give me ranch or mayo). And this is where the unexpected happens…

    I also had the fifth day off work and again overslept by many hours. When I woke up I put on my shorts and noticed my stomach hanging over them. It wasn’t just a little bloated, it was bulged out substantially. I looked at my body in the mirror and I looked like I had gained at least 15 pounds! Dismayed but determined to enjoy my day, I repeated the day prior.

    All the way home, in the airports and on the planes, I ate trash and drank. Upon getting back to Michigan, I looked and felt like a different person. I was pudgy, tired, short-tempered, unmotivated, and I had a craving for fried foods, pizza and alcohol. Nothing sounded better than a bag of Lay’s and a can of Frito’s Jalapeno Cheddar Cheese Dip.

    That evening I had some of the fast food my spouse and kids picked up for dinner and I finally poured that Blanton’s I passed on many months prior.

    My first morning back home, I debated stopping at McDonalds on the way into work because a Bacon Egg and Cheese Biscuit sounded incredible, but I refrained only because my motivation had been so stripped that even stopping to get fast food sounded like too much work.

    The next week was incredibly difficult because my taste buds had completely shifted and all of the clean foods I had purchased tasted bad but all of the processed foods were mouth-watering. My mind was telling me to make a baked potato or slice up cucumbers but my body was telling me “do that tomorrow, for now order Uber Eats.” . After around 12-days of mental war, the cravings ended and I was back on track. It took several weeks for the bloating and water-weight gain to reside completely.

    10 MONTHS LATER

    It has now been around 10 months and I am back to my high school athlete weight. I have zero desire to eat processed food or white flour because it tastes so bad again.

    I had to get new apparel a second time because, even with the full size smaller clothing, I again looked like I was swimming in someone else’s shirts.

    In full transparency, not drinking alcohol resulted in a new coffee addiction. Yes, I am completely aware it is bad. In further full transparency, I still enjoy my cigars, but I’ll work on this as time progresses, one thing at a time, my friends. And in a final moment of transparency, I classify a single drink every couple months as “not being an alcohol drinker” and I see nothing wrong with this.

    LAUNCHING THE INVESTIGATION INTO WHITE FLOUR

    Perplexed by how quickly I fell off the rails and was overtaken by old habits, I couldn’t help but want to learn more about my whole experience, so I began looking deeper into white flour. The very first thing I discovered was that my weight loss and positive changes, especially to sleeping patterns, were nothing special, in fact, it’s the norm if you cut white flour from your diet. Here’s other people, before and after quitting flour, and their amazing transformations within only 30 or 60 days:

    What Yuh Know - 60 DAYS NO SUGAR, NO FLOUR, NO SOFT... | Facebook
    Down 55 pounds with no sugar, no flour - weight loss journey with Bright Line Eating
    8 Practical Tips for Weight Loss
    I Gave Up Sugar and Flour! Here's What I Eat Instead | Little Miss Fearless
    Many of these people went completely gluten free and some axed sugar too but I did not. I still consume some bread, just not white flour bread, and I still consume sugar in the form of agave nectar and coconut sugar. If you stop consuming white flour products and vitamins, you will automatically cut the vast majority of sugar out of your diet.

    Gluten Free Diet That Changed My Life - YouTube
    Gluten Free Diet Before And After Weight Loss Results Transformation
    Look at the difference in these people and think of how many health problems they eliminated:

    Why I Gave Up Dairy & Gluten - 85 Pounds Down - Before and After Weight Loss Transformation Pictures - YouTube
    Now think of this: If this man went to the doctor for his annual checkup, the doctor would tell him he needs medication for something(s), then write him a prescription(s), when all along, he just needed to stop eating white flour:

    No wheat and dairy for 60 days before and after photos...
    How a Whole-Food Diet Transformed This Fitness Pro - Forks Over Knives
    My Story | Fork and Beans
    Not only did these people add years, if not decades, to their lives, but look at the difference in their facial expressions. Nobody is happy being overweight.

    Progress) 90 lbs down this morning following a whole food plant based diet, no exercise. The last time I weighed this little I was was 12 or 13. It's been a process,
    And it wasn’t just weight loss, people report their Eczema vanishing without any need for Big Pharma products:

    I've been able to take my eczema down 95% eating gluten free, minimizing eggs sugar and dairy intake! For me moisturizer was not possible and aggravated my skin. I take lots of
    And many saw noticeable changes after only a week in the form of their skin looking brighter and cleaner and facial wrinkles lessening or vanishing.


    I began pondering white flour more. Remember how, at the beginning of this article, I explained there was this crazy conspiracy involving the government and the American Medical Association to make sure we consume this flour? I didn’t understand why the AMA was so hellbent on getting this inside of us. They wanted us to eat this so bad that they were willing to destroy their reputation over it. It seems hard to believe that this was just related to bribery or blackmail. It felt like their had to be more to the story.

    Deeper reflection lead me to wonder, what if the chemicals in white flour products can f*ck with our brains? Could it be possible that these ingredients can literally hijack our thought process and mind control us? That would indeed explain why I fell off the wagon and lost all sense of judgement in only a couple days of consuming the flour. But claiming this food might have the ability to mentally change us is a pretty wild hypothesis which would require a lot of deep digging and dot-connecting, but if that is indeed what is going on here, holy sh*t, that is massive.

    As I began to dive deep into old documents, records, videos and scientific paperwork, I became utterly shocked at what I was uncovering… NEXT READ: WHITE FLOUR IS A LITERAL DRUG, but first, if you appreciate my time, energy and devotion to bringing you content, please consider hooking me up with a whiskey coffee or a lil donation:

    Like My Work? Make a KoFi Donation

    Keep Me Writing! Buy Me a Coffee

    Share

    NEXT READ

    White Flour IS A DRUG! It's an OPIOID! The Most EVIL Food Yet?

    White Flour IS A DRUG! It's an OPIOID! The Most EVIL Food Yet?
    It is hard to wrap your mind around how utterly insane this is - we are all being fed an opioid drug, all day long, every day. “What do opioids do?”, you ask. Answer: Other than producing short-lived feelings of happiness followed by a crash and providing temporary pain relief…

    Read full story

    OR CHECK OUT MY SUPPLEMENT INVESTIGATIONS LIST

    Vitamin D is Rat Poison

    Dr. Lee Merritt is LYING About Me - Vitamin D Really IS Rat Poison, Let’s Go Through it Again

    Vitamin B is Made From Cyanide and is a Carcinogen

    Vitamin A: POPULATION CONTROL

    Vitamin C is Associated with the Eugenics Movement

    Omega-3’s are Soy and Carcinogens: Fish Oil Poison

    The Time “Vitamin B” Contaminated a City

    The Natural Vitamin SCAM: Eating Byproduct Waste

    HOW VITAMINS ARE MADE - Trust Me, It’s NOT What You Think

    BUSTED! Videos Inside Vitamin Manufacturers

    Poisoning the Food Supply: The History of Fortification Series Part 1

    The United Nations Food Fortification Program Series Part 2

    The Vitamin Swindle: White Bread Scandal (The Truth about Vitamin B and Beriberi) PART 1

    Daily Intake Level Insanity

    Poisoning Pregnant Mothers: Deadly Prenatal Vitamins

    Soil Has Been Depleted of Nutrients! Creating MYTHS to Sell Supplements

    The VITAMIN ISOLATION PSYOP: Vitamins ARE Viruses! The Nail in the Coffin of Supplements - Here's What Vitamins LOOK LIKE...

    What Ivermectin ACTUALLY is

    Hydroxychloroquine: POISON & Self Assembling Nanoparticles - The HCQ PSYOP & the Blood-Brain Barrier

    The 1969 Population Council’s Secret POPULATION CONTROL Operations: Drug the Water Supply, Destroy the Family, Reduce Fertility

    Or check out tons of other topics:


    Keep Me Fighting! Make a KoFi Donation

    Buy Me a Coffee

    Share

    https://substack.com/@chemtrails/p-148841683
    I Quit Eating White Flour & Threw Out All My "Vitamins" - Here's What Happened (Part 1) After I learned synthetic vitamins are poison, the United Nations is behind the Food Fortification program (which drugs the food supply with vitamins) and, like viruses, vitamins have never been properly isolated because they too are a Big Pharma scheme to sell us health made in a laboratory, I began taking a hard look at what I was eating. At this point in my life I had completely quit taking all supplements and I thought I was eating healthy, but upon closer inspection, I was alarmed to discover my entire diet was being synthetically vitaminized and poisoned. Literally everything was tainted, right down to my Paradise Green dehydrated peas… From my bag of rice to my afternoon kombucha drinks, all of the products in my pantry had chemicals slipped in to places least expected - they drugged the peas for f*cks sake! DEHYDRATED PEAS! Many months later, I was in the process of writing The Vitamin Swindle Part 1: The White Bread Scandal, when I learned rats that get into white flour mills won’t touch the flour. The more I researched, the more disturbed I became, specifically regarding white flour and the history of it. I learned about a massive conspiracy between the flour mills, the American Medical Association, Big Pharma and the US government. Long story short, they knew white flour was causing major health issues and they knew living off of it was the cause of “Beriberi”, yet they went out of their way to assure the public it was a great, nutritious product that people should eat for their health. REMOVAL OF WHITE FLOUR FROM MY DIET You see, because white flour, like rice flour, has vitamins dumped in at the mills via the UN “fortification” and “enrichment” program, it is nearly impossible to eat products containing this flour and avoid also consuming synthetic vitamins: (17 second video) So, although I had quit consuming bottled supplements, I was still consuming the same vitamins via the food supply. But after the rat discovery, without hesitation, I axed white flour from my diet. Let me tell you, while not taking vitamins was easy (and saved me money too!), not eating white flour was incredibly difficult because I had to relearn how to eat and, being that I loathed cooking, I didn’t know what to do. I was so used to buying premade health food that I felt lost; everything I was purchasing had white flour (or synthetic vitamins) in it somewhere. With zero kitchen skills, my meals became a head of broccoli with natural butter and Real Salt or diced cucumber with garlic, feta and extra virgin olive oil or a plate of sliced tomatoes and lots of baked potatoes. Here’s an example of my dinner: The first five-or-so nights of being white-flour-free, I sweat like crazy while I slept and my sweat smelled ghastly. It was a strange odor I had never smelled before. I can’t quite explain it, perhaps something like plastic burning in a hot dumpster that is full of roadkill and rotten dairy. It was so foul that I had to run my bedding to the washing machine every morning for nearly a week. No matter how much I showered I could still smell this awful stench for the first couple days. NO WHITE FLOUR, WEEK #2 I woke up one morning and discovered my underwear were stretched out. I grabbed a different pair and those didn’t fit either. What the heck? Did the washer ruin my clothes? When I pulled on my work pants, those didn’t fit either! I realized I had lost weight - a lot of it. I hurried to the closet to grab my belt, threw it around my wait and slid the buckle right past my usual connection hole. I had lost so much weight in 14 days that I downsized one belt hole! I was quite puzzled because I lost this weight by doing nothing other than quitting white flour; no gym and 0 exercise because I traded that time for writing Substack articles for you. I also noticed my facial skin looked more youthful. The bags under my eyes nearly vanished. I told my spouse I think I have the energy of a 20 year old, *wink, wink*. WEEK #3 By the third week I lost another 10-or-so pounds, now my shirts looked a full size too large. But that’s not all, another huge change occurred. During this week I began becoming naturally tired in the evenings. Writing articles until 9pm then watching a documentary until 10:30-11pm no longer worked for me. I was tired at 8, asleep by 9 and up at 3am so I could get in a few hours of writing before work. This may sound like a really insane time to wake up, but I love it. My mind is so clear, I am so focused and the world is so peaceful. I think my best content and research is what I am producing at this early hour. Strangely, even though I was waking up so early then spending three hours working before I go into work, I had energy the entire day. Additionally, my mood had become overall more optimistic about everything in life. I began hacking away at the list of sh*t I have been putting off forever. (Responding to Substack direct messages is on that list. Only 580 more messages to go…) WEEK #4 By the fourth week, my love handles vanished. I pinched my love handle area and could only pinch an inch of skin between my fingers. My stomach began to flatten. I even noticed my face looked thinner and the droop in my chin that I blamed on age disappeared. My shoulders began looking defined again and that sure wasn’t from spending 12 hours a day on a pc. Then something really wild happened… MONTH 1 Around the end of the month, I realized my taste buds completely changed. Everything I loved (especially potato chips and dip, Lord I loved me some cheddar & sour cream chips with French onion dip), became disgusting. After being flour-and-chemical-free for over four weeks, Tostitos tortilla chips were inedible because the chemicals in them burned the sh*t out of my gums. Fast food, even my beloved Taco Bell, tasted f*cking terrible - so disgusting that, for the first time ever, I threw it out after two bites. When my spouse, who is not on board with my diet, ordered a pizza, I took one bite then instead made another baked potato. It was at this time that foods containing chemicals or GMOs began killing my stomach. I dreaded dinner at my parents house because I knew I would be dealing with hours of pain. I was forced to cut restaurants our of my life because, even when I selected the best options, I was still forced to endure hours of torture afterward. (btw, I learned we should never be consuming products like Pepto Bismol, instead eat some nutmeg. It works fast too!) But it gets crazier - I started craving produce. For the first time in my life (I’m in my mid-40s), I wanted bananas and I would think to myself, “some cauliflower sounds good today”. I craved a baked potato without cheese - just real butter, real salt, real pepper and herbs (and organic sour cream because I’m no saint). Even more mind-blowing, cheese, as a whole, stopped being a necessity and food tasted great without it. In fact, I began tasting a plastic-type flavor in shredded cheese (even cheese my better-half shreds from full blocks), which was pretty repulsive so I no longer used cheese unless it was goat or sheep. Then, things got even stranger. I was able to somehow tune in with what my body wanted and my body wanted less meat and more beans. I know, it’s wild, right? I never in my life wanted beans unless it was a can refried bean dip for a bag of Doritos. I began to truly enjoy black beans which I previously hated. [If you hate cooking, the best canned bean manufacturer in the world is Siete. They are who singlehandedly got me to love black beans. Siete has products that allow an anti-cook to enjoy Mexican food and still eat clean without compromising taste. Their products are probably at wherever you shop, plus they are sold on Amazon.com, in Costco, etc. Here’s their site, SieteFoods.com and here’s their black beans:] Another unexpected change occurred around this time: my entire adult life, I have classified myself as running hot. It drove the spouse nuts because I would want to sleep with the window cracked, even in the winter. During the peak of summer I would sleep in the basement because the house was too hot, even with the AC on blast… but this all ended. MONTH #2 At the beginning of the second month, I estimate I lost around 40 pounds! I didn’t realize I had that much to lose because I am an overall slimmer person and if you would have asked me how overweight I was, I would have said, “I guess I could lose 10 or 15 pounds.”. I lost so much weight that people started asking if I’ve been hitting the gym. When I replied, “Nope, just quit white flour and vitamins”, they looked at me like I was a lunatic, but that was ok. I now looked like I was wearing my father’s clothing, so I had to get new everything in a full size smaller. Then, one more crazy thing happened… and, for me, this was one of the most unexpected changes of all… I stopped drinking my beloved whiskey, not because I wanted to, no sir, I love whiskey. I stopped drinking it because I came home from work one day, walked to my whiskey shelf, picked up a bottle of Blanton’s and, as soon as I removed the cork, I realized I just didn’t want it. This is a feeling I had never experienced in my life. I began drinking when I was 15 years old and had drank ever since. When life felt at its worst, I would buy multiple bottles of whiskey at a time. In fact, I was buying so much that the liquor store would save empty case boxes for me so they were easier to carry to my vehicle. So, on this specific day, as I stood at my whiskey shelf, when I didn’t want to fill up my glass, it was as if my mind misfunctioned. As bizarre as this sounds, I tried to talk myself into having just one glass. My odd conversation with myself ended with the decision to not pour the whiskey and instead drink something else but to come back in an hour and fill the glass up. … an hour later, it still didn’t sound good. I was baffled. That was the first night in my adult life that I went to bed voluntarily choosing not to drink alcohol… and feeling GREAT! I wondered if I would feel horrible withdrawals come morning, but the withdrawals never came. I bounced out of bed, ready to seize the day. And when I got home from work on day #2, drinking again didn’t sound good. MONTH #3 By the third month, my life had completely changed. I was a new person mentally and physically. I felt like I was the best version of myself that I could be. Like a superhero, my senses were all heightened and I became even more aware of things I had been missing around me. Let me give you an important example: Being that my spouse and young adult children are not participating in my diet, they eat all the processed garbage. Vegetables and fruit tastes terrible to them because their taste buds have adapted to the white flour diet. I will be writing more on this topic soon, so do it if you haven’t already: Anyway, I noticed that, when they wake up in the mornings they are physically fine however, within 30 minutes of them consuming breakfast (white flour and chemicals) they begin to develop a slight cough; a single cough or a throat-clearing that repeats approximately every 15 to 20 minutes after the consumption of these products. I observed the identical occurrence with my coworkers. I also noticed, after lunch (a second dose of the same toxins), in addition to the random cough, my older son will start slightly sniffling like allergies. At my job, my associate who stops at Panera Bread each morning for a muffin and a coke, needs allergy medication by noon. In the spring and summer she blames pollen, and when the identical symptoms occur in the fall and winter she blames dust. I had never really put 2 + 2 together... “allergies”… Throughout the first five months, I had a total of maybe 3 drinks, and the wildest part was that I cut myself off after a single drink because it just didn’t taste good. Even my top shelf whiskey, Heaven’s Door Bootleg Series, just didn’t do it for me. The one evening I was peer pressured into excessively drinking (buddy’s 40th birthday party), I didn’t enjoy it at all and woke up the next day feeling like hell. This further reinforced that I didn’t want to consume alcohol anymore. SIX MONTHS LATER: THE RELAPSE After a half year of being in the best health of my adult life (even better health than when I was bodybuilding because I was poison-free this time around), I had to go out of town for five days. On the upside, I got to stay at a resort. On the downside, I quickly realized there was absolutely nothing for me to eat that didn’t involve white flour, additives or vitamins. I arrived at the resort at 10pm and the only available food was pizza, white bread sandwiches with processed meat and cheese, fried chicken strips with white flour breading, and so on. I went to bed with my stomach growling. The next morning I awoke naturally at 3am, long before the resort breakfast area was open. I got out my laptop and tried to focus on writing while my stomach screamed. At 7am, when the breakfast bar opened, I raced to it, only to discover white flour bagels with processed cream cheese and chemical margarine packets, Dole fruit cups in heavy syrup, Quaker Oat single serve oatmeal with sugar and vitamins, Tropicana fortified orange juice served alongside fortified milk, and Quaker chocolate granola bars. Then there were also seven bananas. I grabbed a plate, took all seven and beelined back to my room. When lunch came, to my dismay, there were no non-tainted food options, and this is when my nosedive began… I selected the beer batter fried fish sandwich which seemed to be the least of all evils. I asked for no bun or toppings, just give me the breaded fish on a plate. Trying to remove the batter from the fish proved unsuccessful. It tasted horrible but I needed something in my stomach. That evening I had time to relax in tropical paradise. I found a good chair to watch the geoengineering over the ocean, it was painfully obvious they were in the process of making Hurricane Debby. While staring at planes spraying the sky and watching frequency being deployed to push the spray in one direction while the natural clouds were moving the opposite direction, the waitress convinced me to try their dark rum pina coladas which, as she stated, were indeed delicious. In fact, they were so delicious that I ordered two more. Thankfully they were also filling, so I didn’t go to bed hungry. The following day was a repeat of the prior. I stole all of the bananas, ate fish covered in white flour then fried in horrible oil, then enjoyed a half dozen high-fructose-corn-syrup-and-chemicals pina coladas for dinner. Later that evening, with clouded judgement, I decide to give those fried chicken strips a try. I even ordered chemical ranch dressing to go with them… then got a shot of whiskey, my first shot of whiskey since getting clean. Before bed I watched the electrical storm over the Atlantic: (11 second video) The third morning I did not naturally wake up at 3am, I instead slept in until after 7. When I got to the breakfast bar, the bananas weren’t available so I chose the fake oatmeal packet. I had this day off work so, come 10am, I was poolside being served dark rum pina coladas. There were now two clearly-defined layers of clouds, quickly moving in opposite directions, and the media was beginning to run their Debby fear campaign. That evening I ordered the pizza and it tasted great. Come morning #4, I didn’t want bananas, I instead opted for waffles with fake butter and cheap syrup. Lunch was a processed meat sandwich. Dinner was a burger with French fries dipped in ranch (I’m not a ketchup person, give me ranch or mayo). And this is where the unexpected happens… I also had the fifth day off work and again overslept by many hours. When I woke up I put on my shorts and noticed my stomach hanging over them. It wasn’t just a little bloated, it was bulged out substantially. I looked at my body in the mirror and I looked like I had gained at least 15 pounds! Dismayed but determined to enjoy my day, I repeated the day prior. All the way home, in the airports and on the planes, I ate trash and drank. Upon getting back to Michigan, I looked and felt like a different person. I was pudgy, tired, short-tempered, unmotivated, and I had a craving for fried foods, pizza and alcohol. Nothing sounded better than a bag of Lay’s and a can of Frito’s Jalapeno Cheddar Cheese Dip. That evening I had some of the fast food my spouse and kids picked up for dinner and I finally poured that Blanton’s I passed on many months prior. My first morning back home, I debated stopping at McDonalds on the way into work because a Bacon Egg and Cheese Biscuit sounded incredible, but I refrained only because my motivation had been so stripped that even stopping to get fast food sounded like too much work. The next week was incredibly difficult because my taste buds had completely shifted and all of the clean foods I had purchased tasted bad but all of the processed foods were mouth-watering. My mind was telling me to make a baked potato or slice up cucumbers but my body was telling me “do that tomorrow, for now order Uber Eats.” . After around 12-days of mental war, the cravings ended and I was back on track. It took several weeks for the bloating and water-weight gain to reside completely. 10 MONTHS LATER It has now been around 10 months and I am back to my high school athlete weight. I have zero desire to eat processed food or white flour because it tastes so bad again. I had to get new apparel a second time because, even with the full size smaller clothing, I again looked like I was swimming in someone else’s shirts. In full transparency, not drinking alcohol resulted in a new coffee addiction. Yes, I am completely aware it is bad. In further full transparency, I still enjoy my cigars, but I’ll work on this as time progresses, one thing at a time, my friends. And in a final moment of transparency, I classify a single drink every couple months as “not being an alcohol drinker” and I see nothing wrong with this. LAUNCHING THE INVESTIGATION INTO WHITE FLOUR Perplexed by how quickly I fell off the rails and was overtaken by old habits, I couldn’t help but want to learn more about my whole experience, so I began looking deeper into white flour. The very first thing I discovered was that my weight loss and positive changes, especially to sleeping patterns, were nothing special, in fact, it’s the norm if you cut white flour from your diet. Here’s other people, before and after quitting flour, and their amazing transformations within only 30 or 60 days: What Yuh Know - 60 DAYS NO SUGAR, NO FLOUR, NO SOFT... | Facebook Down 55 pounds with no sugar, no flour - weight loss journey with Bright Line Eating 8 Practical Tips for Weight Loss I Gave Up Sugar and Flour! Here's What I Eat Instead | Little Miss Fearless Many of these people went completely gluten free and some axed sugar too but I did not. I still consume some bread, just not white flour bread, and I still consume sugar in the form of agave nectar and coconut sugar. If you stop consuming white flour products and vitamins, you will automatically cut the vast majority of sugar out of your diet. Gluten Free Diet That Changed My Life - YouTube Gluten Free Diet Before And After Weight Loss Results Transformation Look at the difference in these people and think of how many health problems they eliminated: Why I Gave Up Dairy & Gluten - 85 Pounds Down - Before and After Weight Loss Transformation Pictures - YouTube Now think of this: If this man went to the doctor for his annual checkup, the doctor would tell him he needs medication for something(s), then write him a prescription(s), when all along, he just needed to stop eating white flour: No wheat and dairy for 60 days before and after photos... How a Whole-Food Diet Transformed This Fitness Pro - Forks Over Knives My Story | Fork and Beans Not only did these people add years, if not decades, to their lives, but look at the difference in their facial expressions. Nobody is happy being overweight. Progress) 90 lbs down this morning following a whole food plant based diet, no exercise. The last time I weighed this little I was was 12 or 13. It's been a process, And it wasn’t just weight loss, people report their Eczema vanishing without any need for Big Pharma products: I've been able to take my eczema down 95% eating gluten free, minimizing eggs sugar and dairy intake! For me moisturizer was not possible and aggravated my skin. I take lots of And many saw noticeable changes after only a week in the form of their skin looking brighter and cleaner and facial wrinkles lessening or vanishing. I began pondering white flour more. Remember how, at the beginning of this article, I explained there was this crazy conspiracy involving the government and the American Medical Association to make sure we consume this flour? I didn’t understand why the AMA was so hellbent on getting this inside of us. They wanted us to eat this so bad that they were willing to destroy their reputation over it. It seems hard to believe that this was just related to bribery or blackmail. It felt like their had to be more to the story. Deeper reflection lead me to wonder, what if the chemicals in white flour products can f*ck with our brains? Could it be possible that these ingredients can literally hijack our thought process and mind control us? That would indeed explain why I fell off the wagon and lost all sense of judgement in only a couple days of consuming the flour. But claiming this food might have the ability to mentally change us is a pretty wild hypothesis which would require a lot of deep digging and dot-connecting, but if that is indeed what is going on here, holy sh*t, that is massive. As I began to dive deep into old documents, records, videos and scientific paperwork, I became utterly shocked at what I was uncovering… NEXT READ: WHITE FLOUR IS A LITERAL DRUG, but first, if you appreciate my time, energy and devotion to bringing you content, please consider hooking me up with a whiskey coffee or a lil donation: Like My Work? Make a KoFi Donation Keep Me Writing! Buy Me a Coffee Share NEXT READ White Flour IS A DRUG! It's an OPIOID! The Most EVIL Food Yet? White Flour IS A DRUG! It's an OPIOID! The Most EVIL Food Yet? It is hard to wrap your mind around how utterly insane this is - we are all being fed an opioid drug, all day long, every day. “What do opioids do?”, you ask. Answer: Other than producing short-lived feelings of happiness followed by a crash and providing temporary pain relief… Read full story OR CHECK OUT MY SUPPLEMENT INVESTIGATIONS LIST Vitamin D is Rat Poison Dr. Lee Merritt is LYING About Me - Vitamin D Really IS Rat Poison, Let’s Go Through it Again Vitamin B is Made From Cyanide and is a Carcinogen Vitamin A: POPULATION CONTROL Vitamin C is Associated with the Eugenics Movement Omega-3’s are Soy and Carcinogens: Fish Oil Poison The Time “Vitamin B” Contaminated a City The Natural Vitamin SCAM: Eating Byproduct Waste HOW VITAMINS ARE MADE - Trust Me, It’s NOT What You Think BUSTED! Videos Inside Vitamin Manufacturers Poisoning the Food Supply: The History of Fortification Series Part 1 The United Nations Food Fortification Program Series Part 2 The Vitamin Swindle: White Bread Scandal (The Truth about Vitamin B and Beriberi) PART 1 Daily Intake Level Insanity Poisoning Pregnant Mothers: Deadly Prenatal Vitamins Soil Has Been Depleted of Nutrients! Creating MYTHS to Sell Supplements The VITAMIN ISOLATION PSYOP: Vitamins ARE Viruses! The Nail in the Coffin of Supplements - Here's What Vitamins LOOK LIKE... What Ivermectin ACTUALLY is Hydroxychloroquine: POISON & Self Assembling Nanoparticles - The HCQ PSYOP & the Blood-Brain Barrier The 1969 Population Council’s Secret POPULATION CONTROL Operations: Drug the Water Supply, Destroy the Family, Reduce Fertility Or check out tons of other topics: Keep Me Fighting! Make a KoFi Donation Buy Me a Coffee Share https://substack.com/@chemtrails/p-148841683
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 23861 Views
  • Bob King - Harvest Moon Takes a Quick Dip in Earth's Shadow:

    https://skyandtelescope.org/astronomy-news/harvest-moon-takes-a-quick-dip-in-earths-shadow/

    #HarvestMoon #Moon #PartialLunarEclipse #Eclipse #Obscuration #Astronomy
    Bob King - Harvest Moon Takes a Quick Dip in Earth's Shadow: https://skyandtelescope.org/astronomy-news/harvest-moon-takes-a-quick-dip-in-earths-shadow/ #HarvestMoon #Moon #PartialLunarEclipse #Eclipse #Obscuration #Astronomy
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 2387 Views
  • Ziopocalypse Now!
    Kevin Barrett, Senior EditorAugust 13, 2024

    VT Condemns the ETHNIC CLEANSING OF PALESTINIANS by USA/Israel

    $ 280 BILLION US TAXPAYER DOLLARS INVESTED since 1948 in US/Israeli Ethnic Cleansing and Occupation Operation; $ 150B direct "aid" and $ 130B in "Offense" contracts
    Source: Embassy of Israel, Washington, D.C. and US Department of State.



    Rumble link Bitchute link False Flag Weekly News link

    By Kevin Barrett via Substack

    Francis Ford Coppola’s 1979 film Apocalypse Now re-sets Joseph Conrad’s novella Heart of Darkness in Vietnam, and re-envisions the protagonist’s mission as one of ritual murder. In both versions, the antagonist, Kurtz, has gone mad, exceeding the purported savagery of the savages and becoming a threat to the thin veneer of lies and hypocrisy that protect the illusion of Western civilizational superiority. Kurtz’s last words in the novel, “exterminate all the brutes!” become in the film “drop the bomb! Exterminate them all!”

    Today, a real-life analogue of Kurtz, Bezalel Smotrich, has been calling for the murder of all Gazans by forced mass starvation while his fellow government minister, Eliyahu, prefers nuclear weapons. Another Kurtzlike figure, Benyamin Netanyahu, is steering Israeli policy in that direction. And most of the Zionist public concurs. By official counts they have murdered around 40,000 Gazans, the majority women and children. But when indirect deaths caused by deliberate deprivation of food and destruction of infrastructure are taken into account the real figure rises to around 200,000.

    Polls have shown that almost all Jewish Israelis support the genocide. “Right to rape” protesters have been storming military bases to ensure that their preferred policy is carried out. Sodom, thy name is Israel!

    “Drop the bomb! Exterminate them all!” perfectly summarizes Israel’s genocidal lunacy. It also neatly encapsulates the Samson Option, Israel’s plan to vaporize all major European and West Asian cities with nuclear weapons if its existence as a genocidal settler colony is ever seriously threatened.

    If Conrad’s Kurtz is a lunatic whose acting out exposes the savagery of the so-called civilization that sent him, the same can be said of the Zionists. It isn’t that they have “gone native” and started “acting like Arabs,” any more than Kurtz “went native” and started “acting like Congolese” (or, in the film, Vietnamese). In all cases, it is the Western colonizer, not the colonized, who is the real savage. It is the Western colonizer who has invaded someone else’s territory and brutalized them into submission. But in order to do that, the colonizer has to convince himself that he is the civilized one, and his victim the barbarian. In other words, he has to lie.

    Conrad’s novella exposes the lies about Leopold’s rape of the Congo, a “civilizing mission” that amounted to one of the most brutal atrocity exhibitions in the sorry history of humanity. Coppola’s film similarly targets the lies that sought to justify the US war on Vietnam. Both stories portray Kurtz as a monster whose mask has slipped, exposing Western savagery.

    Though the Belgians and Americans were quite capable of spinning outrageous untruths to protect their barbaric expeditions of rapine and pillage, the Zionists have taken lying to a whole new level. Incredibly, they cast Hamas’s al Aqsa Storm raid—a skillful military operation carried out with great restraint and little surplus cruelty—as a “new Holocaust.” Lunatic sadomasochistic fantasies, those staples of the Zionist imagination, were fleshed out into transparently ridiculous tales of roasted babies and mass rape.

    In reality, it is the Zionists, not the Palestinians, who harbor perverse desires to roast and eat enemy babies and perform mass rapes. Every ludicrous accusation amounts to a confession.

    Whence such perversity? Central to Jewish culture is an extreme fear and loathing of the non-Jewish enemy. It’s a truism that every Jewish holiday is the same: “They tried to kill us. We won. Let’s eat.” But at some level, Jews know that Biblical tales of the villainy of Egyptians, Persians, Philistines, Romans, and other tribal enemies are sheer mythology—tribal propaganda lies designed to unite Jews in hatred of the non-Jewish other. Pretending to accept such lies, while secretly acknowledging their mendacity, has, over 2500 years, become a Jewish tribal shibboleth. It continues today, in slightly different form, with even more outrageous lies about their modern tribal enemies: Germans, Arabs, and Muslims. Every Jew knows deep down that the canonical version of the Holocaust is likely a gross exaggeration, and that the Jewish versions of the triumph of Zionists over the Arabs and Muslims (and indeed the West) are outrageous distortions of historical reality.

    They know they’re lying. But they don’t care. That institutionalization of collective pathological mendacity has pernicious psychological effects. For starters, it induces deep-seated self-hatred. (We are hard-wired to hate liars, including ourselves when we lie, which is why lying causes anxiety whose signs can be picked up by lie detectors.)

    Tribal Jews know they are liars, hate themselves for it, and grow consumed by the desperate need to unload their self-hatred on somebody else. So, encouraged by psychopathic leadership, they project their self-loathing on a designated tribal enemy. Yesterday it was the Germans who “must perish.” Today it is the “Hamas terrorists” who need to be starved and/or nuked. Why? Because Jews have dreamed up all manner of phantasmagoric atrocities, including more than a few that they themselves dream of inflicting, and projected them on an enemy targeted for genocidal annihilation.

    Today, in the tenth month of the genocidal onslaught on Gaza, the mask has slipped from the face of the Zionist Kurtz, revealing “the horror” of the whole Zionist project. It’s an apocalypse in the etymological sense of a revelation or unveiling. And the horrific revealed truth threatens to undermine the foundations of Western civilization, that “garden” that supposedly compares so favorably with the non-Western “jungle.” All of the West’s pious platitudes about human rights and the rule of law have been exposed as heaps of rank, steaming bullshit, since Western governments continue to tolerate and in many cases actively support the genocide of Gaza.

    The Gaza genocide is turning the whole non-Western world against the West. Today, few outside the West would shed tears if Russia managed to detonate several of its radioactive tidal wave weapons and drown the most populous parts of America and Europe under sizzling seawater, rendering those areas permanently uninhabitable. Many would view such a gratuitous act of desolation as an improvement over the current state of things, i.e. rule by genocidal lunatics. And though Russia is unlikely to take such a step, except perhaps under the most extreme duress, technologies of mass destruction continue to emerge, potentially putting civilization-ending powers into a great many hands.

    Even short of a WMD apocalypse, the non-Western world, galvanized against the West by the Gaza genocide, will likely get its revenge one way or another. As Western power wanes, todays rulers will be tomorrows ruled, and they should not expect more mercy than what they have been showing to the women and children of Gaza. Doris Lessing’s novel Shikasta, which depicts a near future world dominated by China and its Global South allies who deliberately starve much of the Western population, may not be as unrealistic as it appeared when it came out in 1979.

    So it is in the West’s interest to “terminate Zionism’s command” in Palestine “with extreme prejudice,” just as it was in the Belgians’ and Americans’ interest to terminate Kurtz’s command. After all, Zionism’s methods—genocide, pathological lying, systematic torture and mass anal rape among them—are unsound. The Zionist Kurtz has gone mad. Someone needs to be sent to take him out.

    But how? Does the US have a Captain Willard (Martin Sheen) character who can make his way to Netanyahu’s residence and butcher the Israeli war criminal with a machete while Jim Morrison croons “this is the end” on the soundtrack?

    As appealing as the thought of taking a machete to Netanyahu may be, simply terminating the Zionist butcher boss with extreme prejudice wouldn’t solve the problem. Adding Smotrich and Ben Gvir might be even more satisfying, but no more efficacious. As we’ve seen, essentially all of Israeli Jewry is genocidal. They all need to be removed from Palestine.

    Fortunately it won’t be that hard to persuade them to leave. Well over a million Jewish Israelis have second passports, even more want them, and once the exodus starts the rest won’t be far behind. A combination of military defeat and domestic unrest (civil war between those who support raping detainees and those who are embarrassed by it?) will ensure that the proverbial writing is on the wall.

    So the West’s Martin Sheen character will have a more complex assignment than just terminating Bibi (played by Marlon Brando) with extreme prejudice. He’ll need to infiltrate the Zionist entity and stoke civil unrest, while conning the Zionists into launching a war they can’t win.

    And maybe that’s what the Biden Administration is already doing, albeit unintentionally. Though Western leaders claim they will come to Israel’s defense whenever necessary, future historians may wonder whether that wasn’t a clever ruse designed to lead the Zionists down the road to perdition. The best way to teach a dog not to chase cars is to let him catch one; likewise the best way to teach Netanyahu to stop trying to provoke a regional war may be to let him provoke one—and eat the consequences.

    Once Israel learns that it is facing an opponent with escalation dominance, and that the US umbrella has been withdrawn under duress, the Zionist rats will flee the sinking ship even faster than the pieds noirs left formerly French Algeria in 1962. The notion that committing ever-more abominations can force God to send them an anti-Christ messiah to miraculously subjugate their enemies while quaffing bottomless blood sacrifices from a “rebuilt” temple will be exposed as the laughable lunacy it always was. The messianic millenarian apocalyptic cult of Zionism will dry up and blow away. And on the increasingly infrequent occasions it is remembered, people will sigh and mutter:

    “The horror! The horror!”



    Dr. Kevin Barrett, a Ph.D. Arabist-Islamologist is one of America’s best-known critics of the War on Terror.

    He is the host of TRUTH JIHAD RADIO; a hard-driving weekly radio show funded by listener subscriptions at Substack and the weekly news roundup FALSE FLAG WEEKLY NEWS (FFWN).

    He also has appeared many times on Fox, CNN, PBS, and other broadcast outlets, and has inspired feature stories and op-eds in the New York Times, the Christian Science Monitor, the Chicago Tribune, and other leading publications.

    Dr. Barrett has taught at colleges and universities in San Francisco, Paris, and Wisconsin; where he ran for Congress in 2008. He currently works as a nonprofit organizer, author, and talk radio host.

    Archived Articles (2004-2016)

    www.truthjihad.com

    ATTENTION READERS

    We See The World From All Sides and Want YOU To Be Fully Informed
    In fact, intentional disinformation is a disgraceful scourge in media today. So to assuage any possible errant incorrect information posted herein, we strongly encourage you to seek corroboration from other non-VT sources before forming an educated opinion.

    About VT - Policies & Disclosures - Comment Policy
    Due to the nature of uncensored content posted by VT's fully independent international writers, VT cannot guarantee absolute validity. All content is owned by the author exclusively. Expressed opinions are NOT necessarily the views of VT, other authors, affiliates, advertisers, sponsors, partners, or technicians. Some content may be satirical in nature. All images are the full responsibility of the article author and NOT VT.

    https://www.vtforeignpolicy.com/2024/08/ziopocalypse-now/
    Ziopocalypse Now! Kevin Barrett, Senior EditorAugust 13, 2024 VT Condemns the ETHNIC CLEANSING OF PALESTINIANS by USA/Israel $ 280 BILLION US TAXPAYER DOLLARS INVESTED since 1948 in US/Israeli Ethnic Cleansing and Occupation Operation; $ 150B direct "aid" and $ 130B in "Offense" contracts Source: Embassy of Israel, Washington, D.C. and US Department of State. Rumble link Bitchute link False Flag Weekly News link By Kevin Barrett via Substack Francis Ford Coppola’s 1979 film Apocalypse Now re-sets Joseph Conrad’s novella Heart of Darkness in Vietnam, and re-envisions the protagonist’s mission as one of ritual murder. In both versions, the antagonist, Kurtz, has gone mad, exceeding the purported savagery of the savages and becoming a threat to the thin veneer of lies and hypocrisy that protect the illusion of Western civilizational superiority. Kurtz’s last words in the novel, “exterminate all the brutes!” become in the film “drop the bomb! Exterminate them all!” Today, a real-life analogue of Kurtz, Bezalel Smotrich, has been calling for the murder of all Gazans by forced mass starvation while his fellow government minister, Eliyahu, prefers nuclear weapons. Another Kurtzlike figure, Benyamin Netanyahu, is steering Israeli policy in that direction. And most of the Zionist public concurs. By official counts they have murdered around 40,000 Gazans, the majority women and children. But when indirect deaths caused by deliberate deprivation of food and destruction of infrastructure are taken into account the real figure rises to around 200,000. Polls have shown that almost all Jewish Israelis support the genocide. “Right to rape” protesters have been storming military bases to ensure that their preferred policy is carried out. Sodom, thy name is Israel! “Drop the bomb! Exterminate them all!” perfectly summarizes Israel’s genocidal lunacy. It also neatly encapsulates the Samson Option, Israel’s plan to vaporize all major European and West Asian cities with nuclear weapons if its existence as a genocidal settler colony is ever seriously threatened. If Conrad’s Kurtz is a lunatic whose acting out exposes the savagery of the so-called civilization that sent him, the same can be said of the Zionists. It isn’t that they have “gone native” and started “acting like Arabs,” any more than Kurtz “went native” and started “acting like Congolese” (or, in the film, Vietnamese). In all cases, it is the Western colonizer, not the colonized, who is the real savage. It is the Western colonizer who has invaded someone else’s territory and brutalized them into submission. But in order to do that, the colonizer has to convince himself that he is the civilized one, and his victim the barbarian. In other words, he has to lie. Conrad’s novella exposes the lies about Leopold’s rape of the Congo, a “civilizing mission” that amounted to one of the most brutal atrocity exhibitions in the sorry history of humanity. Coppola’s film similarly targets the lies that sought to justify the US war on Vietnam. Both stories portray Kurtz as a monster whose mask has slipped, exposing Western savagery. Though the Belgians and Americans were quite capable of spinning outrageous untruths to protect their barbaric expeditions of rapine and pillage, the Zionists have taken lying to a whole new level. Incredibly, they cast Hamas’s al Aqsa Storm raid—a skillful military operation carried out with great restraint and little surplus cruelty—as a “new Holocaust.” Lunatic sadomasochistic fantasies, those staples of the Zionist imagination, were fleshed out into transparently ridiculous tales of roasted babies and mass rape. In reality, it is the Zionists, not the Palestinians, who harbor perverse desires to roast and eat enemy babies and perform mass rapes. Every ludicrous accusation amounts to a confession. Whence such perversity? Central to Jewish culture is an extreme fear and loathing of the non-Jewish enemy. It’s a truism that every Jewish holiday is the same: “They tried to kill us. We won. Let’s eat.” But at some level, Jews know that Biblical tales of the villainy of Egyptians, Persians, Philistines, Romans, and other tribal enemies are sheer mythology—tribal propaganda lies designed to unite Jews in hatred of the non-Jewish other. Pretending to accept such lies, while secretly acknowledging their mendacity, has, over 2500 years, become a Jewish tribal shibboleth. It continues today, in slightly different form, with even more outrageous lies about their modern tribal enemies: Germans, Arabs, and Muslims. Every Jew knows deep down that the canonical version of the Holocaust is likely a gross exaggeration, and that the Jewish versions of the triumph of Zionists over the Arabs and Muslims (and indeed the West) are outrageous distortions of historical reality. They know they’re lying. But they don’t care. That institutionalization of collective pathological mendacity has pernicious psychological effects. For starters, it induces deep-seated self-hatred. (We are hard-wired to hate liars, including ourselves when we lie, which is why lying causes anxiety whose signs can be picked up by lie detectors.) Tribal Jews know they are liars, hate themselves for it, and grow consumed by the desperate need to unload their self-hatred on somebody else. So, encouraged by psychopathic leadership, they project their self-loathing on a designated tribal enemy. Yesterday it was the Germans who “must perish.” Today it is the “Hamas terrorists” who need to be starved and/or nuked. Why? Because Jews have dreamed up all manner of phantasmagoric atrocities, including more than a few that they themselves dream of inflicting, and projected them on an enemy targeted for genocidal annihilation. Today, in the tenth month of the genocidal onslaught on Gaza, the mask has slipped from the face of the Zionist Kurtz, revealing “the horror” of the whole Zionist project. It’s an apocalypse in the etymological sense of a revelation or unveiling. And the horrific revealed truth threatens to undermine the foundations of Western civilization, that “garden” that supposedly compares so favorably with the non-Western “jungle.” All of the West’s pious platitudes about human rights and the rule of law have been exposed as heaps of rank, steaming bullshit, since Western governments continue to tolerate and in many cases actively support the genocide of Gaza. The Gaza genocide is turning the whole non-Western world against the West. Today, few outside the West would shed tears if Russia managed to detonate several of its radioactive tidal wave weapons and drown the most populous parts of America and Europe under sizzling seawater, rendering those areas permanently uninhabitable. Many would view such a gratuitous act of desolation as an improvement over the current state of things, i.e. rule by genocidal lunatics. And though Russia is unlikely to take such a step, except perhaps under the most extreme duress, technologies of mass destruction continue to emerge, potentially putting civilization-ending powers into a great many hands. Even short of a WMD apocalypse, the non-Western world, galvanized against the West by the Gaza genocide, will likely get its revenge one way or another. As Western power wanes, todays rulers will be tomorrows ruled, and they should not expect more mercy than what they have been showing to the women and children of Gaza. Doris Lessing’s novel Shikasta, which depicts a near future world dominated by China and its Global South allies who deliberately starve much of the Western population, may not be as unrealistic as it appeared when it came out in 1979. So it is in the West’s interest to “terminate Zionism’s command” in Palestine “with extreme prejudice,” just as it was in the Belgians’ and Americans’ interest to terminate Kurtz’s command. After all, Zionism’s methods—genocide, pathological lying, systematic torture and mass anal rape among them—are unsound. The Zionist Kurtz has gone mad. Someone needs to be sent to take him out. But how? Does the US have a Captain Willard (Martin Sheen) character who can make his way to Netanyahu’s residence and butcher the Israeli war criminal with a machete while Jim Morrison croons “this is the end” on the soundtrack? As appealing as the thought of taking a machete to Netanyahu may be, simply terminating the Zionist butcher boss with extreme prejudice wouldn’t solve the problem. Adding Smotrich and Ben Gvir might be even more satisfying, but no more efficacious. As we’ve seen, essentially all of Israeli Jewry is genocidal. They all need to be removed from Palestine. Fortunately it won’t be that hard to persuade them to leave. Well over a million Jewish Israelis have second passports, even more want them, and once the exodus starts the rest won’t be far behind. A combination of military defeat and domestic unrest (civil war between those who support raping detainees and those who are embarrassed by it?) will ensure that the proverbial writing is on the wall. So the West’s Martin Sheen character will have a more complex assignment than just terminating Bibi (played by Marlon Brando) with extreme prejudice. He’ll need to infiltrate the Zionist entity and stoke civil unrest, while conning the Zionists into launching a war they can’t win. And maybe that’s what the Biden Administration is already doing, albeit unintentionally. Though Western leaders claim they will come to Israel’s defense whenever necessary, future historians may wonder whether that wasn’t a clever ruse designed to lead the Zionists down the road to perdition. The best way to teach a dog not to chase cars is to let him catch one; likewise the best way to teach Netanyahu to stop trying to provoke a regional war may be to let him provoke one—and eat the consequences. Once Israel learns that it is facing an opponent with escalation dominance, and that the US umbrella has been withdrawn under duress, the Zionist rats will flee the sinking ship even faster than the pieds noirs left formerly French Algeria in 1962. The notion that committing ever-more abominations can force God to send them an anti-Christ messiah to miraculously subjugate their enemies while quaffing bottomless blood sacrifices from a “rebuilt” temple will be exposed as the laughable lunacy it always was. The messianic millenarian apocalyptic cult of Zionism will dry up and blow away. And on the increasingly infrequent occasions it is remembered, people will sigh and mutter: “The horror! The horror!” Dr. Kevin Barrett, a Ph.D. Arabist-Islamologist is one of America’s best-known critics of the War on Terror. He is the host of TRUTH JIHAD RADIO; a hard-driving weekly radio show funded by listener subscriptions at Substack and the weekly news roundup FALSE FLAG WEEKLY NEWS (FFWN). He also has appeared many times on Fox, CNN, PBS, and other broadcast outlets, and has inspired feature stories and op-eds in the New York Times, the Christian Science Monitor, the Chicago Tribune, and other leading publications. Dr. Barrett has taught at colleges and universities in San Francisco, Paris, and Wisconsin; where he ran for Congress in 2008. He currently works as a nonprofit organizer, author, and talk radio host. Archived Articles (2004-2016) www.truthjihad.com ATTENTION READERS We See The World From All Sides and Want YOU To Be Fully Informed In fact, intentional disinformation is a disgraceful scourge in media today. So to assuage any possible errant incorrect information posted herein, we strongly encourage you to seek corroboration from other non-VT sources before forming an educated opinion. About VT - Policies & Disclosures - Comment Policy Due to the nature of uncensored content posted by VT's fully independent international writers, VT cannot guarantee absolute validity. All content is owned by the author exclusively. Expressed opinions are NOT necessarily the views of VT, other authors, affiliates, advertisers, sponsors, partners, or technicians. Some content may be satirical in nature. All images are the full responsibility of the article author and NOT VT. https://www.vtforeignpolicy.com/2024/08/ziopocalypse-now/
    WWW.VTFOREIGNPOLICY.COM
    Ziopocalypse Now!
    “Drop the bomb! Exterminate them all!” perfectly summarizes Israel’s genocidal lunacy.
    Like
    1
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 18189 Views
  • Russia Slaying Khazarian Mafia in Ukraine
    Jonas E. Alexis, Senior EditorOctober 12, 2022
    First published 4 March 2022

    JEA: The Washington Post has been shocked because Russia has blocked many of its citizens from accessing media outlets such as BBC and Facebook! These people have got to be kidding. Should that really be a big problem for the entire Zionist media and oligarchic institutions in much of the West? Don’t those outlets have a history of blocking things they don’t like as well? Do these people forget history that easily? Don’t they remember Iraq, Afghanistan, Syria, and Libya?

    The last time I checked, Facebook has blocked VT. The last time I checked, BBC was perpetuating anti-Russian propaganda with respect to what is happening in Ukraine. The last time I checked, it was a BBC journalist who asked Vladimir Putin a completely dumb question with respect to what was happening in the world. Putin, thank God, humiliated the poor fellow.

    The BBC has recently reported that Russia “has launched a devastating attack on Ukraine, a European democracy of 44 million people,”[1] without mentioning a single word about what NATO has been doing for the past thirty years so!

    It is even more disturbing when the BBC has put out articles such as “Why is Russia invading Ukraine and what does Putin want?” without even discussing the deep things that make up the crisis in the region. The article mentioned two things about NATO. The first one is this:

    “Russia has long resisted Ukraine’s move towards the European Union and the West’s defensive military alliance, Nato. Announcing Russia’s invasion, he accused Nato of threatening ‘our historic future as a nation.’”

    Really? That’s all there is to it? How stupid can we be? And then this: “There is no immediate threat to Russia’s Baltic neighbors, but Nato has bolstered their defences just in case.”

    To understand the lunacy of the BBC statement, imagine some Chinese or North Korean warships circulating around the coast of California or Florida. Wouldn’t the United States eventually declare war if the Chinese or North Koreans leaders don’t immediately remove their warships?

    Well, NATO has been circulating its troops around the Russian periphery for over a decade! And this has been in violation of international law. This is not some kind of conspiracy theory dreamed up by writers at VT. Scholars of all stripes have been saying this for years. John J. Mearsheimer of the University of Chicago, for example, has been writing about this since 2014. Mearsheimer in particular has recently reformulated that thesis in the New Yorker.

    In any event, the BBC article did suggest something which Brother Nathanael Kapner will discuss below. The BBC seemed to suggest that Putin is in a war with the Khazarian Mafia in the region: “There has been no genocide in Ukraine: it is a vibrant democracy, led by a president who is Jewish.”

    Now we’re talking.



    …by Nathanael Kapner

    The blitz on Russia is unhinged. It’s a study in ‘moronology.’

    When US liquor stores are told by hacks to dump their already-bought Russian vodka, you know Russophobia is just a psychotic shot away. They dropped COVID just for this.

    And when Fox News says ‘Putin is the Antichrist’ you know that whoever squawks the loudest gains the ear of lamebrain Americans. Rev up the heart rate.

    Don’t you need somebody to hate. Today Putin, yesterday Sadaam, tomorrow whoever stands in the way of the Khazarian Mafia.

    Ukraine is just a pawn in the Khazarian Mafia’s game to ‘contain’ Christian Russia.

    With joint efforts of the Mossad and CIA clandestinely funding Ukraine’s nationalists—”Natz”—as the locals call them, short for “Nazis,” a Ukrainian deep state was created.

    These “Natz” are descendants of the “Banderites” of World War II fame, with whom Hitler, due to their fanatical viciousness, shunned.

    With the help of US State Departments’ Jew, Victoria Nuland, (born “Nudelman”), the Banderites executed a coup in 2014.

    Straightaway an American puppet, known affectionately by Nudelman as “Yats,” a fellow Jew, was installed.

    Today’s neo-Banderite battalions, fueled by manic hatred of anything “Russian,” got the lion’s share of military aid from the Khazarian Mafia in America that bolstered them for future attacks on Donbas then ultimately on Russia.

    And with military bases, run by Nato and funded by international Jewish banks—achieving lethal pressure on Russia’s western flank—Putin protested of being squeezed.

    Today, via surgical attacks on Ukraine’s military infrastructure, not civilian, Russia now controls all Ukrainian airspace.

    One complex, a Nato/US Naval Base in Ochakov, masqueraded as a Ukrainian Naval Base between Odessa and Crimea, was just annihilated by the Russian Air Force.

    So far Russia has hit some 1,500 Ukrainian military targets.

    Thus “demilitarizing” covert Nato bases and their manic Banderite stooges.

    The Russian bear will maul his way all the way west of Kyiv. Creating a line of demarcation as “peacemaking endgame,” the bear will split Ukraine in two.

    What’s left of the “Natz”—most will be zapped—will be contained in a sequestered administrative zone bordering the EU.

    The greater eastern portion with its new government will sign a non-alignment agreement with Russia under the umbrella of a Russian protectorate.

    Let me pose a Jewish kind of question: Do those “Natz” hate Jews?

    No, not at all.

    But they love their Jewish Ukrainian oligarch enablers.

    Jews like Ihor Kolomoyskyi, Oleksandr Yaroslavsky, and Zvi Hirsch—who changed his name, like many Jews do—to Gennadiy Boholyubov.

    All of these oligarchs have lineages that can be traced to Jewish Bolshevik families

    The same families that financed the overthrow of Czarist Christian Russia and the Christian monarchy of Nicholas II.

    Yes, Putin’s calling for the denazification and demilitarization of Ukraine. He’s calling for its “de-communization” too.

    ”As a result of Bolshevik policy Soviet Ukraine arose which even today can with good reason be called ‘Vladimir Ilyich Lenin’s Ukraine.’ He is its author and architect. This is fully confirmed by archive documents also including Lenin’s decrees regarding adding the Donbass to Ukraine. And now grateful descendants have demolished monuments to Lenin in Ukraine. This is what they call de-communization. Do you want de-communization? Well, that suits us just fine. But why stop halfway? We are ready to show you what real de-communization means for Ukraine.”

    A two-fold blow:

    1) Purging the corrupt Jewish Ukrainian oligarchs who will be forced to flee just as they did when Putin purged them in Russia in 2003.

    2) Purging the Ukrainian Parliament infested with Jews like Prime Minister Denys Shmyhal, Defense Minister Oleksii Reznikov, and Culture and Information Policy Minister Oleksandr Tkachenko, all Jews.

    Zelensky, the Jew President of Ukraine, by asking Nato for a no-fly zone to shoot down Russian planes—which the Khazarian Mafia in America rejected—shot himself in the foot for any bid for bargaining chips in talks with Putin.

    Concerning the Rothschild/US Jewish FED cutting off Russia from financial markets and interbank payments, this is nothing less than assisted-suicide.

    Russia and China long ago set up their own “SWIFT” interbank payment systems.

    Nations needing Russian wheat, fertilizer, steel, aluminum, and oil, will pay not in dollars but in Chinese yuans that’s increasingly rising as the reserve currency replacing the dollar.

    Once the Khazarian dollar (I mean, with no “productive” value) takes a dive, buying your jeans at Walmart will be like shopping at Nieman-Marcus on steroids.

    Poking the Russian Bear has always been a Khazarian affair.

    Curl up, they say, in a fetal position, when faced with a charging bear.

    The bear is striking back and the Khazarians don’t have a prayer.

    First published on March 4, 2022.



    [1] Paul Kirby, “Why is Russia invading Ukraine and what does Putin want?,” BBC, March 4, 2022.

    ATTENTION READERS

    We See The World From All Sides and Want YOU To Be Fully Informed
    In fact, intentional disinformation is a disgraceful scourge in media today. So to assuage any possible errant incorrect information posted herein, we strongly encourage you to seek corroboration from other non-VT sources before forming an educated opinion.

    About VT - Policies & Disclosures - Comment Policy
    Due to the nature of uncensored content posted by VT's fully independent international writers, VT cannot guarantee absolute validity. All content is owned by the author exclusively. Expressed opinions are NOT necessarily the views of VT, other authors, affiliates, advertisers, sponsors, partners, or technicians. Some content may be satirical in nature. All images are the full responsibility of the article author and NOT VT.

    https://veteranstoday.com/2022/10/12/russia-is-slaying-the-khazarian-mafia-in-ukraine/
    Russia Slaying Khazarian Mafia in Ukraine Jonas E. Alexis, Senior EditorOctober 12, 2022 First published 4 March 2022 JEA: The Washington Post has been shocked because Russia has blocked many of its citizens from accessing media outlets such as BBC and Facebook! These people have got to be kidding. Should that really be a big problem for the entire Zionist media and oligarchic institutions in much of the West? Don’t those outlets have a history of blocking things they don’t like as well? Do these people forget history that easily? Don’t they remember Iraq, Afghanistan, Syria, and Libya? The last time I checked, Facebook has blocked VT. The last time I checked, BBC was perpetuating anti-Russian propaganda with respect to what is happening in Ukraine. The last time I checked, it was a BBC journalist who asked Vladimir Putin a completely dumb question with respect to what was happening in the world. Putin, thank God, humiliated the poor fellow. The BBC has recently reported that Russia “has launched a devastating attack on Ukraine, a European democracy of 44 million people,”[1] without mentioning a single word about what NATO has been doing for the past thirty years so! It is even more disturbing when the BBC has put out articles such as “Why is Russia invading Ukraine and what does Putin want?” without even discussing the deep things that make up the crisis in the region. The article mentioned two things about NATO. The first one is this: “Russia has long resisted Ukraine’s move towards the European Union and the West’s defensive military alliance, Nato. Announcing Russia’s invasion, he accused Nato of threatening ‘our historic future as a nation.’” Really? That’s all there is to it? How stupid can we be? And then this: “There is no immediate threat to Russia’s Baltic neighbors, but Nato has bolstered their defences just in case.” To understand the lunacy of the BBC statement, imagine some Chinese or North Korean warships circulating around the coast of California or Florida. Wouldn’t the United States eventually declare war if the Chinese or North Koreans leaders don’t immediately remove their warships? Well, NATO has been circulating its troops around the Russian periphery for over a decade! And this has been in violation of international law. This is not some kind of conspiracy theory dreamed up by writers at VT. Scholars of all stripes have been saying this for years. John J. Mearsheimer of the University of Chicago, for example, has been writing about this since 2014. Mearsheimer in particular has recently reformulated that thesis in the New Yorker. In any event, the BBC article did suggest something which Brother Nathanael Kapner will discuss below. The BBC seemed to suggest that Putin is in a war with the Khazarian Mafia in the region: “There has been no genocide in Ukraine: it is a vibrant democracy, led by a president who is Jewish.” Now we’re talking. …by Nathanael Kapner The blitz on Russia is unhinged. It’s a study in ‘moronology.’ When US liquor stores are told by hacks to dump their already-bought Russian vodka, you know Russophobia is just a psychotic shot away. They dropped COVID just for this. And when Fox News says ‘Putin is the Antichrist’ you know that whoever squawks the loudest gains the ear of lamebrain Americans. Rev up the heart rate. Don’t you need somebody to hate. Today Putin, yesterday Sadaam, tomorrow whoever stands in the way of the Khazarian Mafia. Ukraine is just a pawn in the Khazarian Mafia’s game to ‘contain’ Christian Russia. With joint efforts of the Mossad and CIA clandestinely funding Ukraine’s nationalists—”Natz”—as the locals call them, short for “Nazis,” a Ukrainian deep state was created. These “Natz” are descendants of the “Banderites” of World War II fame, with whom Hitler, due to their fanatical viciousness, shunned. With the help of US State Departments’ Jew, Victoria Nuland, (born “Nudelman”), the Banderites executed a coup in 2014. Straightaway an American puppet, known affectionately by Nudelman as “Yats,” a fellow Jew, was installed. Today’s neo-Banderite battalions, fueled by manic hatred of anything “Russian,” got the lion’s share of military aid from the Khazarian Mafia in America that bolstered them for future attacks on Donbas then ultimately on Russia. And with military bases, run by Nato and funded by international Jewish banks—achieving lethal pressure on Russia’s western flank—Putin protested of being squeezed. Today, via surgical attacks on Ukraine’s military infrastructure, not civilian, Russia now controls all Ukrainian airspace. One complex, a Nato/US Naval Base in Ochakov, masqueraded as a Ukrainian Naval Base between Odessa and Crimea, was just annihilated by the Russian Air Force. So far Russia has hit some 1,500 Ukrainian military targets. Thus “demilitarizing” covert Nato bases and their manic Banderite stooges. The Russian bear will maul his way all the way west of Kyiv. Creating a line of demarcation as “peacemaking endgame,” the bear will split Ukraine in two. What’s left of the “Natz”—most will be zapped—will be contained in a sequestered administrative zone bordering the EU. The greater eastern portion with its new government will sign a non-alignment agreement with Russia under the umbrella of a Russian protectorate. Let me pose a Jewish kind of question: Do those “Natz” hate Jews? No, not at all. But they love their Jewish Ukrainian oligarch enablers. Jews like Ihor Kolomoyskyi, Oleksandr Yaroslavsky, and Zvi Hirsch—who changed his name, like many Jews do—to Gennadiy Boholyubov. All of these oligarchs have lineages that can be traced to Jewish Bolshevik families The same families that financed the overthrow of Czarist Christian Russia and the Christian monarchy of Nicholas II. Yes, Putin’s calling for the denazification and demilitarization of Ukraine. He’s calling for its “de-communization” too. ”As a result of Bolshevik policy Soviet Ukraine arose which even today can with good reason be called ‘Vladimir Ilyich Lenin’s Ukraine.’ He is its author and architect. This is fully confirmed by archive documents also including Lenin’s decrees regarding adding the Donbass to Ukraine. And now grateful descendants have demolished monuments to Lenin in Ukraine. This is what they call de-communization. Do you want de-communization? Well, that suits us just fine. But why stop halfway? We are ready to show you what real de-communization means for Ukraine.” A two-fold blow: 1) Purging the corrupt Jewish Ukrainian oligarchs who will be forced to flee just as they did when Putin purged them in Russia in 2003. 2) Purging the Ukrainian Parliament infested with Jews like Prime Minister Denys Shmyhal, Defense Minister Oleksii Reznikov, and Culture and Information Policy Minister Oleksandr Tkachenko, all Jews. Zelensky, the Jew President of Ukraine, by asking Nato for a no-fly zone to shoot down Russian planes—which the Khazarian Mafia in America rejected—shot himself in the foot for any bid for bargaining chips in talks with Putin. Concerning the Rothschild/US Jewish FED cutting off Russia from financial markets and interbank payments, this is nothing less than assisted-suicide. Russia and China long ago set up their own “SWIFT” interbank payment systems. Nations needing Russian wheat, fertilizer, steel, aluminum, and oil, will pay not in dollars but in Chinese yuans that’s increasingly rising as the reserve currency replacing the dollar. Once the Khazarian dollar (I mean, with no “productive” value) takes a dive, buying your jeans at Walmart will be like shopping at Nieman-Marcus on steroids. Poking the Russian Bear has always been a Khazarian affair. Curl up, they say, in a fetal position, when faced with a charging bear. The bear is striking back and the Khazarians don’t have a prayer. First published on March 4, 2022. [1] Paul Kirby, “Why is Russia invading Ukraine and what does Putin want?,” BBC, March 4, 2022. ATTENTION READERS We See The World From All Sides and Want YOU To Be Fully Informed In fact, intentional disinformation is a disgraceful scourge in media today. So to assuage any possible errant incorrect information posted herein, we strongly encourage you to seek corroboration from other non-VT sources before forming an educated opinion. About VT - Policies & Disclosures - Comment Policy Due to the nature of uncensored content posted by VT's fully independent international writers, VT cannot guarantee absolute validity. All content is owned by the author exclusively. Expressed opinions are NOT necessarily the views of VT, other authors, affiliates, advertisers, sponsors, partners, or technicians. Some content may be satirical in nature. All images are the full responsibility of the article author and NOT VT. https://veteranstoday.com/2022/10/12/russia-is-slaying-the-khazarian-mafia-in-ukraine/
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 13764 Views
  • You Are on an SSRI
    Yes, you. All of you. No, it's not what you think, it's not the food or water or air. It's worse than that because it's completely hidden from awareness and yet it's everywhere.

    Dr. Syed Haider
    The townspeople thought it was a werewolf...
    The term "lunatic" comes from "luna," the Latin word for moon.

    Historically, it was believed that the full moon could cause temporary madness or just erratic behavior in people, particularly women (yes, history is sexist). This idea extended to folklore, where the full moon was thought to have supernatural influences on humans, leading to transformations into werewolves (or other “were” animals depending on continent and local species availability, so werelion, weretiger, werehyena, etc).

    Pliny the Elder was a Roman philosopher who suggested that the Full Moon caused more dew to form, which he believed led to increased moisture in the brain and subsequent madness.

    A British judge in the 1700s noted that a "lunatic" was someone whose mental state fluctuated with the phases of the moon.

    Ancient medical systems widely acknowledge the moon's influence on human health and behavior. Ancient Chinese Medicine associates the moon with feminine Yin energy, affecting the balance of Yin and Yang, and times treatments to the lunar cycle. Ayurveda links the moon's phases to the body's doshas (Vata, Pitta, Kapha), the full moon is thought to increase Kapha, while the new moon is said to increase Vata, so Ayurveda recommended specific diets and fasting on certain lunar days. Greek Unani medicine emphasizes the moon's impact on bodily fluids and advises timing treatments with lunar phases. In Western traditions, both Hippocratic and medieval medicine believed the moon affected disease progression and recovery, often consulting lunar charts for optimal treatment timing​.

    FulDoes the Full Moon have an effect on humans?
    However modern studies investigating a correlation between lunar phases and psychiatric admissions haven’t shown any significant link.

    Research by scientists at the University of Washington, Yale University, and the National University of Quilmes in Argentina did find that sleep patterns oscillate with the 29.5-day lunar cycle. They observed that people tend to go to bed later and sleep less on nights preceding a full moon, an effect more pronounced in rural indigenous communities with limited or no access to artificial light, though also noted in industrial societies, so there is some biological link to moon cycles nowadays that may have something to do with light, it’s just not that pronounced.

    If the effects so widely noted throughout the ancient world were in whole or in part mediated by changes in the brightness of the moonlight during different phases of the lunar cycle, then the previously noted link on behavior may have been overcome by the modern prevalence of artificial light at night (ALAN).

    North Korea vs South Korea at night
    Not a lot of silver linings in North Korea, but they definitely don’t need to worry about light pollution.
    Support for this comes from indigenous cultures without artificial light, where the menstrual cycle is often observed to synchronize with the lunar cycle. Traditionally, it was noted that women menstruate during the new moon and ovulate during the full moon.

    Menstruation in traditional cultures was associated with introspection, renewal, and rest. This phase was often linked to lower energy levels and the desire or need for seclusion and reflection.

    The full moon on the other hand was associated with ovulation, characterized by higher energy levels, increased fertility, and a peak in creativity.

    Research shows a link between blue light and Follicle Stimulating Hormone (FSH) production during the follicular phase directly preceding ovulation.

    During ovulation, Luteinizing Hormone, Estrogen and FSH all rise.

    Blue light can increase the levels of all of these hormones, so exposure to brighter blue light during the full moon could certainly predispose women to ovulation at that time.


    But far more persuasive than that little sexist aside into women’s monthly mood swings, is historical and contemporary research that indicates that the prevalence of artificial lighting has had significant impacts on mental health, potentially supporting the concept of moon madness. Studies have found that excessive exposure to artificial light at night can disrupt circadian hormonal rhythms, leading to increased risks of psychiatric disorders such as anxiety, depression, bipolar disorder, and PTSD.

    A study published in Nature Mental Health involving over 85,000 participants revealed that those exposed to high levels of nighttime light experienced a 30% increase in depression risk.

    This effect was found to be consistent across various demographics (finally! not sexist at all!) and living environments, reinforcing the idea that artificial light exposure at night is a significant risk factor for mental health disorders​.

    It helps to put this all into perspective and understand why it actually happens.

    You’re on an SSRI and it’s too much light at night

    In the morning you’re meant to naturally be exposed to sunlight, which should stimulate the production of various daytime hormones including serotonin, dopamine, adrenaline, cortisol, insulin, testosterone, estrogen, etc.

    Now, serotonin is the precursor to melatonin, a nighttime hormone. But actual production of melatonin from serotonin is only stimulated by darkness.

    If we leave the lights on after sunset we’ll produce less melatonin that night, which means we won’t metabolize some of the serotonin floating around into melatonin. Which means we’ll have more serotonin than we need left over.

    And what if we take some melatonin to help get to sleep since the light prevented us from making enough?

    The same thing will happen, but it will be worse. Because in that case we’ll need to convert even less serotonin into melatonin.

    And even if the excess serotonin were metabolized away, light itself directly stimulates serotonin production (along with all the other hormones I mentioned earlier).

    What happens if serotonin levels rise higher than they should?


    It’s like being on an SSRI, which stands for selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor. What an SSRI does is prevent serotonin from being recycled by neurons after it’s released, so it leaves more serotonin inside of synapses in the brain. Basically there’s more serotonin left hanging around, just like we see with extended blue light exposure at night, when we do not recycle or convert enough serotonin into melatonin (and at the same time we stimulate even more production, so it’s actually even worse than an SSRI).

    What does high serotonin do?

    Chronically elevated serotonin will lead to increased cortisol production, prolactin excess, and disrupted levels of thyroid hormone, growth hormone, sex hormones, oxytocin, and insulin (what it doesn’t do is help prevent or treat any psychiatric disease despite the decades of marketing to the contrary - see many excellent exposes like The Emperor’s New Drugs).

    The Emperor's New Drugs: Exploding the Antidepressant Myth
    Let’s trace out the further implications of just the first of those effects of higher serotonin: chronically elevated cortisol will lead to weight gain, insulin resistance, hypertension, heart disease, low immune function, muscle weakness, osteoporosis, mood disorders, cognitive impairment, reproductive hormone imbalances, skin and hair problems, and digestive upset. It does this by affecting the levels of insulin, thyroid hormones, sex hormones, growth hormone, prolactin, adrenaline, leptin and ghrelin.

    Thank you for reading Dr. Syed Haider. This post is public so feel free to share it.

    Share

    And we could keep going down each of these pathways documenting how each disruption spreads outward in every worsening butterfly effects, all due to a simple seemingly harmless decision to turn the lights on after dark.

    Now imagine what happens to all your other hormones and neurotransmitters that are also supposed to be influenced by circadian cycles like dopamine, insulin, cortisol, growth hormone, testosterone, estrogen, prolactin, aldosterone, leptin, ghrelin and glucagon.

    These are the dials of your immunity, metabolism, motivation, focus, sex drive, blood pressure, recovery, blood sugar, appetite regulation, and more.

    Dopamine excess is associated with psychiatric diseases like schizophrenia and bipolar disorder, as well as being linked to addictions like gambling, alcohol and drugs (and social media).

    The hormones that are supposed to be high during the daytime hours will be over expressed by a longer “day” when you leave the lights on after sunset. Then organs that make them will be chronically overtaxed.


    Now imagine doing that for years, decades, your whole life.

    No wonder people burn out.

    Then the opposite situation may eventually occur: deficiencies of serotonin, dopamine, cortisol, adrenaline, etc.

    Low mood, depression, chronic fatigue, etc.

    We aren’t designed for artificial lights at night. They make us fat, exhausted, sick and crazy in a thousand ways.

    Turn off the lights and let the lunacy subside.

    https://blog.mygotodoc.com/p/youve-been-on-an-ssri-your-entire
    You Are on an SSRI Yes, you. All of you. No, it's not what you think, it's not the food or water or air. It's worse than that because it's completely hidden from awareness and yet it's everywhere. Dr. Syed Haider The townspeople thought it was a werewolf... The term "lunatic" comes from "luna," the Latin word for moon. Historically, it was believed that the full moon could cause temporary madness or just erratic behavior in people, particularly women (yes, history is sexist). This idea extended to folklore, where the full moon was thought to have supernatural influences on humans, leading to transformations into werewolves (or other “were” animals depending on continent and local species availability, so werelion, weretiger, werehyena, etc). Pliny the Elder was a Roman philosopher who suggested that the Full Moon caused more dew to form, which he believed led to increased moisture in the brain and subsequent madness. A British judge in the 1700s noted that a "lunatic" was someone whose mental state fluctuated with the phases of the moon. Ancient medical systems widely acknowledge the moon's influence on human health and behavior. Ancient Chinese Medicine associates the moon with feminine Yin energy, affecting the balance of Yin and Yang, and times treatments to the lunar cycle. Ayurveda links the moon's phases to the body's doshas (Vata, Pitta, Kapha), the full moon is thought to increase Kapha, while the new moon is said to increase Vata, so Ayurveda recommended specific diets and fasting on certain lunar days. Greek Unani medicine emphasizes the moon's impact on bodily fluids and advises timing treatments with lunar phases. In Western traditions, both Hippocratic and medieval medicine believed the moon affected disease progression and recovery, often consulting lunar charts for optimal treatment timing​. FulDoes the Full Moon have an effect on humans? However modern studies investigating a correlation between lunar phases and psychiatric admissions haven’t shown any significant link. Research by scientists at the University of Washington, Yale University, and the National University of Quilmes in Argentina did find that sleep patterns oscillate with the 29.5-day lunar cycle. They observed that people tend to go to bed later and sleep less on nights preceding a full moon, an effect more pronounced in rural indigenous communities with limited or no access to artificial light, though also noted in industrial societies, so there is some biological link to moon cycles nowadays that may have something to do with light, it’s just not that pronounced. If the effects so widely noted throughout the ancient world were in whole or in part mediated by changes in the brightness of the moonlight during different phases of the lunar cycle, then the previously noted link on behavior may have been overcome by the modern prevalence of artificial light at night (ALAN). North Korea vs South Korea at night Not a lot of silver linings in North Korea, but they definitely don’t need to worry about light pollution. Support for this comes from indigenous cultures without artificial light, where the menstrual cycle is often observed to synchronize with the lunar cycle. Traditionally, it was noted that women menstruate during the new moon and ovulate during the full moon. Menstruation in traditional cultures was associated with introspection, renewal, and rest. This phase was often linked to lower energy levels and the desire or need for seclusion and reflection. The full moon on the other hand was associated with ovulation, characterized by higher energy levels, increased fertility, and a peak in creativity. Research shows a link between blue light and Follicle Stimulating Hormone (FSH) production during the follicular phase directly preceding ovulation. During ovulation, Luteinizing Hormone, Estrogen and FSH all rise. Blue light can increase the levels of all of these hormones, so exposure to brighter blue light during the full moon could certainly predispose women to ovulation at that time. But far more persuasive than that little sexist aside into women’s monthly mood swings, is historical and contemporary research that indicates that the prevalence of artificial lighting has had significant impacts on mental health, potentially supporting the concept of moon madness. Studies have found that excessive exposure to artificial light at night can disrupt circadian hormonal rhythms, leading to increased risks of psychiatric disorders such as anxiety, depression, bipolar disorder, and PTSD. A study published in Nature Mental Health involving over 85,000 participants revealed that those exposed to high levels of nighttime light experienced a 30% increase in depression risk. This effect was found to be consistent across various demographics (finally! not sexist at all!) and living environments, reinforcing the idea that artificial light exposure at night is a significant risk factor for mental health disorders​. It helps to put this all into perspective and understand why it actually happens. You’re on an SSRI and it’s too much light at night In the morning you’re meant to naturally be exposed to sunlight, which should stimulate the production of various daytime hormones including serotonin, dopamine, adrenaline, cortisol, insulin, testosterone, estrogen, etc. Now, serotonin is the precursor to melatonin, a nighttime hormone. But actual production of melatonin from serotonin is only stimulated by darkness. If we leave the lights on after sunset we’ll produce less melatonin that night, which means we won’t metabolize some of the serotonin floating around into melatonin. Which means we’ll have more serotonin than we need left over. And what if we take some melatonin to help get to sleep since the light prevented us from making enough? The same thing will happen, but it will be worse. Because in that case we’ll need to convert even less serotonin into melatonin. And even if the excess serotonin were metabolized away, light itself directly stimulates serotonin production (along with all the other hormones I mentioned earlier). What happens if serotonin levels rise higher than they should? It’s like being on an SSRI, which stands for selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor. What an SSRI does is prevent serotonin from being recycled by neurons after it’s released, so it leaves more serotonin inside of synapses in the brain. Basically there’s more serotonin left hanging around, just like we see with extended blue light exposure at night, when we do not recycle or convert enough serotonin into melatonin (and at the same time we stimulate even more production, so it’s actually even worse than an SSRI). What does high serotonin do? Chronically elevated serotonin will lead to increased cortisol production, prolactin excess, and disrupted levels of thyroid hormone, growth hormone, sex hormones, oxytocin, and insulin (what it doesn’t do is help prevent or treat any psychiatric disease despite the decades of marketing to the contrary - see many excellent exposes like The Emperor’s New Drugs). The Emperor's New Drugs: Exploding the Antidepressant Myth Let’s trace out the further implications of just the first of those effects of higher serotonin: chronically elevated cortisol will lead to weight gain, insulin resistance, hypertension, heart disease, low immune function, muscle weakness, osteoporosis, mood disorders, cognitive impairment, reproductive hormone imbalances, skin and hair problems, and digestive upset. It does this by affecting the levels of insulin, thyroid hormones, sex hormones, growth hormone, prolactin, adrenaline, leptin and ghrelin. Thank you for reading Dr. Syed Haider. This post is public so feel free to share it. Share And we could keep going down each of these pathways documenting how each disruption spreads outward in every worsening butterfly effects, all due to a simple seemingly harmless decision to turn the lights on after dark. Now imagine what happens to all your other hormones and neurotransmitters that are also supposed to be influenced by circadian cycles like dopamine, insulin, cortisol, growth hormone, testosterone, estrogen, prolactin, aldosterone, leptin, ghrelin and glucagon. These are the dials of your immunity, metabolism, motivation, focus, sex drive, blood pressure, recovery, blood sugar, appetite regulation, and more. Dopamine excess is associated with psychiatric diseases like schizophrenia and bipolar disorder, as well as being linked to addictions like gambling, alcohol and drugs (and social media). The hormones that are supposed to be high during the daytime hours will be over expressed by a longer “day” when you leave the lights on after sunset. Then organs that make them will be chronically overtaxed. Now imagine doing that for years, decades, your whole life. No wonder people burn out. Then the opposite situation may eventually occur: deficiencies of serotonin, dopamine, cortisol, adrenaline, etc. Low mood, depression, chronic fatigue, etc. We aren’t designed for artificial lights at night. They make us fat, exhausted, sick and crazy in a thousand ways. Turn off the lights and let the lunacy subside. https://blog.mygotodoc.com/p/youve-been-on-an-ssri-your-entire
    BLOG.MYGOTODOC.COM
    You Are on an SSRI
    Yes, you. All of you. No, it's not what you think, it's not the food or water or air. It's worse than that because it's completely hidden from awareness and yet it's everywhere.
    Like
    1
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 14292 Views
  • World's Biggest Study on COVID 'Vaccine' Side Effects Has Been Published.
    'Anti-Vaxxers' and 'Conspiracy Theorists' vs People Who Believe Anything. Guess Who Wins (Again)?

    Anthony Colpo

    The world's biggest study on COVID ‘vaccine’ side effects has recently been published online. Before I discuss the eye-opening findings, I thought it would be instructive to take a quick trip down memory lane and revisit the peak years of COVID insanity. The days when pro-vaxxxers, with all the fervor of religious extremists who think 'AIDS' is a divine punishment, spewed hatred at those of us who just wanted to be left the heck alone. These were the self-righteous, all-knowing idiots who mindlessly recited slogans like Follow The Science!™ while blindly following the crowd.

    It makes for an interesting exercise to see where the science has actually traveled, and compare its findings to what the mainstream lunatic fringe was incessantly yelling just a couple of short years ago.

    Yet Another Clueless 'Journalist' Who Made Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines

    A week or so ago, while searching for something else online, I happened upon an article titled "Just 15 Celebrities Who Have Made Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines." The article appeared on a website called BuzzFeed, and was authored by a Morgan Sloss, whose other epic contributions to literary history include "Margot Robbie Broke Her Silence On Her 'Barbie' Oscar Snub For Best Actress" and "Drew Barrymore Joked That She's Giving Up On Dating Apps After A Guy Lied To Her About Being An NFL Quarterback."

    Something tells me Morgan doesn't spend a whole lot of time analyzing research papers.

    BuzzFeed, an eager outlet for brain-dead celebrity gossip, doesn't exactly qualify as an impartial stalwart of science, either. Especially when it receives money from Pfizer in return for placing paid posts on its website.


    "As of today," laments Sloss in her article, which was last updated on November 3, 2021, "only 61% of Americans have been fully vaccinated against COVID-19, despite concerns about the Delta and Omicron variants."

    She continues:

    "With so many people refusing the COVID vaccine — even though it is CDC-recommended and proven to be safe — I thought it would be interesting to look back and see which celebrities have taken anti-vax stances in the past." (Bold emphasis added)

    She then goes on to list a bunch of celebrities who allegedly made "Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines."

    As an example of what Sloss considers "Seriously Misinformed," she cites a chap called Offset. In December 2020, Mr Offset was asked by TMZ if he would be getting the COVID pseudo-vaccine, and he replied in the negative. "I don't trust it," he said.

    Perfectly reasonable and cautious stance, methinks.

    Six months prior to Sloss penning her seriously misinformed article, Offset said he still hadn't been gene therapied while on the radio show The Breakfast Club. "I'm not tryna be a lab rat, man," he said.

    Well, that's just not cricket according to Sloss, who says it's a "fact that the vaccines were tested in large-scale clinical trials, endorsed by the FDA, and have been given to more than 200 million Americans."

    It's true that the pseudo-vaccines were 'tested' in large-scale clinical trials - and shown to be utterly useless (for those who are shocked or outraged by this statement, you can begin your much-needed deprogramming here, here, here, here, here, and here).

    It's also true that the pseudo-vaccines were endorsed by the terminally corrupt FDA, an agency with a notorious revolving door with the industries it is supposed to regulate, one that derives 75% of its drug review funding from the very companies whose drugs it reviews. Gee, no possible conflict of interest there!

    And, according to the official stats, it's true that over 200 million Americans have received the poison pricks. Those same Americans are now suffering an alarming jump in excess mortality.

    None of those things mean the 'vaccines' are "proven to be safe." To the contrary, they all point to one conclusion: The 'vaccines' are a dangerous fraud promoted by a pack of corrupt grubs.

    With all due respect, Sloss clearly has no idea what she is talking about, and neither do the angry ferals that pollute the comments section following her article. That comments section is a shining monument to the proud, militant gullibility and stupidity that hallmarked the peak years of COVID insanity.

    An anonymous hate-ball using the moniker ‘seaword’ typifies the seething disdain held by the stupid towards those who were wary of taking a drug based on a technology with a 30-year track record of failure.

    "What's even more dangerous than these morons," says seaword of people who refuse to take dangerous gene therapies, "is the people that believe their bullshit. Not one of them has a medical degree or any type of education in virology, epidemiology or infectious diseases. 'BuT i DiD mY rEsEarCh'. Piss off wankers."


    Says the histrionic wanker who thinks celebrity gossip columnists are legitimate sources of health information.

    The remainder of the comments section is an orgy of hate hurled at people who don't go along with the crowd, by people whose brains would crack under the strain of attempting an original thought. Here’s a sampling of the kind of towering intellect that characterizes the Church of Vaxxx:

    When you're dumb enough to believe an obvious liar like Anthony Fauci, there is no limit to the crazed vile you'll launch at those with the temerity to not be as gullible as you.


    So, 2-and-a-half years on, how is the cocksure hatred and arrogance of the pro-vaxxxine mob travelling?

    Is it ageing like a fine wine, or decomposing like a dead fish?

    With so many people 'mysteriously' dropping dead or sustaining debilitating illnesses, I thought it would be interesting to look at some of the more recent data confirming what a truly horrendous act the COVID gene therapies were.

    Follow the Science: Largest Study to Date Confirms Vaxxxine Dangers

    On February 12, Vaccine journal published a study by The Global COVID Vaccine Safety (GCoVS) Project evaluating the risk of "adverse events of special interest" following COVID-19 'vaccination.'

    Encompassing ten sites across 8 countries, this is the largest published study to date on the topic of COVID 'vaccine' side effects. The study sample included over 99 million 'vaccinated' individuals from Argentina, Australia, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, New Zealand and Scotland.

    Rest assured, this was no collaboration by so-called 'anti-vaxxers.' The GCoVS project is financed by the industry-funded and intensely pro-vaccine Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Public Health Ontario and Canadian health research institute ICES. A number of the researchers have financial ties to drug companies including GSK, Gilead Sciences, Lundbeck, Novo Nordisk, Sanofi and Pfizer.

    Hardly a group that stands to gain from dumping on the wares of Big Pharma. Quite the opposite, in fact.

    The study focused on a small portion of the hundreds of different side effects linked to the COVID gene therapies. The researchers examined thirteen adverse events of special interest (AESIs), falling under 3 main categories: Neurological, hematologic (blood), and cardiovascular.

    The researchers calculated AESI risk on the basis of “Observed versus Expected” (OE) incidents, occurring up to 42 days after injection. That means they calculated the expected number of cases using pre-vaxxx background rates of the studied AESIs from 2015 to 2019 (2019–2020 for Denmark). These rates were then compared with the rates observed in the study's vaxxxinated sample up to six weeks post-injection.

    The study periods ranged between December 2020 and August 2023. Three gene therapies were included in the analysis: Pfizer's BNT162b2, Moderna's mRNA-1273, and AstraZeneca's ChAdOx1 vaccines.

    Most 'vaccine' recipients were in the 20–59-year age range. The states with the highest numbers of doses in the study were Ontario, Canada (32,159,817) - ruled by Castro-loving tyrant Justin Trudeau - and Victoria, Australia (15,617,627), whose once-vibrant capital Melbourne became the world's most locked-down city under the dictatorship of lanky psychopath Dan Andrews.

    When the data were analysed, several disturbing findings emerged.

    Myocarditis and Pericarditis

    Administration of all three vaccines significantly increased the risk of myocarditis and pericarditis. After the first and second Pfizercarditis shots, the OE ratios for myocarditis were 2.78 and 2.86, respectively. The risk remained doubled after the third and fourth shots.

    The first and second Moderna shots, meanwhile, delivered alarming OE ratios for myocarditis of 3.48 and 6.10, respectively.

    The mainstream has done its best to reframe myocarditis as a usually "mild and transient" condition. The mainstream, of course, thrives on misleading people. Myocarditis is an inflammation of the myocardium, the middle muscular layer of the heart wall. The condition may be acute and resolve quickly, or it may be chronic. Interestingly, the American Heart Association defines "chronic" as lasting longer than two weeks, which means most of the case reports of vaxxx-related myocarditis are chronic as all get out.

    Just to be clear, we're not talking about a sprained ankle here. In severe cases, myocarditis can lead to stroke, heart attack, heart failure or death.

    Which would really ruin your day. Especially when the cause was a drug that was never a vaccine (it's an out-and-out gene therapy) that you took in order to fight a virus that has never been isolated.

    The third AstraZeneca shot delivered a heart-scorching OE ratio for pericarditis of 6.91, while doses 1 and 4 of the Moderna drug produced OE ratios of 1.74 and 2.64, respectively.

    Pericarditis is inflammation of the pericardium, a sac-like structure that surrounds the heart. As with myocarditis, the condition can be acute or chronic. A common symptom of pericarditis is chest pain, the kind that feels like you're having a heart attack. Again, not a fun way to celebrate being Fauci-Ouchied against a virus that has never been shown to exist.

    Blood Clots in the Brain

    Cerebral venous sinus thrombosis is a condition where blood clots form in the brain, greatly increasing the risk of a life-threatening hemorrhage. No-one wants that. Not even seaword, who already acts brain-dead.

    Higher than expected rates of CVST were observed after the first dose of all three drugs, with an OE of 3.23 for the AstraZeneca shot. A statistically significant increase in CVST risk was also observed after the second Pfizer dose.

    Nuking the Nervous System

    The risk of suffering nasty neurological conditions was also greatly increased after receiving the 'vaccines.'

    An OE ratio for Guillain-Barré syndrome of 2.49 was observed for the AstraZeneca clot shot, while the OE for transverse myelitis was almost doubled by the AZ shot.

    Guillain-Barré syndrome is a normally rare disorder in which the body's immune system attacks the nerves. As the condition develops, it can eventually paralyze the entire body. Severe cases can be fatal. For those who survive, recovery may take up to several years, and some may suffer lasting effects, such as weakness, numbness or fatigue.

    Transverse myelitis is no laughing matter either. It involves inflammation of the spinal cord, and can cause pain, muscle weakness, paralysis, sensory problems, or bladder and bowel dysfunction.

    Uncontrollably shitting one’s pants to avoid getting the sniffles? I’ll pass.

    If treated early, some people can experience a complete or near complete recovery. Other patients may never show signs of recovery. Those who do experience partial or complete recovery can expect the process to take up to two years.

    In the case of acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, OE ratios of 3.78 and 2.23 were observed for the Moderna and AstraZeneca vaxxxines, respectively.

    Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis is an autoimmune disease marked by sudden, widespread inflammation in the brain and spinal cord. It results in damage to the myelin sheath surrounding and protecting nerve cells. It affects mostly children and a clue as to why has somehow made it past the censors at Wikipedia, which admits (as of this writing) the cause of acute disseminated encephalomyelitis "is often a trigger such as from viral infection or vaccinations."


    Most children make a complete or nearly complete recovery from ADEM, although it can take up to a year for symptoms to resolve. Some patients have ongoing symptoms such as blurred vision, weakness, numbness and/or incoordination.

    Not something any innocent child should have to suffer through. Yet another reason why, when the government and drug companies ask you to serve up your kids in order to save grandma from a non-existent virus, you should immediately and emphatically tell them to self-fornicate.

    The Current Excess Mortality Situation

    Numerous commentators, including yours truly, have written previously about the striking increase in excess mortality seen around the world since the vaxxx rollout.

    Australia, a highly-vaxxxed country where people love to do as they are told while bizarrely viewing themselves as a bunch of knockabout renegades, is a classic example.

    During 2022, there was a 15.3% increase in mortality compared to the Australian baseline average - a jump in death rates not seen since World War II.

    As of this writing, Australian mortality statistics for 2023 have been compiled for the period up to November 30. They show that excess mortality is still 10% above the baseline average. That's 15,114 excess deaths - the equivalent of a Boeing 747 full of passengers crashing every week for 33 weeks straight.

    Meanwhile, the terminally corrupt, industry-funded TGA (Australian for FDA, mate!) is still sticking to its absurd story that it has only "identified 14 reports where the cause of death was linked to vaccination."

    The TGA clearly isn't looking very hard. More like looking the other way.

    Oh, did I mention that the TGA is an intensely pro-pharma arm of the Corporation, oops, Commonwealth of Australia, that receives 96% of its funding from industry?

    The ABS mortality stats show that while diagnoses of the renamed flu called COVID are down, deaths due to respiratory diseases in November 2023 were 13% above baseline average and 6% higher than in 2022.

    Take a drug that supposedly protects you against a deadly respiratory infection, only to suffer a higher risk of deadly respiratory infection?

    If that doesn't show what an egregious farce the COVID vaxxx campaign is, I don't know what does.

    Cancer deaths also appear to be on the rise. Deaths from cancer up to November 2023 were 6.9% above baseline; during 2022, they were 6% above baseline.

    The death toll from several other causes receded from 2022 levels, but still remained above baseline.

    Deaths due to dementia up to the end of November 2023 remained 11.7% above baseline.

    Deaths due to other cardiac causes (not including ischaemic heart disease) were 11% above baseline, while deaths due to diabetes were 15.4% above the baseline average.

    In a finding that will no doubt delight the feminazis, the male death rate for all age groups was higher than the female death rate, with the largest rate ratio seen in the youngest age group and smallest in the oldest age group.

    Male Privilege™, baby!

    We Are The World, We Are The Prey

    Australia is hardly alone in its post-vaxxx plight.

    The Economist constructed a machine-learning model to estimate the number of excess deaths during the 'pandemic' for 223 countries and regions, from which they calculate a global figure.

    Globally, the model estimates that the total number of excess deaths is a multiple of the reported number of 'confirmed' deaths due to COVID-19.

    The supposed number of 'confirmed' COVID deaths from January 1, 2020 through February 18, 2024 is 7.03 million.

    The Economist model's central estimate for excess global mortality is 28.54 million deaths, with lower and upper bounds of 18.48 and 35.22 million deaths, respectively.


    This means that even if you believe in the Easter Bunny, Tooth Fairy and Sars-Cov-2, in The Economist's central estimate COVID deaths only account for a quarter of excess global mortality.

    For those of us who don't recognize statistics based on things that don't exist, it is important to reiterate there is no such thing as a “confirmed” COVID case.* Confirmation of something that doesn't exist is an inherent absurdity.

    I have explained here and here that Sars-Cov-2 is a mythical entity that has never been isolated by anything resembling valid science.

    The PCR test that supposedly detects Sars-Cov-2 is a non-specific fraud.

    I have also explained here why the alleged death toll from 'COVID' is a bald-faced fraud, where everything from heart attacks to kidney failure to murder-suicides were reclassified as 'COVID' deaths in order to generate the appearance of a pandemic.

    Which means whatever the exact excess global mortality since January 2020 is, it is caused almost entirely by the vaxxxines, with a helping hand from inappropriate intubation, patient-culling use of midazolam and remdesivir, and the physical and mental consequences of ‘emergency’ tyranny.

    Let's Stop Pretending We Don't Know the Cause

    None of this should come as a surprise to anyone. The recent GCoVS paper and continuing excess mortality are confirmation of what should already be common knowledge. The COVID gene therapies, fraudulently promoted as vaccines, established a reputation early on for causing heart damage and clot-bombing people's blood vessels. The stories about 'turbo cancers' look to be more than just anecdotal tales going by the post-vaxxx elevations in cancer deaths. It was also known early on that adverse event databases in the UK, US, Australia and Europe quickly evinced alarming, skyward jumps in 'vaccine'-related incidents.

    Governments and corporate media outlets, working in preorchestrated lockstep, portrayed the sudden rise in sudden death as a remarkable coincidence. No way could it be the toxic injections they had brainwashed and bullied the world into receiving; instead, they blamed everything from climate change to referee's whistles.


    Trusting people who are known to lie for a living, and taking drugs with a penchant for causing heart damage and life-threatening blood clots, in the hope of avoiding a re-badged flu whose 'victims' outlived the average national life expectancy, is the epitome of reckless irrationality.

    Whether Planet Numbnut has learned anything from the last four years remains to be seen. All indications are that we are going to be subjected to a similar stunt again. The Globalist cabal are already warning (threatening) us of "Disease X", the mysterious pathogen that doesn't yet exist but will, we are assured, strike soon and cause mayhem.

    Stop, for a moment, and think about the inherent absurdity in that claim.

    They really do think we are stupid. It’s a pity so much of humanity seems hellbent on proving them correct.

    Just like COVID-19, Disease X will be a pre-orchestrated scamdemic years in the making, motivated by the globalists' psychopathic fetish for population reduction (genocide), unfettered control and ever-increasing wealth.

    Don’t be a seaword: Recognize when you are being screwed and do not comply with evil.

    Share


    *The WHO criteria for a 'confirmed' Sars-Cov-2 case are:

    A person with a positive PCR test "regardless of clinical criteria." So you could show absolutely no signs of respiratory illness, but if the deliberately flawed and fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test says you have Sars-Cov-2, then congratulations - you're a 'case.'

    A person meeting "clinical criteria," which are:

    "acute onset of fever AND cough";

    OR

    "acute onset of ANY THREE OR MORE of the following signs or symptoms: fever, cough, general weakness/fatigue, headache, myalgia, sore throat, coryza, dyspnoea, nausea/diarrhoea/anorexia."

    All the above symptoms characterize any number of respiratory and non-respiratory conditions that have nothing to do with fantasy viruses allegedly emanating from a Chinese biolab/wet market/bat/pangolin (four-and-a-half years in, and the geniuses promoting this farce still haven't made up their minds).

    A person meeting "Epidemiological criteria," which is "contact of a probable or confirmed case, or linked to a COVID-19 cluster" plus a "a positive professional-use or self-test" SARS-CoV-2 Rapid Antigen Test. The RAT test is “less sensitive” at detecting the non-existent Sars-Cov-2 than the fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test, but not to worry, you can always confirm the results of an unreliable RAT test by performing a fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test!

    I need a drink.

    https://anthonycolpo.substack.com/p/worlds-biggest-study-on-covid-vaccine?triedRedirect=true
    World's Biggest Study on COVID 'Vaccine' Side Effects Has Been Published. 'Anti-Vaxxers' and 'Conspiracy Theorists' vs People Who Believe Anything. Guess Who Wins (Again)? Anthony Colpo The world's biggest study on COVID ‘vaccine’ side effects has recently been published online. Before I discuss the eye-opening findings, I thought it would be instructive to take a quick trip down memory lane and revisit the peak years of COVID insanity. The days when pro-vaxxxers, with all the fervor of religious extremists who think 'AIDS' is a divine punishment, spewed hatred at those of us who just wanted to be left the heck alone. These were the self-righteous, all-knowing idiots who mindlessly recited slogans like Follow The Science!™ while blindly following the crowd. It makes for an interesting exercise to see where the science has actually traveled, and compare its findings to what the mainstream lunatic fringe was incessantly yelling just a couple of short years ago. Yet Another Clueless 'Journalist' Who Made Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines A week or so ago, while searching for something else online, I happened upon an article titled "Just 15 Celebrities Who Have Made Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines." The article appeared on a website called BuzzFeed, and was authored by a Morgan Sloss, whose other epic contributions to literary history include "Margot Robbie Broke Her Silence On Her 'Barbie' Oscar Snub For Best Actress" and "Drew Barrymore Joked That She's Giving Up On Dating Apps After A Guy Lied To Her About Being An NFL Quarterback." Something tells me Morgan doesn't spend a whole lot of time analyzing research papers. BuzzFeed, an eager outlet for brain-dead celebrity gossip, doesn't exactly qualify as an impartial stalwart of science, either. Especially when it receives money from Pfizer in return for placing paid posts on its website. "As of today," laments Sloss in her article, which was last updated on November 3, 2021, "only 61% of Americans have been fully vaccinated against COVID-19, despite concerns about the Delta and Omicron variants." She continues: "With so many people refusing the COVID vaccine — even though it is CDC-recommended and proven to be safe — I thought it would be interesting to look back and see which celebrities have taken anti-vax stances in the past." (Bold emphasis added) She then goes on to list a bunch of celebrities who allegedly made "Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines." As an example of what Sloss considers "Seriously Misinformed," she cites a chap called Offset. In December 2020, Mr Offset was asked by TMZ if he would be getting the COVID pseudo-vaccine, and he replied in the negative. "I don't trust it," he said. Perfectly reasonable and cautious stance, methinks. Six months prior to Sloss penning her seriously misinformed article, Offset said he still hadn't been gene therapied while on the radio show The Breakfast Club. "I'm not tryna be a lab rat, man," he said. Well, that's just not cricket according to Sloss, who says it's a "fact that the vaccines were tested in large-scale clinical trials, endorsed by the FDA, and have been given to more than 200 million Americans." It's true that the pseudo-vaccines were 'tested' in large-scale clinical trials - and shown to be utterly useless (for those who are shocked or outraged by this statement, you can begin your much-needed deprogramming here, here, here, here, here, and here). It's also true that the pseudo-vaccines were endorsed by the terminally corrupt FDA, an agency with a notorious revolving door with the industries it is supposed to regulate, one that derives 75% of its drug review funding from the very companies whose drugs it reviews. Gee, no possible conflict of interest there! And, according to the official stats, it's true that over 200 million Americans have received the poison pricks. Those same Americans are now suffering an alarming jump in excess mortality. None of those things mean the 'vaccines' are "proven to be safe." To the contrary, they all point to one conclusion: The 'vaccines' are a dangerous fraud promoted by a pack of corrupt grubs. With all due respect, Sloss clearly has no idea what she is talking about, and neither do the angry ferals that pollute the comments section following her article. That comments section is a shining monument to the proud, militant gullibility and stupidity that hallmarked the peak years of COVID insanity. An anonymous hate-ball using the moniker ‘seaword’ typifies the seething disdain held by the stupid towards those who were wary of taking a drug based on a technology with a 30-year track record of failure. "What's even more dangerous than these morons," says seaword of people who refuse to take dangerous gene therapies, "is the people that believe their bullshit. Not one of them has a medical degree or any type of education in virology, epidemiology or infectious diseases. 'BuT i DiD mY rEsEarCh'. Piss off wankers." Says the histrionic wanker who thinks celebrity gossip columnists are legitimate sources of health information. The remainder of the comments section is an orgy of hate hurled at people who don't go along with the crowd, by people whose brains would crack under the strain of attempting an original thought. Here’s a sampling of the kind of towering intellect that characterizes the Church of Vaxxx: When you're dumb enough to believe an obvious liar like Anthony Fauci, there is no limit to the crazed vile you'll launch at those with the temerity to not be as gullible as you. So, 2-and-a-half years on, how is the cocksure hatred and arrogance of the pro-vaxxxine mob travelling? Is it ageing like a fine wine, or decomposing like a dead fish? With so many people 'mysteriously' dropping dead or sustaining debilitating illnesses, I thought it would be interesting to look at some of the more recent data confirming what a truly horrendous act the COVID gene therapies were. Follow the Science: Largest Study to Date Confirms Vaxxxine Dangers On February 12, Vaccine journal published a study by The Global COVID Vaccine Safety (GCoVS) Project evaluating the risk of "adverse events of special interest" following COVID-19 'vaccination.' Encompassing ten sites across 8 countries, this is the largest published study to date on the topic of COVID 'vaccine' side effects. The study sample included over 99 million 'vaccinated' individuals from Argentina, Australia, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, New Zealand and Scotland. Rest assured, this was no collaboration by so-called 'anti-vaxxers.' The GCoVS project is financed by the industry-funded and intensely pro-vaccine Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Public Health Ontario and Canadian health research institute ICES. A number of the researchers have financial ties to drug companies including GSK, Gilead Sciences, Lundbeck, Novo Nordisk, Sanofi and Pfizer. Hardly a group that stands to gain from dumping on the wares of Big Pharma. Quite the opposite, in fact. The study focused on a small portion of the hundreds of different side effects linked to the COVID gene therapies. The researchers examined thirteen adverse events of special interest (AESIs), falling under 3 main categories: Neurological, hematologic (blood), and cardiovascular. The researchers calculated AESI risk on the basis of “Observed versus Expected” (OE) incidents, occurring up to 42 days after injection. That means they calculated the expected number of cases using pre-vaxxx background rates of the studied AESIs from 2015 to 2019 (2019–2020 for Denmark). These rates were then compared with the rates observed in the study's vaxxxinated sample up to six weeks post-injection. The study periods ranged between December 2020 and August 2023. Three gene therapies were included in the analysis: Pfizer's BNT162b2, Moderna's mRNA-1273, and AstraZeneca's ChAdOx1 vaccines. Most 'vaccine' recipients were in the 20–59-year age range. The states with the highest numbers of doses in the study were Ontario, Canada (32,159,817) - ruled by Castro-loving tyrant Justin Trudeau - and Victoria, Australia (15,617,627), whose once-vibrant capital Melbourne became the world's most locked-down city under the dictatorship of lanky psychopath Dan Andrews. When the data were analysed, several disturbing findings emerged. Myocarditis and Pericarditis Administration of all three vaccines significantly increased the risk of myocarditis and pericarditis. After the first and second Pfizercarditis shots, the OE ratios for myocarditis were 2.78 and 2.86, respectively. The risk remained doubled after the third and fourth shots. The first and second Moderna shots, meanwhile, delivered alarming OE ratios for myocarditis of 3.48 and 6.10, respectively. The mainstream has done its best to reframe myocarditis as a usually "mild and transient" condition. The mainstream, of course, thrives on misleading people. Myocarditis is an inflammation of the myocardium, the middle muscular layer of the heart wall. The condition may be acute and resolve quickly, or it may be chronic. Interestingly, the American Heart Association defines "chronic" as lasting longer than two weeks, which means most of the case reports of vaxxx-related myocarditis are chronic as all get out. Just to be clear, we're not talking about a sprained ankle here. In severe cases, myocarditis can lead to stroke, heart attack, heart failure or death. Which would really ruin your day. Especially when the cause was a drug that was never a vaccine (it's an out-and-out gene therapy) that you took in order to fight a virus that has never been isolated. The third AstraZeneca shot delivered a heart-scorching OE ratio for pericarditis of 6.91, while doses 1 and 4 of the Moderna drug produced OE ratios of 1.74 and 2.64, respectively. Pericarditis is inflammation of the pericardium, a sac-like structure that surrounds the heart. As with myocarditis, the condition can be acute or chronic. A common symptom of pericarditis is chest pain, the kind that feels like you're having a heart attack. Again, not a fun way to celebrate being Fauci-Ouchied against a virus that has never been shown to exist. Blood Clots in the Brain Cerebral venous sinus thrombosis is a condition where blood clots form in the brain, greatly increasing the risk of a life-threatening hemorrhage. No-one wants that. Not even seaword, who already acts brain-dead. Higher than expected rates of CVST were observed after the first dose of all three drugs, with an OE of 3.23 for the AstraZeneca shot. A statistically significant increase in CVST risk was also observed after the second Pfizer dose. Nuking the Nervous System The risk of suffering nasty neurological conditions was also greatly increased after receiving the 'vaccines.' An OE ratio for Guillain-Barré syndrome of 2.49 was observed for the AstraZeneca clot shot, while the OE for transverse myelitis was almost doubled by the AZ shot. Guillain-Barré syndrome is a normally rare disorder in which the body's immune system attacks the nerves. As the condition develops, it can eventually paralyze the entire body. Severe cases can be fatal. For those who survive, recovery may take up to several years, and some may suffer lasting effects, such as weakness, numbness or fatigue. Transverse myelitis is no laughing matter either. It involves inflammation of the spinal cord, and can cause pain, muscle weakness, paralysis, sensory problems, or bladder and bowel dysfunction. Uncontrollably shitting one’s pants to avoid getting the sniffles? I’ll pass. If treated early, some people can experience a complete or near complete recovery. Other patients may never show signs of recovery. Those who do experience partial or complete recovery can expect the process to take up to two years. In the case of acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, OE ratios of 3.78 and 2.23 were observed for the Moderna and AstraZeneca vaxxxines, respectively. Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis is an autoimmune disease marked by sudden, widespread inflammation in the brain and spinal cord. It results in damage to the myelin sheath surrounding and protecting nerve cells. It affects mostly children and a clue as to why has somehow made it past the censors at Wikipedia, which admits (as of this writing) the cause of acute disseminated encephalomyelitis "is often a trigger such as from viral infection or vaccinations." Most children make a complete or nearly complete recovery from ADEM, although it can take up to a year for symptoms to resolve. Some patients have ongoing symptoms such as blurred vision, weakness, numbness and/or incoordination. Not something any innocent child should have to suffer through. Yet another reason why, when the government and drug companies ask you to serve up your kids in order to save grandma from a non-existent virus, you should immediately and emphatically tell them to self-fornicate. The Current Excess Mortality Situation Numerous commentators, including yours truly, have written previously about the striking increase in excess mortality seen around the world since the vaxxx rollout. Australia, a highly-vaxxxed country where people love to do as they are told while bizarrely viewing themselves as a bunch of knockabout renegades, is a classic example. During 2022, there was a 15.3% increase in mortality compared to the Australian baseline average - a jump in death rates not seen since World War II. As of this writing, Australian mortality statistics for 2023 have been compiled for the period up to November 30. They show that excess mortality is still 10% above the baseline average. That's 15,114 excess deaths - the equivalent of a Boeing 747 full of passengers crashing every week for 33 weeks straight. Meanwhile, the terminally corrupt, industry-funded TGA (Australian for FDA, mate!) is still sticking to its absurd story that it has only "identified 14 reports where the cause of death was linked to vaccination." The TGA clearly isn't looking very hard. More like looking the other way. Oh, did I mention that the TGA is an intensely pro-pharma arm of the Corporation, oops, Commonwealth of Australia, that receives 96% of its funding from industry? The ABS mortality stats show that while diagnoses of the renamed flu called COVID are down, deaths due to respiratory diseases in November 2023 were 13% above baseline average and 6% higher than in 2022. Take a drug that supposedly protects you against a deadly respiratory infection, only to suffer a higher risk of deadly respiratory infection? If that doesn't show what an egregious farce the COVID vaxxx campaign is, I don't know what does. Cancer deaths also appear to be on the rise. Deaths from cancer up to November 2023 were 6.9% above baseline; during 2022, they were 6% above baseline. The death toll from several other causes receded from 2022 levels, but still remained above baseline. Deaths due to dementia up to the end of November 2023 remained 11.7% above baseline. Deaths due to other cardiac causes (not including ischaemic heart disease) were 11% above baseline, while deaths due to diabetes were 15.4% above the baseline average. In a finding that will no doubt delight the feminazis, the male death rate for all age groups was higher than the female death rate, with the largest rate ratio seen in the youngest age group and smallest in the oldest age group. Male Privilege™, baby! We Are The World, We Are The Prey Australia is hardly alone in its post-vaxxx plight. The Economist constructed a machine-learning model to estimate the number of excess deaths during the 'pandemic' for 223 countries and regions, from which they calculate a global figure. Globally, the model estimates that the total number of excess deaths is a multiple of the reported number of 'confirmed' deaths due to COVID-19. The supposed number of 'confirmed' COVID deaths from January 1, 2020 through February 18, 2024 is 7.03 million. The Economist model's central estimate for excess global mortality is 28.54 million deaths, with lower and upper bounds of 18.48 and 35.22 million deaths, respectively. This means that even if you believe in the Easter Bunny, Tooth Fairy and Sars-Cov-2, in The Economist's central estimate COVID deaths only account for a quarter of excess global mortality. For those of us who don't recognize statistics based on things that don't exist, it is important to reiterate there is no such thing as a “confirmed” COVID case.* Confirmation of something that doesn't exist is an inherent absurdity. I have explained here and here that Sars-Cov-2 is a mythical entity that has never been isolated by anything resembling valid science. The PCR test that supposedly detects Sars-Cov-2 is a non-specific fraud. I have also explained here why the alleged death toll from 'COVID' is a bald-faced fraud, where everything from heart attacks to kidney failure to murder-suicides were reclassified as 'COVID' deaths in order to generate the appearance of a pandemic. Which means whatever the exact excess global mortality since January 2020 is, it is caused almost entirely by the vaxxxines, with a helping hand from inappropriate intubation, patient-culling use of midazolam and remdesivir, and the physical and mental consequences of ‘emergency’ tyranny. Let's Stop Pretending We Don't Know the Cause None of this should come as a surprise to anyone. The recent GCoVS paper and continuing excess mortality are confirmation of what should already be common knowledge. The COVID gene therapies, fraudulently promoted as vaccines, established a reputation early on for causing heart damage and clot-bombing people's blood vessels. The stories about 'turbo cancers' look to be more than just anecdotal tales going by the post-vaxxx elevations in cancer deaths. It was also known early on that adverse event databases in the UK, US, Australia and Europe quickly evinced alarming, skyward jumps in 'vaccine'-related incidents. Governments and corporate media outlets, working in preorchestrated lockstep, portrayed the sudden rise in sudden death as a remarkable coincidence. No way could it be the toxic injections they had brainwashed and bullied the world into receiving; instead, they blamed everything from climate change to referee's whistles. Trusting people who are known to lie for a living, and taking drugs with a penchant for causing heart damage and life-threatening blood clots, in the hope of avoiding a re-badged flu whose 'victims' outlived the average national life expectancy, is the epitome of reckless irrationality. Whether Planet Numbnut has learned anything from the last four years remains to be seen. All indications are that we are going to be subjected to a similar stunt again. The Globalist cabal are already warning (threatening) us of "Disease X", the mysterious pathogen that doesn't yet exist but will, we are assured, strike soon and cause mayhem. Stop, for a moment, and think about the inherent absurdity in that claim. They really do think we are stupid. It’s a pity so much of humanity seems hellbent on proving them correct. Just like COVID-19, Disease X will be a pre-orchestrated scamdemic years in the making, motivated by the globalists' psychopathic fetish for population reduction (genocide), unfettered control and ever-increasing wealth. Don’t be a seaword: Recognize when you are being screwed and do not comply with evil. Share *The WHO criteria for a 'confirmed' Sars-Cov-2 case are: A person with a positive PCR test "regardless of clinical criteria." So you could show absolutely no signs of respiratory illness, but if the deliberately flawed and fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test says you have Sars-Cov-2, then congratulations - you're a 'case.' A person meeting "clinical criteria," which are: "acute onset of fever AND cough"; OR "acute onset of ANY THREE OR MORE of the following signs or symptoms: fever, cough, general weakness/fatigue, headache, myalgia, sore throat, coryza, dyspnoea, nausea/diarrhoea/anorexia." All the above symptoms characterize any number of respiratory and non-respiratory conditions that have nothing to do with fantasy viruses allegedly emanating from a Chinese biolab/wet market/bat/pangolin (four-and-a-half years in, and the geniuses promoting this farce still haven't made up their minds). A person meeting "Epidemiological criteria," which is "contact of a probable or confirmed case, or linked to a COVID-19 cluster" plus a "a positive professional-use or self-test" SARS-CoV-2 Rapid Antigen Test. The RAT test is “less sensitive” at detecting the non-existent Sars-Cov-2 than the fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test, but not to worry, you can always confirm the results of an unreliable RAT test by performing a fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test! I need a drink. https://anthonycolpo.substack.com/p/worlds-biggest-study-on-covid-vaccine?triedRedirect=true
    ANTHONYCOLPO.SUBSTACK.COM
    World's Biggest Study on COVID 'Vaccine' Side Effects Has Been Published.
    'Anti-Vaxxers' and 'Conspiracy Theorists' vs People Who Believe Anything. Guess Who Wins (Again)?
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 22400 Views
  • World's Biggest Study on COVID 'Vaccine' Side Effects Has Been Published.
    'Anti-Vaxxers' and 'Conspiracy Theorists' vs People Who Believe Anything. Guess Who Wins (Again)?

    Anthony Colpo

    The world's biggest study on COVID ‘vaccine’ side effects has recently been published online. Before I discuss the eye-opening findings, I thought it would be instructive to take a quick trip down memory lane and revisit the peak years of COVID insanity. The days when pro-vaxxxers, with all the fervor of religious extremists who think 'AIDS' is a divine punishment, spewed hatred at those of us who just wanted to be left the heck alone. These were the self-righteous, all-knowing idiots who mindlessly recited slogans like Follow The Science!™ while blindly following the crowd.

    It makes for an interesting exercise to see where the science has actually traveled, and compare its findings to what the mainstream lunatic fringe was incessantly yelling just a couple of short years ago.

    Yet Another Clueless 'Journalist' Who Made Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines

    A week or so ago, while searching for something else online, I happened upon an article titled "Just 15 Celebrities Who Have Made Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines." The article appeared on a website called BuzzFeed, and was authored by a Morgan Sloss, whose other epic contributions to literary history include "Margot Robbie Broke Her Silence On Her 'Barbie' Oscar Snub For Best Actress" and "Drew Barrymore Joked That She's Giving Up On Dating Apps After A Guy Lied To Her About Being An NFL Quarterback."

    Something tells me Morgan doesn't spend a whole lot of time analyzing research papers.

    BuzzFeed, an eager outlet for brain-dead celebrity gossip, doesn't exactly qualify as an impartial stalwart of science, either. Especially when it receives money from Pfizer in return for placing paid posts on its website.


    "As of today," laments Sloss in her article, which was last updated on November 3, 2021, "only 61% of Americans have been fully vaccinated against COVID-19, despite concerns about the Delta and Omicron variants."

    She continues:

    "With so many people refusing the COVID vaccine — even though it is CDC-recommended and proven to be safe — I thought it would be interesting to look back and see which celebrities have taken anti-vax stances in the past." (Bold emphasis added)

    She then goes on to list a bunch of celebrities who allegedly made "Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines."

    As an example of what Sloss considers "Seriously Misinformed," she cites a chap called Offset. In December 2020, Mr Offset was asked by TMZ if he would be getting the COVID pseudo-vaccine, and he replied in the negative. "I don't trust it," he said.

    Perfectly reasonable and cautious stance, methinks.

    Six months prior to Sloss penning her seriously misinformed article, Offset said he still hadn't been gene therapied while on the radio show The Breakfast Club. "I'm not tryna be a lab rat, man," he said.

    Well, that's just not cricket according to Sloss, who says it's a "fact that the vaccines were tested in large-scale clinical trials, endorsed by the FDA, and have been given to more than 200 million Americans."

    It's true that the pseudo-vaccines were 'tested' in large-scale clinical trials - and shown to be utterly useless (for those who are shocked or outraged by this statement, you can begin your much-needed deprogramming here, here, here, here, here, and here).

    It's also true that the pseudo-vaccines were endorsed by the terminally corrupt FDA, an agency with a notorious revolving door with the industries it is supposed to regulate, one that derives 75% of its drug review funding from the very companies whose drugs it reviews. Gee, no possible conflict of interest there!

    And, according to the official stats, it's true that over 200 million Americans have received the poison pricks. Those same Americans are now suffering an alarming jump in excess mortality.

    None of those things mean the 'vaccines' are "proven to be safe." To the contrary, they all point to one conclusion: The 'vaccines' are a dangerous fraud promoted by a pack of corrupt grubs.

    With all due respect, Sloss clearly has no idea what she is talking about, and neither do the angry ferals that pollute the comments section following her article. That comments section is a shining monument to the proud, militant gullibility and stupidity that hallmarked the peak years of COVID insanity.

    An anonymous hate-ball using the moniker ‘seaword’ typifies the seething disdain held by the stupid towards those who were wary of taking a drug based on a technology with a 30-year track record of failure.

    "What's even more dangerous than these morons," says seaword of people who refuse to take dangerous gene therapies, "is the people that believe their bullshit. Not one of them has a medical degree or any type of education in virology, epidemiology or infectious diseases. 'BuT i DiD mY rEsEarCh'. Piss off wankers."


    Says the histrionic wanker who thinks celebrity gossip columnists are legitimate sources of health information.

    The remainder of the comments section is an orgy of hate hurled at people who don't go along with the crowd, by people whose brains would crack under the strain of attempting an original thought. Here’s a sampling of the kind of towering intellect that characterizes the Church of Vaxxx:

    When you're dumb enough to believe an obvious liar like Anthony Fauci, there is no limit to the crazed vile you'll launch at those with the temerity to not be as gullible as you.


    So, 2-and-a-half years on, how is the cocksure hatred and arrogance of the pro-vaxxxine mob travelling?

    Is it ageing like a fine wine, or decomposing like a dead fish?

    With so many people 'mysteriously' dropping dead or sustaining debilitating illnesses, I thought it would be interesting to look at some of the more recent data confirming what a truly horrendous act the COVID gene therapies were.

    Follow the Science: Largest Study to Date Confirms Vaxxxine Dangers

    On February 12, Vaccine journal published a study by The Global COVID Vaccine Safety (GCoVS) Project evaluating the risk of "adverse events of special interest" following COVID-19 'vaccination.'

    Encompassing ten sites across 8 countries, this is the largest published study to date on the topic of COVID 'vaccine' side effects. The study sample included over 99 million 'vaccinated' individuals from Argentina, Australia, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, New Zealand and Scotland.

    Rest assured, this was no collaboration by so-called 'anti-vaxxers.' The GCoVS project is financed by the industry-funded and intensely pro-vaccine Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Public Health Ontario and Canadian health research institute ICES. A number of the researchers have financial ties to drug companies including GSK, Gilead Sciences, Lundbeck, Novo Nordisk, Sanofi and Pfizer.

    Hardly a group that stands to gain from dumping on the wares of Big Pharma. Quite the opposite, in fact.

    The study focused on a small portion of the hundreds of different side effects linked to the COVID gene therapies. The researchers examined thirteen adverse events of special interest (AESIs), falling under 3 main categories: Neurological, hematologic (blood), and cardiovascular.

    The researchers calculated AESI risk on the basis of “Observed versus Expected” (OE) incidents, occurring up to 42 days after injection. That means they calculated the expected number of cases using pre-vaxxx background rates of the studied AESIs from 2015 to 2019 (2019–2020 for Denmark). These rates were then compared with the rates observed in the study's vaxxxinated sample up to six weeks post-injection.

    The study periods ranged between December 2020 and August 2023. Three gene therapies were included in the analysis: Pfizer's BNT162b2, Moderna's mRNA-1273, and AstraZeneca's ChAdOx1 vaccines.

    Most 'vaccine' recipients were in the 20–59-year age range. The states with the highest numbers of doses in the study were Ontario, Canada (32,159,817) - ruled by Castro-loving tyrant Justin Trudeau - and Victoria, Australia (15,617,627), whose once-vibrant capital Melbourne became the world's most locked-down city under the dictatorship of lanky psychopath Dan Andrews.

    When the data were analysed, several disturbing findings emerged.

    Myocarditis and Pericarditis

    Administration of all three vaccines significantly increased the risk of myocarditis and pericarditis. After the first and second Pfizercarditis shots, the OE ratios for myocarditis were 2.78 and 2.86, respectively. The risk remained doubled after the third and fourth shots.

    The first and second Moderna shots, meanwhile, delivered alarming OE ratios for myocarditis of 3.48 and 6.10, respectively.

    The mainstream has done its best to reframe myocarditis as a usually "mild and transient" condition. The mainstream, of course, thrives on misleading people. Myocarditis is an inflammation of the myocardium, the middle muscular layer of the heart wall. The condition may be acute and resolve quickly, or it may be chronic. Interestingly, the American Heart Association defines "chronic" as lasting longer than two weeks, which means most of the case reports of vaxxx-related myocarditis are chronic as all get out.

    Just to be clear, we're not talking about a sprained ankle here. In severe cases, myocarditis can lead to stroke, heart attack, heart failure or death.

    Which would really ruin your day. Especially when the cause was a drug that was never a vaccine (it's an out-and-out gene therapy) that you took in order to fight a virus that has never been isolated.

    The third AstraZeneca shot delivered a heart-scorching OE ratio for pericarditis of 6.91, while doses 1 and 4 of the Moderna drug produced OE ratios of 1.74 and 2.64, respectively.

    Pericarditis is inflammation of the pericardium, a sac-like structure that surrounds the heart. As with myocarditis, the condition can be acute or chronic. A common symptom of pericarditis is chest pain, the kind that feels like you're having a heart attack. Again, not a fun way to celebrate being Fauci-Ouchied against a virus that has never been shown to exist.

    Blood Clots in the Brain

    Cerebral venous sinus thrombosis is a condition where blood clots form in the brain, greatly increasing the risk of a life-threatening hemorrhage. No-one wants that. Not even seaword, who already acts brain-dead.

    Higher than expected rates of CVST were observed after the first dose of all three drugs, with an OE of 3.23 for the AstraZeneca shot. A statistically significant increase in CVST risk was also observed after the second Pfizer dose.

    Nuking the Nervous System

    The risk of suffering nasty neurological conditions was also greatly increased after receiving the 'vaccines.'

    An OE ratio for Guillain-Barré syndrome of 2.49 was observed for the AstraZeneca clot shot, while the OE for transverse myelitis was almost doubled by the AZ shot.

    Guillain-Barré syndrome is a normally rare disorder in which the body's immune system attacks the nerves. As the condition develops, it can eventually paralyze the entire body. Severe cases can be fatal. For those who survive, recovery may take up to several years, and some may suffer lasting effects, such as weakness, numbness or fatigue.

    Transverse myelitis is no laughing matter either. It involves inflammation of the spinal cord, and can cause pain, muscle weakness, paralysis, sensory problems, or bladder and bowel dysfunction.

    Uncontrollably shitting one’s pants to avoid getting the sniffles? I’ll pass.

    If treated early, some people can experience a complete or near complete recovery. Other patients may never show signs of recovery. Those who do experience partial or complete recovery can expect the process to take up to two years.

    In the case of acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, OE ratios of 3.78 and 2.23 were observed for the Moderna and AstraZeneca vaxxxines, respectively.

    Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis is an autoimmune disease marked by sudden, widespread inflammation in the brain and spinal cord. It results in damage to the myelin sheath surrounding and protecting nerve cells. It affects mostly children and a clue as to why has somehow made it past the censors at Wikipedia, which admits (as of this writing) the cause of acute disseminated encephalomyelitis "is often a trigger such as from viral infection or vaccinations."


    Most children make a complete or nearly complete recovery from ADEM, although it can take up to a year for symptoms to resolve. Some patients have ongoing symptoms such as blurred vision, weakness, numbness and/or incoordination.

    Not something any innocent child should have to suffer through. Yet another reason why, when the government and drug companies ask you to serve up your kids in order to save grandma from a non-existent virus, you should immediately and emphatically tell them to self-fornicate.

    The Current Excess Mortality Situation

    Numerous commentators, including yours truly, have written previously about the striking increase in excess mortality seen around the world since the vaxxx rollout.

    Australia, a highly-vaxxxed country where people love to do as they are told while bizarrely viewing themselves as a bunch of knockabout renegades, is a classic example.

    During 2022, there was a 15.3% increase in mortality compared to the Australian baseline average - a jump in death rates not seen since World War II.

    As of this writing, Australian mortality statistics for 2023 have been compiled for the period up to November 30. They show that excess mortality is still 10% above the baseline average. That's 15,114 excess deaths - the equivalent of a Boeing 747 full of passengers crashing every week for 33 weeks straight.

    Meanwhile, the terminally corrupt, industry-funded TGA (Australian for FDA, mate!) is still sticking to its absurd story that it has only "identified 14 reports where the cause of death was linked to vaccination."

    The TGA clearly isn't looking very hard. More like looking the other way.

    Oh, did I mention that the TGA is an intensely pro-pharma arm of the Corporation, oops, Commonwealth of Australia, that receives 96% of its funding from industry?

    The ABS mortality stats show that while diagnoses of the renamed flu called COVID are down, deaths due to respiratory diseases in November 2023 were 13% above baseline average and 6% higher than in 2022.

    Take a drug that supposedly protects you against a deadly respiratory infection, only to suffer a higher risk of deadly respiratory infection?

    If that doesn't show what an egregious farce the COVID vaxxx campaign is, I don't know what does.

    Cancer deaths also appear to be on the rise. Deaths from cancer up to November 2023 were 6.9% above baseline; during 2022, they were 6% above baseline.

    The death toll from several other causes receded from 2022 levels, but still remained above baseline.

    Deaths due to dementia up to the end of November 2023 remained 11.7% above baseline.

    Deaths due to other cardiac causes (not including ischaemic heart disease) were 11% above baseline, while deaths due to diabetes were 15.4% above the baseline average.

    In a finding that will no doubt delight the feminazis, the male death rate for all age groups was higher than the female death rate, with the largest rate ratio seen in the youngest age group and smallest in the oldest age group.

    Male Privilege™, baby!

    We Are The World, We Are The Prey

    Australia is hardly alone in its post-vaxxx plight.

    The Economist constructed a machine-learning model to estimate the number of excess deaths during the 'pandemic' for 223 countries and regions, from which they calculate a global figure.

    Globally, the model estimates that the total number of excess deaths is a multiple of the reported number of 'confirmed' deaths due to COVID-19.

    The supposed number of 'confirmed' COVID deaths from January 1, 2020 through February 18, 2024 is 7.03 million.

    The Economist model's central estimate for excess global mortality is 28.54 million deaths, with lower and upper bounds of 18.48 and 35.22 million deaths, respectively.


    This means that even if you believe in the Easter Bunny, Tooth Fairy and Sars-Cov-2, in The Economist's central estimate COVID deaths only account for a quarter of excess global mortality.

    For those of us who don't recognize statistics based on things that don't exist, it is important to reiterate there is no such thing as a “confirmed” COVID case.* Confirmation of something that doesn't exist is an inherent absurdity.

    I have explained here and here that Sars-Cov-2 is a mythical entity that has never been isolated by anything resembling valid science.

    The PCR test that supposedly detects Sars-Cov-2 is a non-specific fraud.

    I have also explained here why the alleged death toll from 'COVID' is a bald-faced fraud, where everything from heart attacks to kidney failure to murder-suicides were reclassified as 'COVID' deaths in order to generate the appearance of a pandemic.

    Which means whatever the exact excess global mortality since January 2020 is, it is caused almost entirely by the vaxxxines, with a helping hand from inappropriate intubation, patient-culling use of midazolam and remdesivir, and the physical and mental consequences of ‘emergency’ tyranny.

    Let's Stop Pretending We Don't Know the Cause

    None of this should come as a surprise to anyone. The recent GCoVS paper and continuing excess mortality are confirmation of what should already be common knowledge. The COVID gene therapies, fraudulently promoted as vaccines, established a reputation early on for causing heart damage and clot-bombing people's blood vessels. The stories about 'turbo cancers' look to be more than just anecdotal tales going by the post-vaxxx elevations in cancer deaths. It was also known early on that adverse event databases in the UK, US, Australia and Europe quickly evinced alarming, skyward jumps in 'vaccine'-related incidents.

    Governments and corporate media outlets, working in preorchestrated lockstep, portrayed the sudden rise in sudden death as a remarkable coincidence. No way could it be the toxic injections they had brainwashed and bullied the world into receiving; instead, they blamed everything from climate change to referee's whistles.


    Trusting people who are known to lie for a living, and taking drugs with a penchant for causing heart damage and life-threatening blood clots, in the hope of avoiding a re-badged flu whose 'victims' outlived the average national life expectancy, is the epitome of reckless irrationality.

    Whether Planet Numbnut has learned anything from the last four years remains to be seen. All indications are that we are going to be subjected to a similar stunt again. The Globalist cabal are already warning (threatening) us of "Disease X", the mysterious pathogen that doesn't yet exist but will, we are assured, strike soon and cause mayhem.

    Stop, for a moment, and think about the inherent absurdity in that claim.

    They really do think we are stupid. It’s a pity so much of humanity seems hellbent on proving them correct.

    Just like COVID-19, Disease X will be a pre-orchestrated scamdemic years in the making, motivated by the globalists' psychopathic fetish for population reduction (genocide), unfettered control and ever-increasing wealth.

    Don’t be a seaword: Recognize when you are being screwed and do not comply with evil.

    Share


    *The WHO criteria for a 'confirmed' Sars-Cov-2 case are:

    A person with a positive PCR test "regardless of clinical criteria." So you could show absolutely no signs of respiratory illness, but if the deliberately flawed and fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test says you have Sars-Cov-2, then congratulations - you're a 'case.'

    A person meeting "clinical criteria," which are:

    "acute onset of fever AND cough";

    OR

    "acute onset of ANY THREE OR MORE of the following signs or symptoms: fever, cough, general weakness/fatigue, headache, myalgia, sore throat, coryza, dyspnoea, nausea/diarrhoea/anorexia."

    All the above symptoms characterize any number of respiratory and non-respiratory conditions that have nothing to do with fantasy viruses allegedly emanating from a Chinese biolab/wet market/bat/pangolin (four-and-a-half years in, and the geniuses promoting this farce still haven't made up their minds).

    A person meeting "Epidemiological criteria," which is "contact of a probable or confirmed case, or linked to a COVID-19 cluster" plus a "a positive professional-use or self-test" SARS-CoV-2 Rapid Antigen Test. The RAT test is “less sensitive” at detecting the non-existent Sars-Cov-2 than the fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test, but not to worry, you can always confirm the results of an unreliable RAT test by performing a fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test!

    I need a drink.

    https://substack.com/home/post/p-142231776
    World's Biggest Study on COVID 'Vaccine' Side Effects Has Been Published. 'Anti-Vaxxers' and 'Conspiracy Theorists' vs People Who Believe Anything. Guess Who Wins (Again)? Anthony Colpo The world's biggest study on COVID ‘vaccine’ side effects has recently been published online. Before I discuss the eye-opening findings, I thought it would be instructive to take a quick trip down memory lane and revisit the peak years of COVID insanity. The days when pro-vaxxxers, with all the fervor of religious extremists who think 'AIDS' is a divine punishment, spewed hatred at those of us who just wanted to be left the heck alone. These were the self-righteous, all-knowing idiots who mindlessly recited slogans like Follow The Science!™ while blindly following the crowd. It makes for an interesting exercise to see where the science has actually traveled, and compare its findings to what the mainstream lunatic fringe was incessantly yelling just a couple of short years ago. Yet Another Clueless 'Journalist' Who Made Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines A week or so ago, while searching for something else online, I happened upon an article titled "Just 15 Celebrities Who Have Made Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines." The article appeared on a website called BuzzFeed, and was authored by a Morgan Sloss, whose other epic contributions to literary history include "Margot Robbie Broke Her Silence On Her 'Barbie' Oscar Snub For Best Actress" and "Drew Barrymore Joked That She's Giving Up On Dating Apps After A Guy Lied To Her About Being An NFL Quarterback." Something tells me Morgan doesn't spend a whole lot of time analyzing research papers. BuzzFeed, an eager outlet for brain-dead celebrity gossip, doesn't exactly qualify as an impartial stalwart of science, either. Especially when it receives money from Pfizer in return for placing paid posts on its website. "As of today," laments Sloss in her article, which was last updated on November 3, 2021, "only 61% of Americans have been fully vaccinated against COVID-19, despite concerns about the Delta and Omicron variants." She continues: "With so many people refusing the COVID vaccine — even though it is CDC-recommended and proven to be safe — I thought it would be interesting to look back and see which celebrities have taken anti-vax stances in the past." (Bold emphasis added) She then goes on to list a bunch of celebrities who allegedly made "Seriously Misinformed Statements About Vaccines." As an example of what Sloss considers "Seriously Misinformed," she cites a chap called Offset. In December 2020, Mr Offset was asked by TMZ if he would be getting the COVID pseudo-vaccine, and he replied in the negative. "I don't trust it," he said. Perfectly reasonable and cautious stance, methinks. Six months prior to Sloss penning her seriously misinformed article, Offset said he still hadn't been gene therapied while on the radio show The Breakfast Club. "I'm not tryna be a lab rat, man," he said. Well, that's just not cricket according to Sloss, who says it's a "fact that the vaccines were tested in large-scale clinical trials, endorsed by the FDA, and have been given to more than 200 million Americans." It's true that the pseudo-vaccines were 'tested' in large-scale clinical trials - and shown to be utterly useless (for those who are shocked or outraged by this statement, you can begin your much-needed deprogramming here, here, here, here, here, and here). It's also true that the pseudo-vaccines were endorsed by the terminally corrupt FDA, an agency with a notorious revolving door with the industries it is supposed to regulate, one that derives 75% of its drug review funding from the very companies whose drugs it reviews. Gee, no possible conflict of interest there! And, according to the official stats, it's true that over 200 million Americans have received the poison pricks. Those same Americans are now suffering an alarming jump in excess mortality. None of those things mean the 'vaccines' are "proven to be safe." To the contrary, they all point to one conclusion: The 'vaccines' are a dangerous fraud promoted by a pack of corrupt grubs. With all due respect, Sloss clearly has no idea what she is talking about, and neither do the angry ferals that pollute the comments section following her article. That comments section is a shining monument to the proud, militant gullibility and stupidity that hallmarked the peak years of COVID insanity. An anonymous hate-ball using the moniker ‘seaword’ typifies the seething disdain held by the stupid towards those who were wary of taking a drug based on a technology with a 30-year track record of failure. "What's even more dangerous than these morons," says seaword of people who refuse to take dangerous gene therapies, "is the people that believe their bullshit. Not one of them has a medical degree or any type of education in virology, epidemiology or infectious diseases. 'BuT i DiD mY rEsEarCh'. Piss off wankers." Says the histrionic wanker who thinks celebrity gossip columnists are legitimate sources of health information. The remainder of the comments section is an orgy of hate hurled at people who don't go along with the crowd, by people whose brains would crack under the strain of attempting an original thought. Here’s a sampling of the kind of towering intellect that characterizes the Church of Vaxxx: When you're dumb enough to believe an obvious liar like Anthony Fauci, there is no limit to the crazed vile you'll launch at those with the temerity to not be as gullible as you. So, 2-and-a-half years on, how is the cocksure hatred and arrogance of the pro-vaxxxine mob travelling? Is it ageing like a fine wine, or decomposing like a dead fish? With so many people 'mysteriously' dropping dead or sustaining debilitating illnesses, I thought it would be interesting to look at some of the more recent data confirming what a truly horrendous act the COVID gene therapies were. Follow the Science: Largest Study to Date Confirms Vaxxxine Dangers On February 12, Vaccine journal published a study by The Global COVID Vaccine Safety (GCoVS) Project evaluating the risk of "adverse events of special interest" following COVID-19 'vaccination.' Encompassing ten sites across 8 countries, this is the largest published study to date on the topic of COVID 'vaccine' side effects. The study sample included over 99 million 'vaccinated' individuals from Argentina, Australia, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, New Zealand and Scotland. Rest assured, this was no collaboration by so-called 'anti-vaxxers.' The GCoVS project is financed by the industry-funded and intensely pro-vaccine Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Public Health Ontario and Canadian health research institute ICES. A number of the researchers have financial ties to drug companies including GSK, Gilead Sciences, Lundbeck, Novo Nordisk, Sanofi and Pfizer. Hardly a group that stands to gain from dumping on the wares of Big Pharma. Quite the opposite, in fact. The study focused on a small portion of the hundreds of different side effects linked to the COVID gene therapies. The researchers examined thirteen adverse events of special interest (AESIs), falling under 3 main categories: Neurological, hematologic (blood), and cardiovascular. The researchers calculated AESI risk on the basis of “Observed versus Expected” (OE) incidents, occurring up to 42 days after injection. That means they calculated the expected number of cases using pre-vaxxx background rates of the studied AESIs from 2015 to 2019 (2019–2020 for Denmark). These rates were then compared with the rates observed in the study's vaxxxinated sample up to six weeks post-injection. The study periods ranged between December 2020 and August 2023. Three gene therapies were included in the analysis: Pfizer's BNT162b2, Moderna's mRNA-1273, and AstraZeneca's ChAdOx1 vaccines. Most 'vaccine' recipients were in the 20–59-year age range. The states with the highest numbers of doses in the study were Ontario, Canada (32,159,817) - ruled by Castro-loving tyrant Justin Trudeau - and Victoria, Australia (15,617,627), whose once-vibrant capital Melbourne became the world's most locked-down city under the dictatorship of lanky psychopath Dan Andrews. When the data were analysed, several disturbing findings emerged. Myocarditis and Pericarditis Administration of all three vaccines significantly increased the risk of myocarditis and pericarditis. After the first and second Pfizercarditis shots, the OE ratios for myocarditis were 2.78 and 2.86, respectively. The risk remained doubled after the third and fourth shots. The first and second Moderna shots, meanwhile, delivered alarming OE ratios for myocarditis of 3.48 and 6.10, respectively. The mainstream has done its best to reframe myocarditis as a usually "mild and transient" condition. The mainstream, of course, thrives on misleading people. Myocarditis is an inflammation of the myocardium, the middle muscular layer of the heart wall. The condition may be acute and resolve quickly, or it may be chronic. Interestingly, the American Heart Association defines "chronic" as lasting longer than two weeks, which means most of the case reports of vaxxx-related myocarditis are chronic as all get out. Just to be clear, we're not talking about a sprained ankle here. In severe cases, myocarditis can lead to stroke, heart attack, heart failure or death. Which would really ruin your day. Especially when the cause was a drug that was never a vaccine (it's an out-and-out gene therapy) that you took in order to fight a virus that has never been isolated. The third AstraZeneca shot delivered a heart-scorching OE ratio for pericarditis of 6.91, while doses 1 and 4 of the Moderna drug produced OE ratios of 1.74 and 2.64, respectively. Pericarditis is inflammation of the pericardium, a sac-like structure that surrounds the heart. As with myocarditis, the condition can be acute or chronic. A common symptom of pericarditis is chest pain, the kind that feels like you're having a heart attack. Again, not a fun way to celebrate being Fauci-Ouchied against a virus that has never been shown to exist. Blood Clots in the Brain Cerebral venous sinus thrombosis is a condition where blood clots form in the brain, greatly increasing the risk of a life-threatening hemorrhage. No-one wants that. Not even seaword, who already acts brain-dead. Higher than expected rates of CVST were observed after the first dose of all three drugs, with an OE of 3.23 for the AstraZeneca shot. A statistically significant increase in CVST risk was also observed after the second Pfizer dose. Nuking the Nervous System The risk of suffering nasty neurological conditions was also greatly increased after receiving the 'vaccines.' An OE ratio for Guillain-Barré syndrome of 2.49 was observed for the AstraZeneca clot shot, while the OE for transverse myelitis was almost doubled by the AZ shot. Guillain-Barré syndrome is a normally rare disorder in which the body's immune system attacks the nerves. As the condition develops, it can eventually paralyze the entire body. Severe cases can be fatal. For those who survive, recovery may take up to several years, and some may suffer lasting effects, such as weakness, numbness or fatigue. Transverse myelitis is no laughing matter either. It involves inflammation of the spinal cord, and can cause pain, muscle weakness, paralysis, sensory problems, or bladder and bowel dysfunction. Uncontrollably shitting one’s pants to avoid getting the sniffles? I’ll pass. If treated early, some people can experience a complete or near complete recovery. Other patients may never show signs of recovery. Those who do experience partial or complete recovery can expect the process to take up to two years. In the case of acute disseminated encephalomyelitis, OE ratios of 3.78 and 2.23 were observed for the Moderna and AstraZeneca vaxxxines, respectively. Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis is an autoimmune disease marked by sudden, widespread inflammation in the brain and spinal cord. It results in damage to the myelin sheath surrounding and protecting nerve cells. It affects mostly children and a clue as to why has somehow made it past the censors at Wikipedia, which admits (as of this writing) the cause of acute disseminated encephalomyelitis "is often a trigger such as from viral infection or vaccinations." Most children make a complete or nearly complete recovery from ADEM, although it can take up to a year for symptoms to resolve. Some patients have ongoing symptoms such as blurred vision, weakness, numbness and/or incoordination. Not something any innocent child should have to suffer through. Yet another reason why, when the government and drug companies ask you to serve up your kids in order to save grandma from a non-existent virus, you should immediately and emphatically tell them to self-fornicate. The Current Excess Mortality Situation Numerous commentators, including yours truly, have written previously about the striking increase in excess mortality seen around the world since the vaxxx rollout. Australia, a highly-vaxxxed country where people love to do as they are told while bizarrely viewing themselves as a bunch of knockabout renegades, is a classic example. During 2022, there was a 15.3% increase in mortality compared to the Australian baseline average - a jump in death rates not seen since World War II. As of this writing, Australian mortality statistics for 2023 have been compiled for the period up to November 30. They show that excess mortality is still 10% above the baseline average. That's 15,114 excess deaths - the equivalent of a Boeing 747 full of passengers crashing every week for 33 weeks straight. Meanwhile, the terminally corrupt, industry-funded TGA (Australian for FDA, mate!) is still sticking to its absurd story that it has only "identified 14 reports where the cause of death was linked to vaccination." The TGA clearly isn't looking very hard. More like looking the other way. Oh, did I mention that the TGA is an intensely pro-pharma arm of the Corporation, oops, Commonwealth of Australia, that receives 96% of its funding from industry? The ABS mortality stats show that while diagnoses of the renamed flu called COVID are down, deaths due to respiratory diseases in November 2023 were 13% above baseline average and 6% higher than in 2022. Take a drug that supposedly protects you against a deadly respiratory infection, only to suffer a higher risk of deadly respiratory infection? If that doesn't show what an egregious farce the COVID vaxxx campaign is, I don't know what does. Cancer deaths also appear to be on the rise. Deaths from cancer up to November 2023 were 6.9% above baseline; during 2022, they were 6% above baseline. The death toll from several other causes receded from 2022 levels, but still remained above baseline. Deaths due to dementia up to the end of November 2023 remained 11.7% above baseline. Deaths due to other cardiac causes (not including ischaemic heart disease) were 11% above baseline, while deaths due to diabetes were 15.4% above the baseline average. In a finding that will no doubt delight the feminazis, the male death rate for all age groups was higher than the female death rate, with the largest rate ratio seen in the youngest age group and smallest in the oldest age group. Male Privilege™, baby! We Are The World, We Are The Prey Australia is hardly alone in its post-vaxxx plight. The Economist constructed a machine-learning model to estimate the number of excess deaths during the 'pandemic' for 223 countries and regions, from which they calculate a global figure. Globally, the model estimates that the total number of excess deaths is a multiple of the reported number of 'confirmed' deaths due to COVID-19. The supposed number of 'confirmed' COVID deaths from January 1, 2020 through February 18, 2024 is 7.03 million. The Economist model's central estimate for excess global mortality is 28.54 million deaths, with lower and upper bounds of 18.48 and 35.22 million deaths, respectively. This means that even if you believe in the Easter Bunny, Tooth Fairy and Sars-Cov-2, in The Economist's central estimate COVID deaths only account for a quarter of excess global mortality. For those of us who don't recognize statistics based on things that don't exist, it is important to reiterate there is no such thing as a “confirmed” COVID case.* Confirmation of something that doesn't exist is an inherent absurdity. I have explained here and here that Sars-Cov-2 is a mythical entity that has never been isolated by anything resembling valid science. The PCR test that supposedly detects Sars-Cov-2 is a non-specific fraud. I have also explained here why the alleged death toll from 'COVID' is a bald-faced fraud, where everything from heart attacks to kidney failure to murder-suicides were reclassified as 'COVID' deaths in order to generate the appearance of a pandemic. Which means whatever the exact excess global mortality since January 2020 is, it is caused almost entirely by the vaxxxines, with a helping hand from inappropriate intubation, patient-culling use of midazolam and remdesivir, and the physical and mental consequences of ‘emergency’ tyranny. Let's Stop Pretending We Don't Know the Cause None of this should come as a surprise to anyone. The recent GCoVS paper and continuing excess mortality are confirmation of what should already be common knowledge. The COVID gene therapies, fraudulently promoted as vaccines, established a reputation early on for causing heart damage and clot-bombing people's blood vessels. The stories about 'turbo cancers' look to be more than just anecdotal tales going by the post-vaxxx elevations in cancer deaths. It was also known early on that adverse event databases in the UK, US, Australia and Europe quickly evinced alarming, skyward jumps in 'vaccine'-related incidents. Governments and corporate media outlets, working in preorchestrated lockstep, portrayed the sudden rise in sudden death as a remarkable coincidence. No way could it be the toxic injections they had brainwashed and bullied the world into receiving; instead, they blamed everything from climate change to referee's whistles. Trusting people who are known to lie for a living, and taking drugs with a penchant for causing heart damage and life-threatening blood clots, in the hope of avoiding a re-badged flu whose 'victims' outlived the average national life expectancy, is the epitome of reckless irrationality. Whether Planet Numbnut has learned anything from the last four years remains to be seen. All indications are that we are going to be subjected to a similar stunt again. The Globalist cabal are already warning (threatening) us of "Disease X", the mysterious pathogen that doesn't yet exist but will, we are assured, strike soon and cause mayhem. Stop, for a moment, and think about the inherent absurdity in that claim. They really do think we are stupid. It’s a pity so much of humanity seems hellbent on proving them correct. Just like COVID-19, Disease X will be a pre-orchestrated scamdemic years in the making, motivated by the globalists' psychopathic fetish for population reduction (genocide), unfettered control and ever-increasing wealth. Don’t be a seaword: Recognize when you are being screwed and do not comply with evil. Share *The WHO criteria for a 'confirmed' Sars-Cov-2 case are: A person with a positive PCR test "regardless of clinical criteria." So you could show absolutely no signs of respiratory illness, but if the deliberately flawed and fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test says you have Sars-Cov-2, then congratulations - you're a 'case.' A person meeting "clinical criteria," which are: "acute onset of fever AND cough"; OR "acute onset of ANY THREE OR MORE of the following signs or symptoms: fever, cough, general weakness/fatigue, headache, myalgia, sore throat, coryza, dyspnoea, nausea/diarrhoea/anorexia." All the above symptoms characterize any number of respiratory and non-respiratory conditions that have nothing to do with fantasy viruses allegedly emanating from a Chinese biolab/wet market/bat/pangolin (four-and-a-half years in, and the geniuses promoting this farce still haven't made up their minds). A person meeting "Epidemiological criteria," which is "contact of a probable or confirmed case, or linked to a COVID-19 cluster" plus a "a positive professional-use or self-test" SARS-CoV-2 Rapid Antigen Test. The RAT test is “less sensitive” at detecting the non-existent Sars-Cov-2 than the fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test, but not to worry, you can always confirm the results of an unreliable RAT test by performing a fraudulent Sars-Cov-2 PCR test! I need a drink. https://substack.com/home/post/p-142231776
    SUBSTACK.COM
    World's Biggest Study on COVID 'Vaccine' Side Effects Has Been Published.
    'Anti-Vaxxers' and 'Conspiracy Theorists' vs People Who Believe Anything. Guess Who Wins (Again)?
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 20660 Views
  • Meet the Mad Scientist Who wants to Fight Climate Change by Making Humans Smaller and Allergic to Meat.
    Yes, it's a crazy world.

    Anthony Colpo

    If WEF frontman Klaus Schwab is your archetypal Bond villain, S. Matthew Liao is your textbook classic evil nerd. The kind that should be locked away somewhere he can't hurt anybody.

    If you think I'm being harsh, read on.

    I first became aware of Laio, a 'bioethicist' at NYU, several years ago while researching the nonsensical Unified Cow Fart Theory of Global Warming put forward by people who think the ultimate in human nutrition is to eat like a rabbit.

    During the course of that research, I came upon a 2012 paper Liao co-authored with UK professors Anders Sandberg and Rebecca Roache titled “Human Engineering and Climate Change.”

    The paper begins by claiming "Anthropogenic climate change is arguably one of the biggest problems that confront us today."

    I can't disagree with that. The nonsensical claim that the minsicule 0.28% of global greenhouse gases attributable to humans has caused runaway warming is being used to implement measures with potentially dire consequences for both the global economy and human wellbeing.

    That is a big problem.

    This feigned concern for the environment, by the way, is organized and funded by the same people who masterminded the campaign to pollute the entire human species with toxic gene therapies ('Lockstep' author and dark money 'philanthropy’ outfit Rockefeller Foundation, for example, recently announced they were pumping $1 billion dollars to advance climate bribes “solutions”). These are the same people heavily invested in industries that pollute both our bodies and the environment with all manner of toxic porqueria.

    Climate change is not a science, but a religion. It is not comprised of known facts based on valid and reproducible experimentation, but a belief system resting entirely upon the highly fallible (and often fraudulent) practice of climate modelling. That modelling is used to issue doomsday forecasts, expressly designed to scare the population into compliance. Those who dare express skepticism of this nonsense are derided as "deniers," no matter how sound their arguments.

    Of course, Liao, Sandberg and Roache don't see climate change as a problem for the same reasons I do. Liao really seems to believe Planet Earth is in danger of becoming Planet Hot Pot With Extra Chili if we don't "do something" yesterday, and his co-authors are happy to tag along for the ride.

    A brief intro to this trio is in order.

    S. Matthew Liao is a bioethicist at NYU Global School of Public Health. As you’re about to see, Liao has a rather twisted set of ethics, and I find it quite worrying to read he “provides students with an education grounded in a broad conception of bioethics encompassing both medical and environmental ethics.”

    Anders Sandberg is a Swedish transhumanist and currently a senior research fellow at the Future of Humanity Institute at the University of Oxford which, along with Loma Linda University in the US, has produced most of the world’s peer-reviewed propaganda epidemiology erroneously claiming meat-free diets are better for you.

    In 2018, Sandberg published a paper on arxiv.org entitled "Blueberry Earth", which finally answered the pressing question that has bothered great minds for centuries:

    "What if the entire Earth was instantaneously replaced with an equal volume of closely packed, but uncompressed blueberries?"

    Seriously.

    Rebecca Roache, formerly of Oxford, is now a Senior Lecturer in Philosophy at Royal Holloway, University of London. According to Wikipedia, Roache “is particularly noted for her work on swearing, which has featured in various media, such as the BBC.”

    If that’s not the resume of a trio with way too much time on their hands, I don’t know what is.

    So now you know the intellectual caliber of this brains trust, let’s see how it proposes to solve the non-existent problem of anthropogenic global warming.

    Noting that geoengineering is too risky (I think they just confirmed another conspiracy theory as fact), our heroic trio propose something every bit as dicey and stupid:

    Biomedical human engineering.

    According to Liao et al, this "involves biomedical modifications of humans so that they can mitigate and/or adapt to climate change." They further argue that this Frankensteinian idiocy "is potentially less risky" than geoengineering.

    As staunch believers in the nonsensical Unified Cow Fart Theory of Global Warming, the first order of business for our intrepid trio would be to create “Pharmacological meat intolerance.”

    Because "people often lack the motivation or willpower to give up eating red meat," they write, "a more realistic option might be to induce mild intolerance (akin, e.g., to milk intolerance) to these kinds of meat."

    "While meat intolerance is normally uncommon," they continue, oblivious to the fact they've just confirmed meat is an ideal, evolutionary-correct food for humans, "in principle, it could be induced by stimulating the immune system against common bovine proteins."

    "The immune system would then become primed to react to such proteins, and henceforth eating ‘eco-unfriendly’ food would induce unpleasant experiences," they continue.

    "A potentially safe and practical way of delivering such intolerance may be to produce ‘meat’ patches – akin to nicotine patches," they write. "We can produce patches for those animals that contribute the most to greenhouse gas emissions and encourage people to use such patches."

    Kids, this is why you need to avoid drugs, vegan propaganda, and mad scientists masquerading as university professors.

    But our cray cray trio aren’t finished yet. Heck no.

    Their next brilliant idea for saving the planet is “Making humans smaller.”

    "[O]ther things being equal," they write, "the larger one is, the more food and energy one requires."

    With their brains farting like the winner of a baked beans eating contest, they further claim "a car uses more fuel per mile to carry a heavier person than a lighter person; more fabric is needed to clothe larger than smaller people; heavier people wear out shoes, carpets, and furniture more quickly than lighter people, and so on."

    So how do we make humans smaller so that their shoes won't wear out as quick?

    Oh, that's easy.

    "One way is through preimplantation genetic diagnosis" which "would simply involve rethinking the criteria for selecting which embryos to implant" during IVF.

    !?

    Another way "is to use hormone treatment either to affect somatotropin (growth hormone) levels or to trigger the closing of the epiphyseal plate (at the ends of bones) earlier than normal.”

    Hormone treatments are used for growth reduction in excessively tall children so, argue Liao et al, why not use them to make normal height kids shorter? I mean, what could possibly go wrong by subjecting growing bodies to unnecessary hormone treatments?

    But hey, why even wait for kids to get to that point? Why not target them before they've even popped out of mummy’s tummy?

    "[A] more speculative and controversial way of reducing adult height is to reduce birth weight," write our unabashed Masters of the Looniverse.

    "Drugs or nutrients that either reduce the expression of paternally imprinted genes, or increase the expression of maternally imprinted genes, could potentially regulate birth size."

    But again, why even wait to target kids in the womb? Why not stop them being conceived in the first place?

    Yep, it's time to roll out the overpopulation card.

    Which brings us to a dilemma: How to lower birth rates when almost one half of the world’s population already lives in countries with below replacement fertility?

    Oh, again, that's easy.

    Make women smarter!

    Hey, they said it, not me.

    They write there is “strong evidence that birth-rates are negatively correlated with adequate access to education for women” and "[a]t least in the US, women with low cognitive ability are more likely to have children before age 18."

    Even if that latter contention is true (it’s based on a single case-control study published in 2002), the median age for giving birth in the US is now 30.

    They’re basically saying that the number of kids a women has is negatively correlated with her intelligence. If you’re a woman who wants to have multiple kids, then they assume you can’t be the sharpest tool in the shed.

    But women are made to have children, and Feminism Inc. still hasn’t figured out how to sue Mother Nature for designating this role to females.

    So in a world already saturated with hook-up culture, abortion and morning-after pills, how do Liao et al propose to stop women making the ‘dumb’ choice of ensuring the continued propagation of the human species?

    Well, they don’t actually say. Not surprising, given their own intellectual output indicates they themselves have yet to discover an effective brain doping strategy. They do seem to be alluding to pharmaceutical means when they write “many parents are indeed happy to give their children cognitive enhancements," citing the widespread (and often misguided) use of Ritalin.

    They’re basically saying making kids smarter will make them want to avoid or minimize childbearing when older.

    In order to get people to go along with this bollocks, Liao et al suggest administering oxytocin in an attempt to increase people’s trust levels.

    Interestingly, when discussing how to convince people into cooperating with this nonsense despite its obvious downsides, the authors note “people are routinely vaccinated to prevent themselves and those around them from acquiring infectious diseases, even though vaccinations can sometimes even lead to death.”

    Thanks for confirming.

    The authors wrote in their paper, “To be clear, we shall not argue that human engineering ought to be adopted; such a claim would require far more exposition and argument than we have space for here.”

    The 2012 paper understandably caused controversy and aroused heated responses from both laymen and academics. When a Guardian writer asked shortly afterwards just what they were trying to achieve with their paper, all three authors and one of the journal’s editors were at pains to portray it as a philosophical “thought experiment” designed to stimulate discussion. When discussion of their patently absurd suggestions didn’t go the way they hoped, Sandberg and Roache accused critics of not having read the paper, which begs the question of just how critics knew of its numerous bizarre suggestions. For the record, I have read the paper in its entirety, and rather than find it an innocuous philosophical excursion, I find it disturbing that people could put forward such suggestions without any awareness of just how truly dystopian and dysfunctional they sound.

    Sandberg even told the reporter that in his work “with global catastrophic risks at the Future of Humanity Institute, climate change is at the lower end of concern. Certainly a problem, but unlikely to wipe out humanity.”

    So why the need for radically ridiculous suggestions to deal with a problem that’s been way overblown? Is this how academics entertain themselves when they’re bored?

    As you’re about to learn, despite the apparently token disclaimer in the 2012 paper, Liao in fact remains a highly enthusiastic promoter of the human engineering angle - and he may have some powerful sympathizers.

    From Poison Pricks to Toxic Ticks

    In 2016, Liao spoke at the 2016 World Science Festival, once again insisting we eat too much meat and that human engineering held the potential to solve this non-problem. If you watch the following snippet through to the end, you’ll hear Liao say “There’s this thing called the Lone Star tick where if it bites you, you will become allergic to meat. So that’s something we can do through human engineering. We can possibly address really big world problems through human engineering.”


    In 2017, he gave a TED Talk, which is a really popular forum for crazy ‘interesting’ people to get up on a stage and pretend they’re experts.

    A snippet of the talk, for which YouTube comments are understandably turned off, can be viewed below.



    Note the complete lack of shame or embarrassment as Liao recites the core principles of his insane 2012 paper. He can barely hide his glee, both at expressing his transhuman fantasies and being in the presence of people who don’t respond by telling him to check into an asylum. Note how when he mentions creating “mild intolerance to meat,” a handful of vetards in the transfixed audience begin applauding, and one even lets out a “wooo!”

    The audience also laughs along when Liao suggests preemptively screening for smaller IVF babies.

    They also applaud and chuckle approvingly when he suggests this carry on will allow parents the “liberty-enhancing option” of having “one large child, two medium-sized children, or three smaller children.” A liberty-enhancing option suggests an improvement over current restrictions, which isn’t the case.

    Ah, lunatics. Where would we be without them?

    While the video is basically a condensed rehash of his 2012 paper, there are a few new revelations. In an attempt to make “people” smarter (ever the PC sycophant, he doesn’t say “women” in front of the mixed-gender audience), he’s now embracing ritalin as a nootropic for kids, despite acknowledging in his 2012 paper it’s “for children with ADHD and certainly has side effects.”

    He’s also suggesting modafinil for kids, the long-term use of which has not been studied in children.

    Reckless is as stupid does.


    Enter the Biggest Lunatics of All

    It should come as no surprise to most readers that Liao’s demented “human engineering” suggestions have garnered favourable attention from the hypocritical parasite class that descends upon Davos every year to decide what’s best for the rest of us.

    In December 2020, the WEF unveiled its bioengineering framework in a presentation called “3 Scenarios for How Bioengineering Could Change Our World in 10 Years.” Among the highlights were edible vaccines grown in plants and various forms of genetic manipulation.

    That presentation was based off a WEF-sponsored academic paper titled Bioengineering Horizon Scan 2020.

    For the WEF’s 2021 Davos Summit, reported BioHack, Liao et al’s 2012 paper was cited during discussion of the ‘Planetary Health Diet’, a globalist initiative to shift humankind towards plant-and insect-based diets.

    Liao et al’s 2012 paper was also considered as a possible add-on to the Bioengineering Horizon Scan 2020 paper. However, perusal of the reference list shows no mention of the 2012 paper. It seems the Liao et al paper may have been too much of a hot potato for the WEF, which had to pull it’s original 2030 video that featured what may go down in history as the world’s worst PR line (“You’ll own nothing and you’ll be happy”).

    It seems that just about every week, what was once considered a kooky conspiracy theory is confirmed as a genuine concern.

    Share

    https://anthonycolpo.substack.com/p/meet-the-mad-scientist-who-wants?utm_medium=web&triedRedirect=true
    Meet the Mad Scientist Who wants to Fight Climate Change by Making Humans Smaller and Allergic to Meat. Yes, it's a crazy world. Anthony Colpo If WEF frontman Klaus Schwab is your archetypal Bond villain, S. Matthew Liao is your textbook classic evil nerd. The kind that should be locked away somewhere he can't hurt anybody. If you think I'm being harsh, read on. I first became aware of Laio, a 'bioethicist' at NYU, several years ago while researching the nonsensical Unified Cow Fart Theory of Global Warming put forward by people who think the ultimate in human nutrition is to eat like a rabbit. During the course of that research, I came upon a 2012 paper Liao co-authored with UK professors Anders Sandberg and Rebecca Roache titled “Human Engineering and Climate Change.” The paper begins by claiming "Anthropogenic climate change is arguably one of the biggest problems that confront us today." I can't disagree with that. The nonsensical claim that the minsicule 0.28% of global greenhouse gases attributable to humans has caused runaway warming is being used to implement measures with potentially dire consequences for both the global economy and human wellbeing. That is a big problem. This feigned concern for the environment, by the way, is organized and funded by the same people who masterminded the campaign to pollute the entire human species with toxic gene therapies ('Lockstep' author and dark money 'philanthropy’ outfit Rockefeller Foundation, for example, recently announced they were pumping $1 billion dollars to advance climate bribes “solutions”). These are the same people heavily invested in industries that pollute both our bodies and the environment with all manner of toxic porqueria. Climate change is not a science, but a religion. It is not comprised of known facts based on valid and reproducible experimentation, but a belief system resting entirely upon the highly fallible (and often fraudulent) practice of climate modelling. That modelling is used to issue doomsday forecasts, expressly designed to scare the population into compliance. Those who dare express skepticism of this nonsense are derided as "deniers," no matter how sound their arguments. Of course, Liao, Sandberg and Roache don't see climate change as a problem for the same reasons I do. Liao really seems to believe Planet Earth is in danger of becoming Planet Hot Pot With Extra Chili if we don't "do something" yesterday, and his co-authors are happy to tag along for the ride. A brief intro to this trio is in order. S. Matthew Liao is a bioethicist at NYU Global School of Public Health. As you’re about to see, Liao has a rather twisted set of ethics, and I find it quite worrying to read he “provides students with an education grounded in a broad conception of bioethics encompassing both medical and environmental ethics.” Anders Sandberg is a Swedish transhumanist and currently a senior research fellow at the Future of Humanity Institute at the University of Oxford which, along with Loma Linda University in the US, has produced most of the world’s peer-reviewed propaganda epidemiology erroneously claiming meat-free diets are better for you. In 2018, Sandberg published a paper on arxiv.org entitled "Blueberry Earth", which finally answered the pressing question that has bothered great minds for centuries: "What if the entire Earth was instantaneously replaced with an equal volume of closely packed, but uncompressed blueberries?" Seriously. Rebecca Roache, formerly of Oxford, is now a Senior Lecturer in Philosophy at Royal Holloway, University of London. According to Wikipedia, Roache “is particularly noted for her work on swearing, which has featured in various media, such as the BBC.” If that’s not the resume of a trio with way too much time on their hands, I don’t know what is. So now you know the intellectual caliber of this brains trust, let’s see how it proposes to solve the non-existent problem of anthropogenic global warming. Noting that geoengineering is too risky (I think they just confirmed another conspiracy theory as fact), our heroic trio propose something every bit as dicey and stupid: Biomedical human engineering. According to Liao et al, this "involves biomedical modifications of humans so that they can mitigate and/or adapt to climate change." They further argue that this Frankensteinian idiocy "is potentially less risky" than geoengineering. As staunch believers in the nonsensical Unified Cow Fart Theory of Global Warming, the first order of business for our intrepid trio would be to create “Pharmacological meat intolerance.” Because "people often lack the motivation or willpower to give up eating red meat," they write, "a more realistic option might be to induce mild intolerance (akin, e.g., to milk intolerance) to these kinds of meat." "While meat intolerance is normally uncommon," they continue, oblivious to the fact they've just confirmed meat is an ideal, evolutionary-correct food for humans, "in principle, it could be induced by stimulating the immune system against common bovine proteins." "The immune system would then become primed to react to such proteins, and henceforth eating ‘eco-unfriendly’ food would induce unpleasant experiences," they continue. "A potentially safe and practical way of delivering such intolerance may be to produce ‘meat’ patches – akin to nicotine patches," they write. "We can produce patches for those animals that contribute the most to greenhouse gas emissions and encourage people to use such patches." Kids, this is why you need to avoid drugs, vegan propaganda, and mad scientists masquerading as university professors. But our cray cray trio aren’t finished yet. Heck no. Their next brilliant idea for saving the planet is “Making humans smaller.” "[O]ther things being equal," they write, "the larger one is, the more food and energy one requires." With their brains farting like the winner of a baked beans eating contest, they further claim "a car uses more fuel per mile to carry a heavier person than a lighter person; more fabric is needed to clothe larger than smaller people; heavier people wear out shoes, carpets, and furniture more quickly than lighter people, and so on." So how do we make humans smaller so that their shoes won't wear out as quick? Oh, that's easy. "One way is through preimplantation genetic diagnosis" which "would simply involve rethinking the criteria for selecting which embryos to implant" during IVF. !? Another way "is to use hormone treatment either to affect somatotropin (growth hormone) levels or to trigger the closing of the epiphyseal plate (at the ends of bones) earlier than normal.” Hormone treatments are used for growth reduction in excessively tall children so, argue Liao et al, why not use them to make normal height kids shorter? I mean, what could possibly go wrong by subjecting growing bodies to unnecessary hormone treatments? But hey, why even wait for kids to get to that point? Why not target them before they've even popped out of mummy’s tummy? "[A] more speculative and controversial way of reducing adult height is to reduce birth weight," write our unabashed Masters of the Looniverse. "Drugs or nutrients that either reduce the expression of paternally imprinted genes, or increase the expression of maternally imprinted genes, could potentially regulate birth size." But again, why even wait to target kids in the womb? Why not stop them being conceived in the first place? Yep, it's time to roll out the overpopulation card. Which brings us to a dilemma: How to lower birth rates when almost one half of the world’s population already lives in countries with below replacement fertility? Oh, again, that's easy. Make women smarter! Hey, they said it, not me. They write there is “strong evidence that birth-rates are negatively correlated with adequate access to education for women” and "[a]t least in the US, women with low cognitive ability are more likely to have children before age 18." Even if that latter contention is true (it’s based on a single case-control study published in 2002), the median age for giving birth in the US is now 30. They’re basically saying that the number of kids a women has is negatively correlated with her intelligence. If you’re a woman who wants to have multiple kids, then they assume you can’t be the sharpest tool in the shed. But women are made to have children, and Feminism Inc. still hasn’t figured out how to sue Mother Nature for designating this role to females. So in a world already saturated with hook-up culture, abortion and morning-after pills, how do Liao et al propose to stop women making the ‘dumb’ choice of ensuring the continued propagation of the human species? Well, they don’t actually say. Not surprising, given their own intellectual output indicates they themselves have yet to discover an effective brain doping strategy. They do seem to be alluding to pharmaceutical means when they write “many parents are indeed happy to give their children cognitive enhancements," citing the widespread (and often misguided) use of Ritalin. They’re basically saying making kids smarter will make them want to avoid or minimize childbearing when older. In order to get people to go along with this bollocks, Liao et al suggest administering oxytocin in an attempt to increase people’s trust levels. Interestingly, when discussing how to convince people into cooperating with this nonsense despite its obvious downsides, the authors note “people are routinely vaccinated to prevent themselves and those around them from acquiring infectious diseases, even though vaccinations can sometimes even lead to death.” Thanks for confirming. The authors wrote in their paper, “To be clear, we shall not argue that human engineering ought to be adopted; such a claim would require far more exposition and argument than we have space for here.” The 2012 paper understandably caused controversy and aroused heated responses from both laymen and academics. When a Guardian writer asked shortly afterwards just what they were trying to achieve with their paper, all three authors and one of the journal’s editors were at pains to portray it as a philosophical “thought experiment” designed to stimulate discussion. When discussion of their patently absurd suggestions didn’t go the way they hoped, Sandberg and Roache accused critics of not having read the paper, which begs the question of just how critics knew of its numerous bizarre suggestions. For the record, I have read the paper in its entirety, and rather than find it an innocuous philosophical excursion, I find it disturbing that people could put forward such suggestions without any awareness of just how truly dystopian and dysfunctional they sound. Sandberg even told the reporter that in his work “with global catastrophic risks at the Future of Humanity Institute, climate change is at the lower end of concern. Certainly a problem, but unlikely to wipe out humanity.” So why the need for radically ridiculous suggestions to deal with a problem that’s been way overblown? Is this how academics entertain themselves when they’re bored? As you’re about to learn, despite the apparently token disclaimer in the 2012 paper, Liao in fact remains a highly enthusiastic promoter of the human engineering angle - and he may have some powerful sympathizers. From Poison Pricks to Toxic Ticks In 2016, Liao spoke at the 2016 World Science Festival, once again insisting we eat too much meat and that human engineering held the potential to solve this non-problem. If you watch the following snippet through to the end, you’ll hear Liao say “There’s this thing called the Lone Star tick where if it bites you, you will become allergic to meat. So that’s something we can do through human engineering. We can possibly address really big world problems through human engineering.” In 2017, he gave a TED Talk, which is a really popular forum for crazy ‘interesting’ people to get up on a stage and pretend they’re experts. A snippet of the talk, for which YouTube comments are understandably turned off, can be viewed below. Note the complete lack of shame or embarrassment as Liao recites the core principles of his insane 2012 paper. He can barely hide his glee, both at expressing his transhuman fantasies and being in the presence of people who don’t respond by telling him to check into an asylum. Note how when he mentions creating “mild intolerance to meat,” a handful of vetards in the transfixed audience begin applauding, and one even lets out a “wooo!” The audience also laughs along when Liao suggests preemptively screening for smaller IVF babies. They also applaud and chuckle approvingly when he suggests this carry on will allow parents the “liberty-enhancing option” of having “one large child, two medium-sized children, or three smaller children.” A liberty-enhancing option suggests an improvement over current restrictions, which isn’t the case. Ah, lunatics. Where would we be without them? While the video is basically a condensed rehash of his 2012 paper, there are a few new revelations. In an attempt to make “people” smarter (ever the PC sycophant, he doesn’t say “women” in front of the mixed-gender audience), he’s now embracing ritalin as a nootropic for kids, despite acknowledging in his 2012 paper it’s “for children with ADHD and certainly has side effects.” He’s also suggesting modafinil for kids, the long-term use of which has not been studied in children. Reckless is as stupid does. Enter the Biggest Lunatics of All It should come as no surprise to most readers that Liao’s demented “human engineering” suggestions have garnered favourable attention from the hypocritical parasite class that descends upon Davos every year to decide what’s best for the rest of us. In December 2020, the WEF unveiled its bioengineering framework in a presentation called “3 Scenarios for How Bioengineering Could Change Our World in 10 Years.” Among the highlights were edible vaccines grown in plants and various forms of genetic manipulation. That presentation was based off a WEF-sponsored academic paper titled Bioengineering Horizon Scan 2020. For the WEF’s 2021 Davos Summit, reported BioHack, Liao et al’s 2012 paper was cited during discussion of the ‘Planetary Health Diet’, a globalist initiative to shift humankind towards plant-and insect-based diets. Liao et al’s 2012 paper was also considered as a possible add-on to the Bioengineering Horizon Scan 2020 paper. However, perusal of the reference list shows no mention of the 2012 paper. It seems the Liao et al paper may have been too much of a hot potato for the WEF, which had to pull it’s original 2030 video that featured what may go down in history as the world’s worst PR line (“You’ll own nothing and you’ll be happy”). It seems that just about every week, what was once considered a kooky conspiracy theory is confirmed as a genuine concern. Share https://anthonycolpo.substack.com/p/meet-the-mad-scientist-who-wants?utm_medium=web&triedRedirect=true
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 21520 Views
  • Maybe you have millions, even billions?… they will take it all… pretty soon.
    Over 50 years, laws have been changed the world over. You have “beneficial ownership” not ownership. This means someone else owns it. Will you fight it?

    Dr Mike Yeadon
    This essay is constructed from many of my Telegram posts. The resulting repetition feels helpful under the circumstances. The central idea is not complicated but it is fiddly. Coming at it from many sides helps.

    The prediction

    Unless you are very fresh to peeking behind the mainstream curtain, you will know of WEF’s infamous, arrogant and chilling prediction for 2030.


    Maybe you’ve wondered what the number 1 in the top-left corner means? Still up on YouTube is the whole video of lunatic predictions it comes from.



    Klaus Schwabb, Executive Chairman of WEF asserts that “The world needs a Great Reset”, only hinting at what this means between the lines and in the small print. He is using mendacious propaganda in order to pretend to build consensus on this act. You’ll recall that numerous people said, early in 2020, that there was a necessity to “Build Back Better”.



    Prince Charles was among many who said this. I remember at the time muttering “What do you mean, build back? Nothing is broken”. Obviously, the covert actions of the supranational organization running the Non-pandemic are aimed at making sure that plenty is broken, even that in due course, everything will be broken.

    The mechanism by which ‘you’ll own nothing’

    You may NOT yet have heard of something happening in absolutely every country on the planet, which retired financier David Rogers Webb calls “The Great Taking”.

    For decades, the illegitimate supranational organisation has been working with and “leaning on” national legislators to ‘amend’ the laws governing private property rights.

    Unfortunately, this is a done deal.

    It has already been tested in superior courts and found legally valid.

    Under certain circumstances, the executive in any country can seize all sorts of assets that you believe are yours. This includes but is not limited to stock market investments such as stocks, shares, bonds and other traceable instruments, cash held at banks, property / real estate and numerous other categories.

    Only the other day, I was logged into a well known execution-only online broker to obtain a tax statement for my tax return. I noticed weird wordings describing the category of assets listed. I thought I owned, as an example, ten shares in a famous Swiss chocolate manufacturer. It seems I do not. It now indicates that I’m noted as having

    “beneficial ownership of a part of a numbered pool of such shares”.
    In other words, there are no identifiable shares with my name virtually on them.

    Originally you possessed physical paper. Then ‘for convenience’, virtual electronic shares became the rule. From this point the sneaky steps to a pool… and then “beneficial ownership of a part of a numbered pool of such shares” was easy.

    You can still buy and sell them what’s the problem?
    The problem is subsection b) in Section 57A-8-511 of the Uniform Commercial Code.

    If certain economic actions occur in a given financial climate, it turns out that pooled shares have long ago been pledged as collateral in a transaction in which a party has borrowed money from a lender.

    In the event that the borrower defaults, the ultimate beneficiary is the lender and they have the right to seize whatever collateral there is. That’s your savings, investments, pensions, home etc, including your car if a loan or HP arrangement was used to acquire it.



    Even if it has been paid off.

    Perhaps, even if you bought it outright with cash.



    Obviously, the perpetrators are going to create and trigger such a set of circumstances.

    I have long suspected that lockdowns were a crucial cover for the extent of central bank money creation necessary to place a sovereign country and currency beyond any plausible rescue scenario.

    The Great Taking


    Book as a pdf or tap picture.

    The book, “The Great Taking”, by David Webb, was a punch to the solar plexus when I first heard of it back in summer ‘23. I would urge you to please take this punch yourself - for your children. Read it. It’s a free pdf

    - or buy a paper copy from the website www.thegreattaking.com

    At first, I wasn’t sure if Webb could be trusted. While I’m inclined to believe him, I’ve experienced enough disappointment to start with what a person is telling you. Can you validate or invalidate any part of it through your own experience? Does it have internal consistency? Does the purported expert check out? (Swiss chocolate…) What might their motives be?

    Taking a leaf out of my own book, there are two basic positions.

    Ignore. If you’re correct, you’ve avoided worry and potentially bad investments, for example, in a self invested personal pension if you have one. If you’re wrong, you’ll probably suffer very substantial losses which you’ll not have mitigated in any way.

    Listen then act. If you were wrong, you might still have made a more diversified portfolio than you otherwise would. If however you were right to heed the warnings, it might literally save your life.

    Having listened to interviews the author has given, and heard comments from others, I do think this could be the huge, missing piece of the agenda leading to the Bond villain, Schwab’s seemingly impossible pronouncements

    See what you think.

    Here’s a ‘narration’ of it.



    I don’t like the auto narrators voice but it’s a lot easier to do a purely mechanical task while listening to this than trying to read a book. I’m not good at the latter these days!

    Wait, does it apply to me though?

    If you don’t own much today anyway, you might think not. I understand why that reaction could be commonplace. What those with no scope to resist will face (if and when the perpetrators trigger the next and very much larger global financial crisis) is

    loss of freedom.

    Several of us, independently, expect (at some point):

    abolition of cash and

    seizure of all assets held by a custodian (such as

    a bank deposit taker,

    a building society mortgage provider,

    an online execution-only broker holding a SIPP (pension),

    a life insurance company responsible for paying a final salary pension on behalf of a former employer,

    possibly even a car dealer or car finance house.

    It seems to some people completely ridiculous and implausible.

    Those with such a reaction tend not to bother listening to the evidence.

    One might point out, so were the decade by decade changes to public health emergency laws, the changes that made the unlawful, legal on paper, so that billions of people ended up rolling up their sleeves to receive an intentionally harmful injection.

    Ahem. It seems to some people that this, too, is completely ridiculous and implausible.

    Those with such a reaction tend not to bother listening to the evidence and may well get jabbed again.

    David’s story

    You can also watch a documentary here:

    https://rumble.com/v3yptkd-the-great-taking-documentary.html

    Or currently on YouTube still. (How does this work??)



    I cannot recommend highly enough that you make a tea or coffee, sit quietly and listen to this.

    Even though I already knew the highlights, I still found it chilling when Webb gets to discovering that the laws governing private property rights have been changed in every US state and later in every country on earth.

    Instead of actually owning something, you have only a right to benefit from it (dividends, rent, capital appreciation) and the right to buy and sell it.

    But in the event of a major financial dislocation, your “property” is forfeit to the owners of the top slice of the creditor list because, unbeknownst to you, it was pledged as collateral in a loan that was nothing to do with you.

    Parallels with ‘medicine’

    Maybe you’ve read up about how public health laws have been changed over many decades, reaching the point today where you might think you’re receiving a pharmaceutical product but in actuality it’s a military countermeasure, for which no liability sits with anyone involved and you’ve no rights to informed consent…

    To get up to date on this two figures are essential. Sasha Latypova https://open.substack.com/pub/sashalatypova And Katherine Watt https://open.substack.com/pub/bailiwicknews They have done so much work. This post will be augmented and amended with their help hopefully…

    Read more

    12 hours ago · Tim West

    If you have, then these evolutions in laws governing property (financial assets, real estate etc) can be viewed as somewhat analogous, solely in its intent, to deceive and deprive you of rights.

    If more people knew about this, we’d be at pitchforks and torches by the weekend.

    Even comparatively wealthy people are going to have almost everything they think they own legally stripped from them.

    Who do you need to explain this to?

    Even comparatively wealthy people are going to have almost everything they think they own legally stripped from them.

    Now you’re dependent upon the state for basic survival. Which means compliance to earn CBDC, UBI, and this also includes being ‘up to date’.

    Killing people en masse while pretending to protect them from the next hobgoblin of an alleged lethal pandemic will be much easier than conquering and killing a population by open force.

    Who are the ultimate creditors?

    I don’t know who the ultimate creditors are, but they’ll be one and the same as those I call the perpetrators.

    Those lower down the food chain but blind to what’s about to happen are in for a horrible shock.

    Just as were those influencers, musicians, nurses, doctors and sport people who took the jab.

    Only the perpetrators know anything about timing.

    David talks with Edward Griffin

    Creature from Jekyll Island is one of the must-read books for anyone seeking to understand the financial shenanigans. The private institution The Federal Reserve and the way it was created is central to the current financial situation.

    A talk here between its author and the author of The Great Taking. They find much in common, and in common with myself, though in my case I speak as the man on the bus and not as an economics guru.


    https://bigpicture.watch/

    Our own talks with David

    I contribute to a weekly podcast. Here is our own interview with David

    The Great Taking: You Really Own NOTHING

    The 50-year conspiracy to subvert all of our private ownership rights into a collective ownership without our knowledge is detailed in David Rogers Webb’s book The Great Taking and David Webb joins the international Whistleblower Report team today to discuss the details of how we have arrived at this point where none of us really own the private propert…

    Read more

    5 months ago · 41 likes · 16 comments · Truth For Health Foundation, Dr Mike Yeadon, Andrija Cajic, and Jonathan Gilthorpe

    An additional recording by TFHF between David Rogers Webb and Dr Lee Vliet explaining what is happening in the South Dakota legislature. It could hardly matter more.

    First though, it’s useful to understand the core sleight-of-hand they are trying overturn in South Dakota.

    This criminal attempt to steal everything is intended to be hidden in a similar way. But it is really hidden about as well as this…

    Read more

    13 hours ago · Tim West

    The South Dakota Bill

    Here then is the Truth For Health Foundation talk on the South Dakota Bill.

    The GREAT TAKING: Steps to Preserve Your Property Part II with David Rogers Webb

    David Rogers Webb, author of The Great Taking, continues his discussion of the changes to the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) and other legislation that have put into law the provisions for legalized stealing of most of the assets WeThePeople think we own. These provisions take effect in the event of insolvency of a financial institution (bank, brokerage…

    Read more

    5 months ago · 19 likes · Truth For Health Foundation

    Another presentation by David…



    In short

    we know changes to the UCC and other legislation have provided for the legal stealing of most of the public’s assets in the event of insolvency of the broker

    or whichever entity controls private property on your behalf,

    with legal certainty (ie it’s been done and was upheld in a senior court).

    The South Dakota bill seeks to re establish true ownership rights such that in the event of an insolvency, your private property is automatically returned to you.

    If you have watched Beware of the leopard you will fully understand the power of this proposed clause removal from section 57A-503 of the UCC


    Naturally, this is being strongly resisted by those in the pay of the banking lobby.

    Whether the legislature has the sense and cojones to pass such an amendment remains to be seen.

    Well worth also listening to the hearing in the Tennessee legislature. Amazing sophistry as the hired goons try to say David is wrong.



    David Webb and a colleague again seek amendments.

    The amendments proposed go a small way to restoring some of the property rights of those who think they own securities.

    ‘Entitlement’ is not ownership

    Currently, because of changes made to the Uniform Commercial Code, those who think they own securities now only have an “entitlement”, which is much weaker and is contractual, not absolute. Because it’s a contractual right, there’s a counterparty.

    If the latter goes insolvent, the effect of changes to the UCC is that the entitlement holder (e.g. you) is ranked lower on the list of creditors than the Secured Creditors, the parasites at the top of the food chain.

    Say Boris lends Frank some books. Then Frank sells one of them to you for £10 and disappears. You may be reading it in the park one day when Boris grabs it off you and says ‘that’s my book’. Everything you have turns out to be like that book. And Boris planned the whole thing.
    A financial crisis will certainly see all assets legally stolen.

    Most people are unaware of this.

    There’s literally nothing you can do about it, except not to own securities.

    If you hold physical gold in a safe nobody else knows about, that’s the only way you can be secure. Cash unfortunately suffers the same fate, because it isn’t segregated and is controlled by the big clearing banks and ultimately the central bank, nationally and internationally.

    What is Beneficial Ownership?

    Over 50 years, financial assets (“securities”) that you previously owned under private property rights, as bits of paper, have been dematerialised (digitised) and pooled. Most importantly, a new legal category of “beneficial ownership” has been created and substituted for “ownership”. Why this matters is that ultimate ownership falls to a minuscule number of holders of collateral against debts incurred. Central banks, which are privately owned, are able to seize everyone else’s assets in a crisis because those assets are pledged as collateral.

    A shared view

    Webb says that deliberate collapse of the entire global economy is imminent and this mass theft will cause and amplify violence and tremendous hardship. A hard rain’s going to fall.

    Webb sees the endgame as I do: evil, totalitarian, digital control system. No liberty or democracy anywhere is going to be tolerated nor will the development of a parallel economic system be allowed.

    It is probably already way too late to prevent the economic collapse.

    Whether anything can be salvaged by way of reverting changes to private property rights locally remains to be seen. It’s not necessarily a political issue but a criminal matter that private property rights have been subverted.

    Unfortunately, the way I see it, the perpetrators of the ongoing “covid super crime” need do nothing more than to play out their existing hand, to reduce the population to any value they choose.

    Here’s my near term summary of what I think they’re up to:

    A new event will trigger obligatory digital ID (eg for rations).

    If 1. isn’t a financial crisis,they can trigger one at any time, destroying all sovereign currencies and stealing almost all private property (David Rogers Webb). Total dependence upon the state in order even to be fed. CBDC (digital-only money) introduced.

    Lies about a wave of pandemics. Pharma will pretend to make mRNA vaccines. Govts will mandate them (if WHO hadn’t already done so). Digital ID validity will depend upon being up to date on jabs. No jab, no food. CBDC simply won’t work.

    Rinse and repeat until population reaches their desired levels. I think it’s likely many countries will be completely emptied, removing the need for the authorities to have to pretend that recovery is even the dream, let alone intent.

    The perpetrators have such control of main media and almost all internet traffic. If we reach point 1. without insurrection, we’re done in any case. The perpetrators do not require cooperation from anybody from this point onwards.

    I would point out two things. First, once you realise you’re being lied to by “the authorities” about things fundamental to your health and even life, freedom aside for a moment, surely you must begin to question everything else from the same source?

    Second, I see the only chance of delaying or deflecting the overall control agenda is by more and more people knowing about it and saying NO.

    So I ask everyone to assign an important part of their lives to doing this, personally.

    How brave are you? Do you try to communicate with everyone you know, who serves you in shops, on-line?


    The perpetrators are counting on you not doing this. They really are. So let’s do it.

    Without fear of reprisal.

    If we rightly criticise doctors who knew but didn’t speak out for fear of losing their jobs, then losing membership at the gym shouldn’t hold us back from frank conversations..

    While you’re at it, please put in place at least some precautions to buy time, in the event the perpetrators initiate something faster moving that the last nonsense, such as building a few weeks worth of calories in your home.

    Nobody is coming to save us. Sorry.

    If the above information doesn’t prompt you to immediately getting into “prepping” as best you and any awake, close friends and family, then you’re not taking this as seriously as I believe you’re should.

    How to avoid despair

    Now, I’m well aware this is terrifying and a common reaction is to dismiss it. However, it fits horribly well with what we know already. I’m probably able to imagine it because parts of it are already proven in my mind (the intentional harms from the totally superfluous injections).

    I continue to recommend two things.

    Invest your own time and thought into waking up others. Be selfless. It’s your best defence to dilute what’s coming, as more people will become allies in unpredictable ways. It also feels like you are helping stop it rather than being a victim - This is because you are.

    Do something rather than nothing also to prepare for a period of discontinuity. I’m talking basic food and water, basic meds, some things you can barter with, some skills you might have, something to defend yourself with, better yet, a safe place to be if the SHTF. If you’re already a grower, great. Grow stuff. I don’t think I can do that. I’m not in one place long enough. You might be bored on a narrow diet, but enough calories and nutrients plus clean water means you can sustain yourself for some considerable time. Time means you don’t HAVE to go out into the melee when it’s at its worst. If there are people you can trust with your life, talk with them. Get right with the power in your universe that is important for you.

    If nothing happens, laugh.

    Long term simultaneous planning in all areas


    https://brownstone.org/articles/the-great-taking-exposes-the-financial-end-game/

    I and many draw a parallel between the 50 years of change in public health law, leading to the genocidal deception namely,

    the fake vaccines that are intentionally toxic

    can legally be injected into billions of people

    and there is total immunity from prosecution or liability.

    I’ve easily been able to find trails of evidence of premeditation of the current ‘health’ crime which go back 25 years (tabletopped pandemic simulations, despite their being events that do not happen in reality, well characterised by journalistic Paul Schreyer. See video within Treaty of Lies post embedded below).

    When you examine the history of “climate change”, you can easily find at least half a century of planning.

    Now we see that, in parallel, preparations to seize all private property has also been going on since the 1960s.

    Plenty of people give a hollow laugh at this point (seizure of assets) saying “Good luck with seizing my debts!”

    While it’s true that you cannot lose that which you don’t have, what little people do have will be seized and controlled by the perpetrators.

    I cannot stress enough my expectations are that those with very little will actually be impacted most strongly and immediately by any planned financial system collapse. The perpetrators will “come to their rescue” with the issuance of centrally controlled digital money in exchange for signing up for a government issued digital ID.

    The digital concentration camp

    digital ID

    I remain convinced that the most likely and entirely plausible method for highly controlled depopulation is the requirement to hold at all times and obligation to display the mandatory digital ID,

    effectively mandatory jabs

    along with the need to be up-to-date with WHO-recommended “vaccines” (which of course will be of mRNA type), where failure to comply will lead to the digital ID losing validity.

    mark of the beast CBDC

    No valid digital ID, no ability to transact.

    If you are determined not to immediately be drawn into what I call the killing machine then, to the extent that you can, it’s very important NOW to be preparing not to totally vulnerable on Day 1. Beyond whatsoever preparations you can do, you’ll need to grow at least some of your own food or know others who create surpluses, from whom you stand a chance of obtaining food in exchange for labour, skills, gold or silver (even small amounts are better than none at all).

    Two arms in a pincer movement

    I take the view that, once one has sufficient proof of a lethal assault, backed by evidence of decades of planning, it’s not unreasonable to interpret anything unusual as likely a component of such attacks.

    toxic by design

    There is proof for example that the injected purported to be “vaccines” are in fact constructions designed intentionally to injure, kill and reduce fertility in survivors. I am but one giver of truly expert opinion on this front, and I am one of many. I can debate all day with anyone who wishes to resist this conclusion. I understand why they don’t want to accept it. It is however true, unquestionably.

    legalised iatrogenocide

    Interestingly, people totally unconnected to me, like Katherine Watt and Sasha Latypova (mostly KW initially) have uncovered decades of stealthy modification to “public health” laws and regulations. These culminate in making the obviously unlawful, “legal on paper”, including and especially injected toxins called “Covid19 vaccines”.

    Fake PHEIC

    Yet further separate experts identified that there’s not been a pandemic or public health emergency. This was all a PsyOp. Lying, big time. Again see previous posts for Professor Rancourt’s papers for example. That some proclaiming truth and freedom still act as if there was a spreading pathogen is deeply regrettable.

    Treaty of lies. Pandemic of lies. Whistleblowers of truth.

    I saw the two gentlemen at the end of this post, Dr Christian Perronne and Stefan Homburg, make short speeches close together in time. Knowing as I do that there was no pandemic, no public health emergency… …only lies about a dreadful new disease sweeping across the world, followed by deliberate misattribution of illness and death to this supposed diseas…

    Read more

    3 months ago · 325 likes · 254 comments · Dr Mike Yeadon

    PCR fraud

    I and many others knew that you cannot use bulk testing using PCR with any chance of getting valid, let alone meaningful results. These tests were all carefully fixed, like a conjuring trick, long before the audiences attention was drawn to the magician.

    Irrational masking, lockdowns, distancing

    Masks and “lockdowns” are literally absurd. There were never part of the public health emergency plans of any country. I know, because I read a dozen of them. In 2019, some in WHO detailed the lack of evidence of effectiveness in making the slightest difference to apparent epidemic spreading of acute respiratory illnesses.

    For me, the first evidence that I found genuinely terrifying was when scores of countries simultaneously “locked down”, using lies and identical wording. I interpreted it then and now as unequivocal proof of supranational cooperation. In retrospect, my intellectual core worked out that this could only point to objectives being totalitarian digital enslavement and mass depopulation. Nothing else comes close to fitting all the important observations.

    you will own nothing

    Arm two, David Rogers Webb takes us through a century of preparation and planning to make legal the taking of almost everything you own. The most intense and dramatic changes started again in the 1960s. There’s no uncertainty about what has happened or what will happen, by design, WHEN and not IF the perpetrators trigger The Great Reset, which is very likely to originate with the insolvency of globally significantly important banks.

    These two major arms of a malevolent, long planned pincer movement, now closing on humanity.

    As a highly qualified, experienced and at least moderately successful executive in commercial biomedical research, we’re way past theory, on either arm

    lies about contagious illnesses, the lies on necessary countermeasures and especially “vaccines” and

    Theft on a global scale of substantially all private property, destruction of money and replacement with centrally controlled digital currency).

    Freedom - a memory of the old

    This imminent totalitarian control system will delete freedom forever. Unlike political or religious followings, this one relies not at all upon a mass following. If they succeed in replacing cash with digital money and getting us used to showing ID ahead of every transaction, there’s nothing that can be done to resist total control and importantly, coerced injection.

    Taking these two arms together alone has no plausible benevolent interpretation and to resist my conclusion is, in my opinion at this point an act either of cowardly denial or of a troll. Yep. I said it.

    EVs

    Given that backdrop, the enforced movement towards BEVs might have several explanations. Ockhams Razor strongly ties these two assaults together.

    Agenda 2030

    It fits with 24/7 surveillance, 15 minute cities, the perversion of foodstuffs and many more, strange themes and events, in the skies, on the ground and under the sea.

    The Hidden Hand

    I’m often asked “So who is doing this?”

    I believe we will never know. We know the names of a small number of those who are obviously all-in on this, and your know their names. They’re often referred to on TV and representatives of wealthy trusts and funds, too, not infrequently seen. There is some attention on “think tanks” such as WEF, UN, WHO, Trilateral Commission, Club of Rome, Bilderberg Group, the Davos Set, the Crowned Heads of European countries, especially U.K. and the Netherlands, even The Committee of 300.

    But know this, we’re never going to be allowed to know their names and identities. In my opinion, it makes no difference whatsoever whether we have their names or not.

    In terms of countermeasures, being as prepared as possible is very important. My own knowledge has enabled avoidance of just one crucial risk so far: not being injected with “c19 vaccines”. I’m mostly though not protected by knowledge. There’s nowhere to run and hide anyway. We have to stop it or limit the destruction that they’ll commit.

    Finally, this truly extended planned assault upon humanity has a spiritual aspect to it, to say the least. I doubt they’re alien lizards, but I do think they’re from extended families who have held very terrible views on “ordinary people” like you and me, forever.

    We’re not in a hopeless position but I do recommend we recognise just how much trouble we’re in. I encourage each of us to prepare to be able to resist for a long as possible. Buying time may be the single most important thing you can do.

    Important is the relay idea. Those reading this for example are already wide awake. Those in your personal network may not be. In those cases, you are pretty much their only salvation. The media is never going to tell them the truth. I cannot ever reach them, because they’re not looking for (people like) me. So this battle may turn on your willingness and effectiveness in opening the eyes of people important to you.

    It doesn’t matter how rich you are

    Just as public health laws were changed over decades to make legal the absurd and malign things that have happened in relation to gene-based injections, an analogous, patient process of dissolving private property rights in favour of those at the top of the list of creditors in the event of a bankruptcy of any entity against which the private property of all of the public has been used as collateral.

    It’s unbelievable that this has happened. As of now, even billionaires who aren’t among the perpetrators will lose everything, as will you and I.

    Everything that you think you own, on which you owe any debt at all, will be forfeit in the event of failure of a remote business, where the debts of which rest in part on your assets, because that claim on your assets is being used as collateral.

    As Webb says in his excellent interview with James Delingpole, this cannot be run away from. He’s spoken with large numbers of wealthy people, some of whom are billionaires, and none of them had any idea of this. After a flurry of denials, they read his booklet and slumped in defeat.

    Nobody is coming to save us. If this information doesn’t prompt you to immediately getting into “prepping” as best you and any awake, close friends and family, you’re not taking this as seriously as I believe your should.

    https://delingpole.podbean.com/e/david-rogers-webb/

    So. Will you act to stop this?

    David’s hope then, is that the currently well-off and more than that are being forced to become active. They don’t have a choice. If they do nothing, they will lose everything.

    For example, if you have a private pension, you’ll probably own shares / stocks and bonds.

    Your broker, nowadays typically “execution-only online brokers”, has followed your instructions to buy and hold on your behalf certain assets. Unfortunately these, too, have been pledged as collateral.

    The value of collateral based financial instruments is said to be a huge multiple of world GDP, by astonishing amounts. So large that there’s no hope ever of recovering even pennies on the pound.

    If you’ve a workplace related pension, the assets being used to pay your monthly pension will also be automatically transferred electronically to those on the top of the stack of creditors.

    I’m not sure what, if anything, is not forfeit to these diabolical creatures. I understood that assets in your physical possession which are free of debt and were not purchased with now-cleared debt, might still be seized.

    If your car, say, when it was an asset of the manufacturer or of the car retailer, was pledged as collateral for some transaction they’d entered into, it seems absurd but true that your car, too, might never have had its collateral status revoked. If so, even that vehicle might be forfeit. Boris will claim it back.

    On cars, it may become moot, because so many cars definitely are assets of finance companies that can be seized. We know how very keen are the perpetrators to find ways to get our car keys out of our cars. I could envisage a situation where demand for petrol and diesel would fall so hard that fuel stations would have to close. At that point, your car becomes a very heavy paperweight.

    Webb doesn’t offer a prediction on timing or the way that has been (or will be) chosen to create a new global financial crisis and implode the globeconomy, taking everything with it. He does, however, list a set of preconditions necessary to initiate this global heist. He was quite sure that this is what is going to happen.

    As mentioned above, he puts all his hopes onto the shoulders of wealthy but uninvolved people. I know two billionaires personally (one through old business connections and the other was a major donor to a campaigning organization that I was helping). They’re just like you and me other than that they have huge numbers in the “net worth” category. Webb knows that an ever-widening set of wealthy (but uninvolved) people are becoming very upset about this whole situation. Enlightened self-interest being what is, they’ll have to get active.

    More on ways of preparing

    You must do your own research, but I strongly recommend you explore ways to protect what you can by converting some cash or cash-like assets into something that cannot be automatically seized.

    I do think anyone with life savings and no earned income or capacity to generate any would be unwise to leave it solely in the standard categories of stocks (shares) and bonds, real estate (houses) and deposits of cash. These are all subject to seizure if Webb’s concerns materialise.

    This is an interesting interview with Catherine Austin Fitts, on Greg Hunter’s podcast.She’s my go-to person on matters macro-financial.


    https://usawatchdog.com/pushback-to-tyranny-control-increases-in-2024-catherine-austin-fitts/

    I’m aware of a joining of forces between her and David Webb, the author of “The Great Taking”.

    As always, buyer beware on all these things. I’m a very basic investor, but I’m not conservative. Sometimes, I’ll be in what looks to conventional wisdom to be highly risky. For example, I was at one point heavily into peer-to-peer lending and did very well out of it over a 6-7 year period where base rates were so low that you couldn’t generate a meaningful income off even a sizeable amount of money. Got out early enough to ensure I made no net losses despite all the warnings.

    She makes interesting comments on physical gold. Every bit as interesting are her comments on relationships of trust as being among the most important things to strengthen in 2024.

    I’ve no useful idea when “The Great Taking” will be triggered, but this I know. When it happens, everyone will know it. It might be in days or not for years.

    Stakeholder Communism


    Yellow forum videos including the film Stakeholder Capitalism

    Schwab is proud of his invention, his new economic system.

    All the videos in the link above, from some that are mere seconds long to the full film, serve to establish that this astonishing coup d’etat of the planet isn’t ongoing but has already happened.

    That’s why elections are irrelevant and have been for many years, unfortunately.

    https://x.com/BGatesIsaPyscho/status/1808391835607306604

    Please find ways to share this information. While I’ve been wrong about timing, often, I do think they aim to get it completed and bedded in by 2030. That seems to be a key date for WEF and the UN. Thus, I anticipate that at any time a global financial crisis of unprecedented magnitude will be triggered, most assets automatically seized and from that point on, I could envisage our focus necessarily moving to survival rather than protest.

    Alternatively, a war would suffice to create such discontinuities as the perpetrators may wish to use to move some chess pieces around before triggered GFC2.0 and asset seizure.

    As always, I’m piecing together the clues, as I don’t have a copy of the plot.

    Best wishes

    Mike

    All help for my assistant Tim gratefully received by way of a paid subscription to this publication if you are able. Or subscribe for free to receive everything anyway.

    https://substack.com/home/post/p-146503974
    Maybe you have millions, even billions?… they will take it all… pretty soon. Over 50 years, laws have been changed the world over. You have “beneficial ownership” not ownership. This means someone else owns it. Will you fight it? Dr Mike Yeadon This essay is constructed from many of my Telegram posts. The resulting repetition feels helpful under the circumstances. The central idea is not complicated but it is fiddly. Coming at it from many sides helps. The prediction Unless you are very fresh to peeking behind the mainstream curtain, you will know of WEF’s infamous, arrogant and chilling prediction for 2030. Maybe you’ve wondered what the number 1 in the top-left corner means? Still up on YouTube is the whole video of lunatic predictions it comes from. Klaus Schwabb, Executive Chairman of WEF asserts that “The world needs a Great Reset”, only hinting at what this means between the lines and in the small print. He is using mendacious propaganda in order to pretend to build consensus on this act. You’ll recall that numerous people said, early in 2020, that there was a necessity to “Build Back Better”. Prince Charles was among many who said this. I remember at the time muttering “What do you mean, build back? Nothing is broken”. Obviously, the covert actions of the supranational organization running the Non-pandemic are aimed at making sure that plenty is broken, even that in due course, everything will be broken. The mechanism by which ‘you’ll own nothing’ You may NOT yet have heard of something happening in absolutely every country on the planet, which retired financier David Rogers Webb calls “The Great Taking”. For decades, the illegitimate supranational organisation has been working with and “leaning on” national legislators to ‘amend’ the laws governing private property rights. Unfortunately, this is a done deal. It has already been tested in superior courts and found legally valid. Under certain circumstances, the executive in any country can seize all sorts of assets that you believe are yours. This includes but is not limited to stock market investments such as stocks, shares, bonds and other traceable instruments, cash held at banks, property / real estate and numerous other categories. Only the other day, I was logged into a well known execution-only online broker to obtain a tax statement for my tax return. I noticed weird wordings describing the category of assets listed. I thought I owned, as an example, ten shares in a famous Swiss chocolate manufacturer. It seems I do not. It now indicates that I’m noted as having “beneficial ownership of a part of a numbered pool of such shares”. In other words, there are no identifiable shares with my name virtually on them. Originally you possessed physical paper. Then ‘for convenience’, virtual electronic shares became the rule. From this point the sneaky steps to a pool… and then “beneficial ownership of a part of a numbered pool of such shares” was easy. You can still buy and sell them what’s the problem? The problem is subsection b) in Section 57A-8-511 of the Uniform Commercial Code. If certain economic actions occur in a given financial climate, it turns out that pooled shares have long ago been pledged as collateral in a transaction in which a party has borrowed money from a lender. In the event that the borrower defaults, the ultimate beneficiary is the lender and they have the right to seize whatever collateral there is. That’s your savings, investments, pensions, home etc, including your car if a loan or HP arrangement was used to acquire it. 👇 Even if it has been paid off. Perhaps, even if you bought it outright with cash. ☝️ Obviously, the perpetrators are going to create and trigger such a set of circumstances. I have long suspected that lockdowns were a crucial cover for the extent of central bank money creation necessary to place a sovereign country and currency beyond any plausible rescue scenario. The Great Taking Book as a pdf or tap picture. The book, “The Great Taking”, by David Webb, was a punch to the solar plexus when I first heard of it back in summer ‘23. I would urge you to please take this punch yourself - for your children. Read it. It’s a free pdf - or buy a paper copy from the website www.thegreattaking.com At first, I wasn’t sure if Webb could be trusted. While I’m inclined to believe him, I’ve experienced enough disappointment to start with what a person is telling you. Can you validate or invalidate any part of it through your own experience? Does it have internal consistency? Does the purported expert check out? (Swiss chocolate…) What might their motives be? Taking a leaf out of my own book, there are two basic positions. Ignore. If you’re correct, you’ve avoided worry and potentially bad investments, for example, in a self invested personal pension if you have one. If you’re wrong, you’ll probably suffer very substantial losses which you’ll not have mitigated in any way. Listen then act. If you were wrong, you might still have made a more diversified portfolio than you otherwise would. If however you were right to heed the warnings, it might literally save your life. Having listened to interviews the author has given, and heard comments from others, I do think this could be the huge, missing piece of the agenda leading to the Bond villain, Schwab’s seemingly impossible pronouncements See what you think. Here’s a ‘narration’ of it. I don’t like the auto narrators voice but it’s a lot easier to do a purely mechanical task while listening to this than trying to read a book. I’m not good at the latter these days! Wait, does it apply to me though? If you don’t own much today anyway, you might think not. I understand why that reaction could be commonplace. What those with no scope to resist will face (if and when the perpetrators trigger the next and very much larger global financial crisis) is loss of freedom. Several of us, independently, expect (at some point): abolition of cash and seizure of all assets held by a custodian (such as a bank deposit taker, a building society mortgage provider, an online execution-only broker holding a SIPP (pension), a life insurance company responsible for paying a final salary pension on behalf of a former employer, possibly even a car dealer or car finance house. It seems to some people completely ridiculous and implausible. Those with such a reaction tend not to bother listening to the evidence. One might point out, so were the decade by decade changes to public health emergency laws, the changes that made the unlawful, legal on paper, so that billions of people ended up rolling up their sleeves to receive an intentionally harmful injection. Ahem. It seems to some people that this, too, is completely ridiculous and implausible. Those with such a reaction tend not to bother listening to the evidence and may well get jabbed again. David’s story You can also watch a documentary here: https://rumble.com/v3yptkd-the-great-taking-documentary.html Or currently on YouTube still. (How does this work??) I cannot recommend highly enough that you make a tea or coffee, sit quietly and listen to this. Even though I already knew the highlights, I still found it chilling when Webb gets to discovering that the laws governing private property rights have been changed in every US state and later in every country on earth. Instead of actually owning something, you have only a right to benefit from it (dividends, rent, capital appreciation) and the right to buy and sell it. But in the event of a major financial dislocation, your “property” is forfeit to the owners of the top slice of the creditor list because, unbeknownst to you, it was pledged as collateral in a loan that was nothing to do with you. Parallels with ‘medicine’ Maybe you’ve read up about how public health laws have been changed over many decades, reaching the point today where you might think you’re receiving a pharmaceutical product but in actuality it’s a military countermeasure, for which no liability sits with anyone involved and you’ve no rights to informed consent… To get up to date on this two figures are essential. Sasha Latypova https://open.substack.com/pub/sashalatypova And Katherine Watt https://open.substack.com/pub/bailiwicknews They have done so much work. This post will be augmented and amended with their help hopefully… Read more 12 hours ago · Tim West If you have, then these evolutions in laws governing property (financial assets, real estate etc) can be viewed as somewhat analogous, solely in its intent, to deceive and deprive you of rights. If more people knew about this, we’d be at pitchforks and torches by the weekend. Even comparatively wealthy people are going to have almost everything they think they own legally stripped from them. Who do you need to explain this to? Even comparatively wealthy people are going to have almost everything they think they own legally stripped from them. Now you’re dependent upon the state for basic survival. Which means compliance to earn CBDC, UBI, and this also includes being ‘up to date’.💉 Killing people en masse while pretending to protect them from the next hobgoblin of an alleged lethal pandemic will be much easier than conquering and killing a population by open force. Who are the ultimate creditors? I don’t know who the ultimate creditors are, but they’ll be one and the same as those I call the perpetrators. Those lower down the food chain but blind to what’s about to happen are in for a horrible shock. Just as were those influencers, musicians, nurses, doctors and sport people who took the jab. Only the perpetrators know anything about timing. David talks with Edward Griffin Creature from Jekyll Island is one of the must-read books for anyone seeking to understand the financial shenanigans. The private institution The Federal Reserve and the way it was created is central to the current financial situation. A talk here between its author and the author of The Great Taking. They find much in common, and in common with myself, though in my case I speak as the man on the bus and not as an economics guru. https://bigpicture.watch/ Our own talks with David I contribute to a weekly podcast. Here is our own interview with David The Great Taking: You Really Own NOTHING The 50-year conspiracy to subvert all of our private ownership rights into a collective ownership without our knowledge is detailed in David Rogers Webb’s book The Great Taking and David Webb joins the international Whistleblower Report team today to discuss the details of how we have arrived at this point where none of us really own the private propert… Read more 5 months ago · 41 likes · 16 comments · Truth For Health Foundation, Dr Mike Yeadon, Andrija Cajic, and Jonathan Gilthorpe An additional recording by TFHF between David Rogers Webb and Dr Lee Vliet explaining what is happening in the South Dakota legislature. It could hardly matter more. First though, it’s useful to understand the core sleight-of-hand they are trying overturn in South Dakota. This criminal attempt to steal everything is intended to be hidden in a similar way. But it is really hidden about as well as this… Read more 13 hours ago · Tim West The South Dakota Bill Here then is the Truth For Health Foundation talk on the South Dakota Bill. The GREAT TAKING: Steps to Preserve Your Property Part II with David Rogers Webb David Rogers Webb, author of The Great Taking, continues his discussion of the changes to the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) and other legislation that have put into law the provisions for legalized stealing of most of the assets WeThePeople think we own. These provisions take effect in the event of insolvency of a financial institution (bank, brokerage… Read more 5 months ago · 19 likes · Truth For Health Foundation Another presentation by David… In short we know changes to the UCC and other legislation have provided for the legal stealing of most of the public’s assets in the event of insolvency of the broker or whichever entity controls private property on your behalf, with legal certainty (ie it’s been done and was upheld in a senior court). The South Dakota bill seeks to re establish true ownership rights such that in the event of an insolvency, your private property is automatically returned to you. If you have watched Beware of the leopard you will fully understand the power of this proposed clause removal from section 57A-503 of the UCC Naturally, this is being strongly resisted by those in the pay of the banking lobby. Whether the legislature has the sense and cojones to pass such an amendment remains to be seen. Well worth also listening to the hearing in the Tennessee legislature. Amazing sophistry as the hired goons try to say David is wrong. David Webb and a colleague again seek amendments. The amendments proposed go a small way to restoring some of the property rights of those who think they own securities. ‘Entitlement’ is not ownership Currently, because of changes made to the Uniform Commercial Code, those who think they own securities now only have an “entitlement”, which is much weaker and is contractual, not absolute. Because it’s a contractual right, there’s a counterparty. If the latter goes insolvent, the effect of changes to the UCC is that the entitlement holder (e.g. you) is ranked lower on the list of creditors than the Secured Creditors, the parasites at the top of the food chain. Say Boris lends Frank some books. Then Frank sells one of them to you for £10 and disappears. You may be reading it in the park one day when Boris grabs it off you and says ‘that’s my book’. Everything you have turns out to be like that book. And Boris planned the whole thing. A financial crisis will certainly see all assets legally stolen. Most people are unaware of this. There’s literally nothing you can do about it, except not to own securities. If you hold physical gold in a safe nobody else knows about, that’s the only way you can be secure. Cash unfortunately suffers the same fate, because it isn’t segregated and is controlled by the big clearing banks and ultimately the central bank, nationally and internationally. What is Beneficial Ownership? Over 50 years, financial assets (“securities”) that you previously owned under private property rights, as bits of paper, have been dematerialised (digitised) and pooled. Most importantly, a new legal category of “beneficial ownership” has been created and substituted for “ownership”. Why this matters is that ultimate ownership falls to a minuscule number of holders of collateral against debts incurred. Central banks, which are privately owned, are able to seize everyone else’s assets in a crisis because those assets are pledged as collateral. A shared view Webb says that deliberate collapse of the entire global economy is imminent and this mass theft will cause and amplify violence and tremendous hardship. A hard rain’s going to fall. Webb sees the endgame as I do: evil, totalitarian, digital control system. No liberty or democracy anywhere is going to be tolerated nor will the development of a parallel economic system be allowed. It is probably already way too late to prevent the economic collapse. Whether anything can be salvaged by way of reverting changes to private property rights locally remains to be seen. It’s not necessarily a political issue but a criminal matter that private property rights have been subverted. Unfortunately, the way I see it, the perpetrators of the ongoing “covid super crime” need do nothing more than to play out their existing hand, to reduce the population to any value they choose. Here’s my near term summary of what I think they’re up to: A new event will trigger obligatory digital ID (eg for rations). If 1. isn’t a financial crisis,they can trigger one at any time, destroying all sovereign currencies and stealing almost all private property (David Rogers Webb). Total dependence upon the state in order even to be fed. CBDC (digital-only money) introduced. Lies about a wave of pandemics. Pharma will pretend to make mRNA vaccines. Govts will mandate them (if WHO hadn’t already done so). Digital ID validity will depend upon being up to date on jabs. No jab, no food. CBDC simply won’t work. Rinse and repeat until population reaches their desired levels. I think it’s likely many countries will be completely emptied, removing the need for the authorities to have to pretend that recovery is even the dream, let alone intent. The perpetrators have such control of main media and almost all internet traffic. If we reach point 1. without insurrection, we’re done in any case. The perpetrators do not require cooperation from anybody from this point onwards. I would point out two things. First, once you realise you’re being lied to by “the authorities” about things fundamental to your health and even life, freedom aside for a moment, surely you must begin to question everything else from the same source? Second, I see the only chance of delaying or deflecting the overall control agenda is by more and more people knowing about it and saying NO. So I ask everyone to assign an important part of their lives to doing this, personally. How brave are you? Do you try to communicate with everyone you know, who serves you in shops, on-line? The perpetrators are counting on you not doing this. They really are. So let’s do it. Without fear of reprisal. If we rightly criticise doctors who knew but didn’t speak out for fear of losing their jobs, then losing membership at the gym shouldn’t hold us back from frank conversations.. While you’re at it, please put in place at least some precautions to buy time, in the event the perpetrators initiate something faster moving that the last nonsense, such as building a few weeks worth of calories in your home. Nobody is coming to save us. Sorry. If the above information doesn’t prompt you to immediately getting into “prepping” as best you and any awake, close friends and family, then you’re not taking this as seriously as I believe you’re should. How to avoid despair Now, I’m well aware this is terrifying and a common reaction is to dismiss it. However, it fits horribly well with what we know already. I’m probably able to imagine it because parts of it are already proven in my mind (the intentional harms from the totally superfluous injections). I continue to recommend two things. Invest your own time and thought into waking up others. Be selfless. It’s your best defence to dilute what’s coming, as more people will become allies in unpredictable ways. It also feels like you are helping stop it rather than being a victim - This is because you are. Do something rather than nothing also to prepare for a period of discontinuity. I’m talking basic food and water, basic meds, some things you can barter with, some skills you might have, something to defend yourself with, better yet, a safe place to be if the SHTF. If you’re already a grower, great. Grow stuff. I don’t think I can do that. I’m not in one place long enough. You might be bored on a narrow diet, but enough calories and nutrients plus clean water means you can sustain yourself for some considerable time. Time means you don’t HAVE to go out into the melee when it’s at its worst. If there are people you can trust with your life, talk with them. Get right with the power in your universe that is important for you. If nothing happens, laugh. Long term simultaneous planning in all areas https://brownstone.org/articles/the-great-taking-exposes-the-financial-end-game/ I and many draw a parallel between the 50 years of change in public health law, leading to the genocidal deception namely, the fake vaccines that are intentionally toxic can legally be injected into billions of people and there is total immunity from prosecution or liability. I’ve easily been able to find trails of evidence of premeditation of the current ‘health’ crime which go back 25 years (tabletopped pandemic simulations, despite their being events that do not happen in reality, well characterised by journalistic Paul Schreyer. See video within Treaty of Lies post embedded below). When you examine the history of “climate change”, you can easily find at least half a century of planning. Now we see that, in parallel, preparations to seize all private property has also been going on since the 1960s. Plenty of people give a hollow laugh at this point (seizure of assets) saying “Good luck with seizing my debts!” While it’s true that you cannot lose that which you don’t have, what little people do have will be seized and controlled by the perpetrators. I cannot stress enough my expectations are that those with very little will actually be impacted most strongly and immediately by any planned financial system collapse. The perpetrators will “come to their rescue” with the issuance of centrally controlled digital money in exchange for signing up for a government issued digital ID. The digital concentration camp digital ID I remain convinced that the most likely and entirely plausible method for highly controlled depopulation is the requirement to hold at all times and obligation to display the mandatory digital ID, effectively mandatory jabs along with the need to be up-to-date with WHO-recommended “vaccines” (which of course will be of mRNA type), where failure to comply will lead to the digital ID losing validity. mark of the beast CBDC No valid digital ID, no ability to transact. If you are determined not to immediately be drawn into what I call the killing machine then, to the extent that you can, it’s very important NOW to be preparing not to totally vulnerable on Day 1. Beyond whatsoever preparations you can do, you’ll need to grow at least some of your own food or know others who create surpluses, from whom you stand a chance of obtaining food in exchange for labour, skills, gold or silver (even small amounts are better than none at all). Two arms in a pincer movement I take the view that, once one has sufficient proof of a lethal assault, backed by evidence of decades of planning, it’s not unreasonable to interpret anything unusual as likely a component of such attacks. toxic by design There is proof for example that the injected purported to be “vaccines” are in fact constructions designed intentionally to injure, kill and reduce fertility in survivors. I am but one giver of truly expert opinion on this front, and I am one of many. I can debate all day with anyone who wishes to resist this conclusion. I understand why they don’t want to accept it. It is however true, unquestionably. legalised iatrogenocide Interestingly, people totally unconnected to me, like Katherine Watt and Sasha Latypova (mostly KW initially) have uncovered decades of stealthy modification to “public health” laws and regulations. These culminate in making the obviously unlawful, “legal on paper”, including and especially injected toxins called “Covid19 vaccines”. Fake PHEIC Yet further separate experts identified that there’s not been a pandemic or public health emergency. This was all a PsyOp. Lying, big time. Again see previous posts for Professor Rancourt’s papers for example. That some proclaiming truth and freedom still act as if there was a spreading pathogen is deeply regrettable. Treaty of lies. Pandemic of lies. Whistleblowers of truth. I saw the two gentlemen at the end of this post, Dr Christian Perronne and Stefan Homburg, make short speeches close together in time. Knowing as I do that there was no pandemic, no public health emergency… …only lies about a dreadful new disease sweeping across the world, followed by deliberate misattribution of illness and death to this supposed diseas… Read more 3 months ago · 325 likes · 254 comments · Dr Mike Yeadon PCR fraud I and many others knew that you cannot use bulk testing using PCR with any chance of getting valid, let alone meaningful results. These tests were all carefully fixed, like a conjuring trick, long before the audiences attention was drawn to the magician. Irrational masking, lockdowns, distancing Masks and “lockdowns” are literally absurd. There were never part of the public health emergency plans of any country. I know, because I read a dozen of them. In 2019, some in WHO detailed the lack of evidence of effectiveness in making the slightest difference to apparent epidemic spreading of acute respiratory illnesses. For me, the first evidence that I found genuinely terrifying was when scores of countries simultaneously “locked down”, using lies and identical wording. I interpreted it then and now as unequivocal proof of supranational cooperation. In retrospect, my intellectual core worked out that this could only point to objectives being totalitarian digital enslavement and mass depopulation. Nothing else comes close to fitting all the important observations. you will own nothing Arm two, David Rogers Webb takes us through a century of preparation and planning to make legal the taking of almost everything you own. The most intense and dramatic changes started again in the 1960s. There’s no uncertainty about what has happened or what will happen, by design, WHEN and not IF the perpetrators trigger The Great Reset, which is very likely to originate with the insolvency of globally significantly important banks. These two major arms of a malevolent, long planned pincer movement, now closing on humanity. As a highly qualified, experienced and at least moderately successful executive in commercial biomedical research, we’re way past theory, on either arm lies about contagious illnesses, the lies on necessary countermeasures and especially “vaccines” and Theft on a global scale of substantially all private property, destruction of money and replacement with centrally controlled digital currency). Freedom - a memory of the old This imminent totalitarian control system will delete freedom forever. Unlike political or religious followings, this one relies not at all upon a mass following. If they succeed in replacing cash with digital money and getting us used to showing ID ahead of every transaction, there’s nothing that can be done to resist total control and importantly, coerced injection. Taking these two arms together alone has no plausible benevolent interpretation and to resist my conclusion is, in my opinion at this point an act either of cowardly denial or of a troll. Yep. I said it. EVs Given that backdrop, the enforced movement towards BEVs might have several explanations. Ockhams Razor strongly ties these two assaults together. Agenda 2030 It fits with 24/7 surveillance, 15 minute cities, the perversion of foodstuffs and many more, strange themes and events, in the skies, on the ground and under the sea. The Hidden Hand I’m often asked “So who is doing this?” I believe we will never know. We know the names of a small number of those who are obviously all-in on this, and your know their names. They’re often referred to on TV and representatives of wealthy trusts and funds, too, not infrequently seen. There is some attention on “think tanks” such as WEF, UN, WHO, Trilateral Commission, Club of Rome, Bilderberg Group, the Davos Set, the Crowned Heads of European countries, especially U.K. and the Netherlands, even The Committee of 300. But know this, we’re never going to be allowed to know their names and identities. In my opinion, it makes no difference whatsoever whether we have their names or not. In terms of countermeasures, being as prepared as possible is very important. My own knowledge has enabled avoidance of just one crucial risk so far: not being injected with “c19 vaccines”. I’m mostly though not protected by knowledge. There’s nowhere to run and hide anyway. We have to stop it or limit the destruction that they’ll commit. Finally, this truly extended planned assault upon humanity has a spiritual aspect to it, to say the least. I doubt they’re alien lizards, but I do think they’re from extended families who have held very terrible views on “ordinary people” like you and me, forever. We’re not in a hopeless position but I do recommend we recognise just how much trouble we’re in. I encourage each of us to prepare to be able to resist for a long as possible. Buying time may be the single most important thing you can do. Important is the relay idea. Those reading this for example are already wide awake. Those in your personal network may not be. In those cases, you are pretty much their only salvation. The media is never going to tell them the truth. I cannot ever reach them, because they’re not looking for (people like) me. So this battle may turn on your willingness and effectiveness in opening the eyes of people important to you. It doesn’t matter how rich you are Just as public health laws were changed over decades to make legal the absurd and malign things that have happened in relation to gene-based injections, an analogous, patient process of dissolving private property rights in favour of those at the top of the list of creditors in the event of a bankruptcy of any entity against which the private property of all of the public has been used as collateral. It’s unbelievable that this has happened. As of now, even billionaires who aren’t among the perpetrators will lose everything, as will you and I. Everything that you think you own, on which you owe any debt at all, will be forfeit in the event of failure of a remote business, where the debts of which rest in part on your assets, because that claim on your assets is being used as collateral. As Webb says in his excellent interview with James Delingpole, this cannot be run away from. He’s spoken with large numbers of wealthy people, some of whom are billionaires, and none of them had any idea of this. After a flurry of denials, they read his booklet and slumped in defeat. Nobody is coming to save us. If this information doesn’t prompt you to immediately getting into “prepping” as best you and any awake, close friends and family, you’re not taking this as seriously as I believe your should. https://delingpole.podbean.com/e/david-rogers-webb/ So. Will you act to stop this? David’s hope then, is that the currently well-off and more than that are being forced to become active. They don’t have a choice. If they do nothing, they will lose everything. For example, if you have a private pension, you’ll probably own shares / stocks and bonds. Your broker, nowadays typically “execution-only online brokers”, has followed your instructions to buy and hold on your behalf certain assets. Unfortunately these, too, have been pledged as collateral. The value of collateral based financial instruments is said to be a huge multiple of world GDP, by astonishing amounts. So large that there’s no hope ever of recovering even pennies on the pound. If you’ve a workplace related pension, the assets being used to pay your monthly pension will also be automatically transferred electronically to those on the top of the stack of creditors. I’m not sure what, if anything, is not forfeit to these diabolical creatures. I understood that assets in your physical possession which are free of debt and were not purchased with now-cleared debt, might still be seized. If your car, say, when it was an asset of the manufacturer or of the car retailer, was pledged as collateral for some transaction they’d entered into, it seems absurd but true that your car, too, might never have had its collateral status revoked. If so, even that vehicle might be forfeit. Boris will claim it back. On cars, it may become moot, because so many cars definitely are assets of finance companies that can be seized. We know how very keen are the perpetrators to find ways to get our car keys out of our cars. I could envisage a situation where demand for petrol and diesel would fall so hard that fuel stations would have to close. At that point, your car becomes a very heavy paperweight. Webb doesn’t offer a prediction on timing or the way that has been (or will be) chosen to create a new global financial crisis and implode the globeconomy, taking everything with it. He does, however, list a set of preconditions necessary to initiate this global heist. He was quite sure that this is what is going to happen. As mentioned above, he puts all his hopes onto the shoulders of wealthy but uninvolved people. I know two billionaires personally (one through old business connections and the other was a major donor to a campaigning organization that I was helping). They’re just like you and me other than that they have huge numbers in the “net worth” category. Webb knows that an ever-widening set of wealthy (but uninvolved) people are becoming very upset about this whole situation. Enlightened self-interest being what is, they’ll have to get active. More on ways of preparing You must do your own research, but I strongly recommend you explore ways to protect what you can by converting some cash or cash-like assets into something that cannot be automatically seized. I do think anyone with life savings and no earned income or capacity to generate any would be unwise to leave it solely in the standard categories of stocks (shares) and bonds, real estate (houses) and deposits of cash. These are all subject to seizure if Webb’s concerns materialise. This is an interesting interview with Catherine Austin Fitts, on Greg Hunter’s podcast.She’s my go-to person on matters macro-financial. https://usawatchdog.com/pushback-to-tyranny-control-increases-in-2024-catherine-austin-fitts/ I’m aware of a joining of forces between her and David Webb, the author of “The Great Taking”. As always, buyer beware on all these things. I’m a very basic investor, but I’m not conservative. Sometimes, I’ll be in what looks to conventional wisdom to be highly risky. For example, I was at one point heavily into peer-to-peer lending and did very well out of it over a 6-7 year period where base rates were so low that you couldn’t generate a meaningful income off even a sizeable amount of money. Got out early enough to ensure I made no net losses despite all the warnings. She makes interesting comments on physical gold. Every bit as interesting are her comments on relationships of trust as being among the most important things to strengthen in 2024. I’ve no useful idea when “The Great Taking” will be triggered, but this I know. When it happens, everyone will know it. It might be in days or not for years. Stakeholder Communism Yellow forum videos including the film Stakeholder Capitalism Schwab is proud of his invention, his new economic system. All the videos in the link above, from some that are mere seconds long to the full film, serve to establish that this astonishing coup d’etat of the planet isn’t ongoing but has already happened. That’s why elections are irrelevant and have been for many years, unfortunately. https://x.com/BGatesIsaPyscho/status/1808391835607306604 Please find ways to share this information. While I’ve been wrong about timing, often, I do think they aim to get it completed and bedded in by 2030. That seems to be a key date for WEF and the UN. Thus, I anticipate that at any time a global financial crisis of unprecedented magnitude will be triggered, most assets automatically seized and from that point on, I could envisage our focus necessarily moving to survival rather than protest. Alternatively, a war would suffice to create such discontinuities as the perpetrators may wish to use to move some chess pieces around before triggered GFC2.0 and asset seizure. As always, I’m piecing together the clues, as I don’t have a copy of the plot. Best wishes Mike All help for my assistant Tim gratefully received by way of a paid subscription to this publication if you are able. Or subscribe for free to receive everything anyway. https://substack.com/home/post/p-146503974
    SUBSTACK.COM
    Maybe you have millions, even billions?… they will take it all… pretty soon.
    Over 50 years, laws have been changed the world over. You have “beneficial ownership” not ownership. This means someone else owns it. Will you fight it?
    Like
    1
    0 Commenti 1 condivisioni 32892 Views
  • RT - Putin signs Moon-station deal with China:

    https://www.rt.com/news/599170-putin-russia-china-moon/

    #LunarResearchStation #ILRS #LunarExploration #Moon #Roscosmos #CNSA #SpaceExploration #StrategicPartnership #InternationalRelations #Astronomy #SpacePolicy #Policy
    RT - Putin signs Moon-station deal with China: https://www.rt.com/news/599170-putin-russia-china-moon/ #LunarResearchStation #ILRS #LunarExploration #Moon #Roscosmos #CNSA #SpaceExploration #StrategicPartnership #InternationalRelations #Astronomy #SpacePolicy #Policy
    WWW.RT.COM
    Putin signs Moon-station deal with China
    A just-ratified deal with Beijing on a station on the Moon helps consolidate Russia’s leading role in space exploration, Moscow has said
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 8071 Views
  • Xinhua - Glasses in Moon's soil preserve water from multiple sources:

    http://en.people.cn/n3/2024/0511/c90000-20168495.html

    #ChangE5 #Moon #Hydroxyl #Water #Glass #LunarSoil #ProtonImplantation #SolarWind #LunarExploration #SolarSystemScience #Astronomy #Mineralogy #Geology
    Xinhua - Glasses in Moon's soil preserve water from multiple sources: http://en.people.cn/n3/2024/0511/c90000-20168495.html #ChangE5 #Moon #Hydroxyl #Water #Glass #LunarSoil #ProtonImplantation #SolarWind #LunarExploration #SolarSystemScience #Astronomy #Mineralogy #Geology
    Glasses in Moon's soil preserve water from multiple sources: study - People's Daily Online
    BEIJING, May 11 (Xinhua) -- A team of Chinese scientists has discovered that glassy materials within
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 11287 Views
  • The IDF’s war crimes are a perfect reflection of Israeli society
    Miko Peled, author and former member of IDF Special Forces, explains how Israel indoctrinates its citizens in anti-Palestinian racism from the cradle to the grave.


    Three months into Israel’s bombardment of Gaza, the atrocities the IDF has committed against Palestinians are too numerous to name. Israel is staging a prolonged assault on the Palestinian people’s very means of existence—destroying homes, hospitals, sanitation infrastructure, food and water sources, schools, and more. To understand the genocidal campaign unfolding before our eyes, we must examine the roots of Israeli society. Israel is a settler colonial state whose existence depends on the elimination of Palestinians. Accordingly, Israel is a deeply militarized society whose citizens are raised in an environment of historical revisionism and indoctrination that whitewashes Israel’s crimes while cultivating a deep-seated racism against Palestinians. Miko Peled, former IDF Special Forces and author of The General’s Son: Journey of an Israeli in Palestine, joins The Chris Hedges Report for a frank conversation on the distortions of history and reality at the foundations of Israeli identity.

    Studio Production: David Hebden, Adam Coley, Cameron Granadino
    Post-Production: Adam Coley

    Transcript

    Chris Hedges: The Israeli army, known as the Israel Defense Force or IDF, is integral to understanding Israeli society. Nearly all Israelis do three years of military service, most continue to serve in the reserves until middle age. Its generals often retire to occupy senior positions in government and industry. The dominance of the military in Israeli society helps explain why war, militaristic nationalism, and violence are so deeply embedded in Zionist ideology.

    Israel is the outgrowth of a militarized settler colonial movement that seeks its legitimacy in biblical myth. It has always sought to solve nearly every conflict; The ethnic cleansing and massacres against Palestinians known as the Nakba or catastrophe in the years between 1947 and 1949, the Suez War of 1956, the 1967 and 1973 wars with Arab neighbors, the two invasions of Lebanon, the Palestinian intifadas, and the series of military strikes on Gaza, including the most recent, with violence. The long campaign to occupy Palestinian land and ethnically cleanse Palestinians is rooted in the Zionist paramilitaries that formed the Israeli state and continue within the IDF.

    The overriding goal of settler colonialism is the total conquest of Palestinian land. The few Israeli leaders who have sought to reign in the military, such as Israeli Prime Minister Levi Eshkol, have been pushed aside by the generals. The military setbacks suffered by Israel in the 1973 war with Egypt and Syria, and during Israel’s invasions of Lebanon only fuel the extreme nationalists who have abandoned all pretense of a liberal democracy. They speak in the open language of apartheid and genocide. These extremists were behind the 1995 assassination of Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin and Israel’s failure to live up to the Oslo Accords.

    This extremism has now been exacerbated by the attack of October 7, which killed about 1,200 Israelis. The few Israelis who oppose this militaristic nationalism, especially after October 7, have been silenced and persecuted in Israel. Genocidal violence is almost exclusively the language Israeli leaders, and now Israeli citizens, use to speak to the Palestinians and the Arab world.

    Joining me to discuss the role of the military in Israeli society is Miko Peled. Miko’s father was a general in the Israeli army. Miko was a member of Israel’s special forces and, although disillusioned with the military, moved from his role as a combatant to that of a medic. After the 1982 war in Lebanon, he buried his service pin. He is the author of, The General’s Son: Journey of an Israeli in Palestine and Injustice: The Story of the Holy Land Foundation Five.

    You grew up, you were a child when your father was a general in the IDF. This inculcation of that military ethos has begun very young and begun in the schools. Can you talk about that?

    Miko Peled: Sure, thanks for having me, Chris. It’s good to be with you again and talk to you. So it begins before the military. It begins in preschool. It begins as soon as kids are able to talk and walk. I always say I knew the order of the ranks in the military before I knew my alphabet and this is true for many Israeli kids. The Israeli education system is such that it leads young Israelis to become soldiers, to serve the apartheid state, and to serve in this genocidal state, which is the state of Israel. It’s an enormous part of that. And with me, it came with mega-doses of that because when your father’s a general, and particularly of that generation of the 1967 generals, they were like gods of Olympus. Everybody knew their names.

    On Independence Day, I remember in the schools you would have little flags, not just flags of Israel, but flags of the IDF with pictures of IDF generals, pictures of the military, all kinds of military symbols, and so on. It’s everywhere. When I was a kid they still had a military parade. It’s everywhere and it’s inescapable. And you hear it when you walk down the street, you hear it in the news, you hear it in conversations, you hear it in schools, you read it in the textbooks, and there’s no place to develop dissent. There’s no place to develop a sense that dissent is okay, that dissent is possible. And the few cases where people do become dissenters, it’s either because their families have a tradition of being communist or more progressive and somehow it’s part of their tradition but this is a minority of a minority. By and large, Israel stands with the army, and Israel is the army. You can’t separate Israel from its army, from its military.

    Chris Hedges: Let’s juxtapose the myth that you were taught in school about the IDF with the reality.

    Miko Peled: The myth that I was… Again, this was given to me in larger doses at home because my father and his comrades were all part of the 1948 mythology. We were small and we were resourceful, and we were clever, and therefore, in 1948, we were able to defeat these Arab armies and these Arab killers who came to try to kill us and so on and destroy our fledgling little Jewish state. And because of our heroism – And you talked about the biblical connection – Because we are the descendants of King David, and we are the descendants of the Maccabees, and we have this resourcefulness and strength in our genes, we were able to create a state and then every time they attacked, we were there. We were able to defend ourselves and prevail and so on. It’s everywhere. Then again, in my case, it’s every time the larger, more extended family got together or my parents got together with their friends. And in many cases, the fathers were also comrades in arms.

    The stories of the battles, the stories of the conquests; Every city in Israel has an IDF plaza. Street names after different units of different generals are all over the country, street names of battles, so it’s everywhere. It wasn’t until I was probably 40 or a little less than 40, that it was the first time that I encountered the other narrative, the Palestinian story, and it was unbelievable. Somebody was telling me the day is night and night is day, or the world is flat, or whatever the comparison you want to make, it was incredible. They are telling me that what I know to be true – ‘Cause I heard it in school and I read it in books and I heard it from my father and my mother and friends – That all of this is not true. And what you find out if you go along the path that I chose to take, this journey of an Israeli to Palestine, is that it was one horrifying crime against humanity.

    That’s what this so-called heroism was, it was no heroism at all. It was a well-trained, highly motivated, well-indoctrinated, well-armed militia that then became the IDF. But when it started, it was still a militia or today they would be called a terrorist organization, that went up against the people who had never had a military force, who never had a tank, who never had a warplane, who never prepared, even remotely, for battle or an assault. Then you have to make a choice: How do you bridge this? The differences are not nuanced, the differences are enormous. The choice that I made is to investigate for myself and find out who’s telling the truth and who isn’t. And my side was not telling the truth.

    Chris Hedges: How did they explain incidents such as the Nakba, the massacres that took place in ’48 and ’56, and the massive ethnic cleansing that took place in ’67? How was that explained to you within that mythic narrative? Many of the activities that the IDF has had to carry out are quite brutal, quite savage. The indiscriminate killing of civilians – We can talk about Gaza in a minute – What did that do to society? The people who carried out those killings, and eventually huge prisons, torture, and everything else? But let’s begin with how the myth coped with those incidents and then talk about the trauma that is carried within Israeli society for carrying out those war crimes.

    Miko Peled: My generation, we knew that there were several instances of bad apples that committed terrible crimes. And we admitted, so there was Deir Yassin, which was a village on the outskirts of Jerusalem, a peaceful village where a horrible massacre took place. Then we knew that Ariel Sharon was a bit of a lunatic and he took the commandos that he commanded in the ’50s and went to the West Bank and went into Gaza and committed acts of terrible massacres. He was still a hero, held in high regard by everyone, but we knew that there were certain instances… And every military, every nation makes its mistakes and then these things happen But there was never any sense that this somehow discounted or hurt the image of us being a moral army.

    There are lots of stories of how soldiers went and they decided to, out of the kindness of their hearts, they didn’t harm civilians. And those same civilians went and then warned the enemy that they were coming. And these same good Israeli soldiers would then pay the price and were killed. So it’s presented as limited cases. Nakba was not something that was ever discussed. I’m sure it’s not discussed today, certainly not in schools. In Israeli schools today, you’re not allowed to mention the Nakba. There’s a directive by the Ministry of Education that even Palestinians are not allowed to mention the Nakba. But nobody ever talked about that. And the Arabs left, what are you going to do? There was a war and all these people left and this is the way it is.

    So none of that ever hurt, in any way, the image of us being this glorious heroic army, descendants of King David, and other great traditions of Jewish heroism. None of that ever hurt itself. So there’s no trauma because we did nothing wrong. If somebody did something wrong, well, it was a case of bad apples, it was limited to a particular circumstance, a particular person, a particular unit, and you get crazy people everywhere. What are you going to do? It’s never been presented as systemic. Today, we have a history so we can look back and if we do pay attention, and if we do read the literature, and if we do listen to Palestinians – And today there’s this great NGO called Zochrot, whose mission is to maintain the memory of the towns and cities that were destroyed in 1948 and to revive the stories of what took place in 1948 – They are uncovering new massacres all the time. Because as that generation is dying off, both the Israelis who committed the crimes and the Palestinians who were still alive at the time and survived, are opening up and telling more and more stories.

    So we know of churches that were filled with civilians and were burned down. We know of a mosque in Lydd that was filled with people and a young man went and shot a Fiat missile into it. All of these horrific stories are still coming out but Israelis are not paying attention, Israelis are not listening. Whenever there’s an attack on Gaza – And as you know very well, these attacks began in the fifties with Ariel Sharon, by the way – There is always a reason. Because at first they were infiltrators, and then they were terrorists, and now they’re called Hamas, and whatever the devil’s name may be there’s always a very good reason to go in there because these are people who are raised to hate and kill and so on. So it’s a tightly-knit and tightly-orchestrated narrative that is being perpetuated and Israelis don’t seem to have a problem with that.

    Chris Hedges: And yet carrying out acts of brutality. The occupation – Huge numbers, a million Israelis are in the states. Large numbers of Israelis have left the country. I’m wondering how many of those are people who have a conscience and are repulsed by what they have seen in the West Bank and Gaza. Perhaps I’m incorrect about that.

    Miko Peled: I don’t know. In the few encounters that I’ve had with Israelis in the US over the years, the vast majority support Israel, support Israel’s actions. It’s interesting that you mentioned that because I got an email from someone representing a group of alumni of Jewish Day Schools. These are Zionist schools all over countries where they indoctrinate the worst Zionism: secular Zionism. And they are now appalled by the indoctrination to serve in the IDF. A very high percentage of these students grew up, went to Israel, joined the IDF, took part in APEC events, and so on. And now they’re looking back and they’re reflecting and they’re feeling a sense of anger that they were put through this and lied through their entire lives about this.

    So that’s an interesting development. And if that grows, then that might be a game changer because these are the most loyal American Jews. The most loyal to Israel. But by and large, Israelis that I meet, with few exceptions, support Israel and they’re here for whatever reasons people come to America: They’re not unique, they’re not necessarily here because they were fed up or they were angry, or they were dissenters in any way, shape, or form. Around DC and Maryland, there are many Israelis. Sometimes you’ll sit in a coffee shop or go somewhere, you hear the conversations, and there’s no lack of support for Israel among these Israelis as far as I can see.

    Chris Hedges: Let’s talk about the armies. You were in the Special Forces elite unit. Talk about that indoctrination. I remember visiting Auschwitz a few years ago, and there were Israeli groups and people flying Israeli flags. But speak about that form of indoctrination and its link, in particular, to the Holocaust.

    Miko Peled: The myth is that Israel is a response to the Holocaust. And that the IDF is a response to the Holocaust; We must be strong, we must be willing to fight, and we must always have a gun in one hand or a weapon in one hand so that this will never happen again. And what’s interesting is, when you talk to Holocaust survivors who are not indoctrinated, who did not get pulled into Zionism – Which there are very, very many – They’ll say the notion that a militarized state is somehow the answer to the Holocaust is absurd because the answer to the Holocaust is tolerance and education and humanity, not violence and racism. But nobody wants to ruin a good myth with the facts. So that’s the story.

    The story is because of Auschwitz, we represent all those that were killed, perished by the Nazis, and so on, and therefore we need to be strong. And the Israeli flag represents them, and the Israeli military represents them. It’s absurd, it’s absolute madness. I went to serve in the army willingly, as most young Israelis do. In my environment, refusing or not going was not heard of, although there were some voices in the wilderness that were refusing and questioning morality. But I never did. Nobody around me ever did until I began the training and you began patrolling. I remember – You and I may have talked about this once – We were an infantry unit, a commando infantry unit. And suddenly we were given batons and these plastic handcuffs and were told to patrol in Ramallah.

    And I’m going, what the hell’s going on? What are we doing here? And then we’re told if anybody looks at you funny, you break every bone in their body. And I thought, everybody’s going to look at us, we’re commandos while marching through a city. Who’s not going to look at us? I was behind. I didn’t realize that everybody already understood that this is how it is, this is how it’s supposed to be. I thought, wait, this is wrong. Why are we doing this? We’re supposed to be the good guys here.

    And then there was the Lebanon invasion of ’82 and so on. So that broke that in my mind, that was a serious crack in the wall of belief and the wall of patriotism that was in me. But this whole notion that somehow being violent and militaristic and racist and being conquerors is somehow a response to the horrors of the Holocaust is absolute madness. But when you’re in it nobody around you is asking questions. You don’t ask questions either unless you’re willing to stand out and be smacked on the head.

    Chris Hedges: Within the military, within the IDF, how did they speak about Palestinians and Arabs?

    Miko Peled: The discourse, the hatred, the racism, is horrifying. First of all, they’re the animals. They’re nothing. It’s a joke, you see, it’s horrifying. They think it’s funny to stop people and ask them for their ID and to chase them and to chase kids and to shoot. It all seems like entertainment, you know? I never heard that discourse until I was in it. Then afterward, when I would meet Israelis who served, even here in the US, the way they joked around about what they did in the West Bank, the way they joked around about killing or stopping people or making them take their clothes off and dance naked, it’s entertainment.

    They think it’s funny. They don’t see that there’s a problem here because racism is so ingrained from such a young age that it’s almost organic. And I don’t think it’s surprising. When you have a racist society, and you have a racist education system that is so methodical, that’s what you get. And the racism doesn’t stop with Palestinians or with Arabs; It goes on to the Black people, it goes on to people of color, it goes to Jews or Israelis who come from other countries who are dark-skinned, for some reason. The racism crosses all these boundaries and it’s completely part of the culture.

    Chris Hedges: You have very little criticism of the IDF, almost none within the Israeli press, although there is quite a bit of criticism right now, of Netanyahu and his mismanagement and his corruption. Talk a little bit about the deification of the IDF within the public discourse and mainstream media and what that means for what’s happening in Gaza.

    Miko Peled: Well, the military is above the law. It’s above reproach, except from time to time. So after the ’73 war, there was an investigation. Earlier this week, there was, in the cabinet meeting… The cabinet meets every Sunday. And the army chief of staff was there and he was… This was leaked from the cabinet meeting. It was leaked that some of the more right-wing partners – It’s funny to say right-wing partners because they’re all this right-wing lunacy in the Israeli cabinet – But the more right-wing settlers that are in the cabinet were attacking the army, were attacking the chief of staff because he decided to start an inquiry because it was catastrophic when the Palestinian fighters came in from Gaza, there was nobody home. They took over half of their country back. They took 22 Israeli settlements and cities.

    They took over the army base of the Gaza brigade, which is supposed to defend the country from exactly this happening. And there was nobody in the… They took over the base. So he initiated an internal inquiry within the army, and they’re criticizing him and what you see in the Israeli press is two very interesting things: One is something went horribly wrong and we need to find out why, but we should wait because we shouldn’t do it during wartime. We shouldn’t criticize the army during wartime. We shouldn’t make the soldiers feel like they have to hold back because if they need to shoot, they should be allowed to shoot. And the other thing we see is that politically, everybody is eating each other up. They’re killing each other politically in the press. So everybody that’s against Netanyahu and wants to see it is attacking him.

    His people are attacking the others for attacking the government. It seems like there’s this paralysis as a result of this infighting that is affecting the functionality of the state as a state. Israelis are not living in the country, Israel is not the state that it was prior to October 7, it was paralyzed for several weeks, and now it’s still paralyzed in many ways. You’ve got missiles coming from the north, you’ve got missiles coming from the south. You’ve got very large numbers of Israeli soldiers being killed and thousands being injured and the war’s not ending. They’re not able to defeat the Palestinians in Gaza, the armed resistance, and so on.

    So all of this is taking place and you read the Israeli press and it’s like this cesspool that’s bubbling and bubbling and bubbling, and everybody’s attacking everybody else. And the army, it’s true, they are above reproach mostly, but this particular time the settlers are very angry. Another reason is because the the military decided to pull back some of the ground troops, understandably, since they’re being hit so hard. And I remember that happening before when the army pulled back out of Gaza, they were being attacked for stopping the killing, for not continuing these mass killings of Palestinians.

    Chris Hedges: Well, you had what? 70 fatalities in the Golani Brigade? And they were pulled back. This is a very elite unit.

    Miko Peled: Yeah, it’s very interesting because many of the casualties are high-ranking officers. You have colonels, lieutenant colonels, and very high-ranking commanders within Israeli special forces who are being killed. And they’re usually killed in big bunches because they’ll be in an armored personnel carrier or they’ll be marching together. And in Jenin a few days ago, they blew up a military vehicle and killed a bunch of soldiers. So Israelis are scratching their heads, not knowing what the hell is going on and what to do, because number one, they were not protected as they thought they were.

    And I’m sure you know this, the Israeli settlements, the kibbutzim, the cities in the south that border Gaza, [inaudible 00:25:59], they enjoy some of the highest standards of living among Israelis. It’s a beautiful lifestyle. It’s warm, it’s lovely. Agriculture is… And I don’t think it ever occurred to them that Palestinians would dare to come out of Gaza fighting and succeeding the way they did. The army was bankrupt. It was gone, the intelligence apparatus was bankrupt, and nothing worked. And it is reminiscent of what happened in 1973. This is far worse but it is reminiscent. And I don’t think it’s a coincidence that the October 7 attacks were exactly 50 years and one day after the 1973 October war began and the whole system collapsed. So that’s what we’re seeing right now.

    Chris Hedges: How do you read what’s happening in Gaza, militarily?

    Miko Peled: The Palestinians are able to hold on and kill many Israelis. And even though the Israelis have the firepower and they’ve got the logistics, supply chains are not a problem. Whereas Palestinians, I don’t know where they’re getting supplies. I don’t know where they’re getting food to continue fighting. They’re putting up a fierce resistance. I don’t think that militarily there’s a strategy here. This is revenge; Israel was humiliated, the army was humiliated, and they needed to take it out on somebody.

    So they found the weakest victims they could lay their hands on, and these are the Palestinian civilians in Gaza. And so they’re killing them by the tens of thousands. I don’t think anybody believes in such a thing as getting rid of Hamas. I don’t think anybody believes that that’s possible. I don’t believe anybody takes seriously or believes that you can take too many people out of Gaza and spread them around the world and into other places, even though that’s what they’re saying. But as long as Israel is allowed to kill, and as long as the supply chain isn’t interrupted, they’re going to continue to kill.

    Chris Hedges: And they’re also creating a humanitarian crisis. So it’s not just the bombs and the shells, but it’s now starvation. Diarrhea is an epidemic, sanitation is broken. I’m wondering at what point this humanitarian crisis becomes so pronounced that the choice is you leave or you die.

    Miko Peled: That’s always the big question for Palestinians. And the sad thing is that Palestinians are always being placed in these situations where they have to make that choice. It’s the worst form of injustice. And you know this, you’ve been in war zones. We don’t know how many bodies are buried under the rubble and what that’s going to bring up. And there are hundreds of thousands now who are suffering from all kinds of diseases as a result of this environmental catastrophe. And you remember, what was it? 2016 or something, 2017? The UN came out with a report that by 2020, Gaza would be uninhabitable. I don’t think the Gaza Strip has ever been inhabitable. It’s been a humanitarian disaster since it was created in the late forties and early fifties because they suddenly threw all these refugees there with no infrastructure and that was it, and then began killing them.

    I was talking to some people the other day, as Americans, as taxpayers, wouldn’t we want the Sixth Fleet, which is in the Mediterranean, the US Navy Sixth Fleet, to aid the Palestinians? To provide them support? To create a no-fly zone over these innocent people that are being massacred? As Americans, shouldn’t that be the natural ask, the natural desire to demand our politicians to use? Because American naval vessels have been used for humanitarian causes before. Why aren’t they supporting the Palestinians? Why aren’t they providing them aid? Why aren’t they helping them rebuild? Why are American tax dollars going to continue this genocide rather than stop it and aid the victims?

    These are questions Americans need to ask themselves because it makes absolutely no sense. It is absolute madness that people are allowing their government to support a genocide that’s not even done in secret. It’s not even done in hiding it. It’s on prime time. Everybody sees it. Everybody knows what’s going on. And again, for some strange reason, Americans are allowing their military and their government to aid the genocide. And there’s no question that it’s genocide. The definition of the crime of genocide is so absolutely clear, that anybody can look it up and compare it to what’s been going on in Palestine. So that to me is the greatest question: Why aren’t Americans demanding that the US support the Palestinians?

    Chris Hedges: Well, according to opinion polls, most Americans want a ceasefire. But the Congress is bought and paid for by the Israel lobby. Biden is one of the largest recipients of aid or campaign financing from the Israel lobby. This is true for both parties. Chuck Schumer was at the rally saying no ceasefire.

    Miko Peled: Which is odd. A ceasefire is a very small ask and I don’t know why we always ask for the bare minimum for Palestinians. But let’s talk about ceasefire. Israeli soldiers are being killed as well in very large numbers. How has ceasefire suddenly become an anti-Israeli demand? But it’s a very small ask. I don’t know how it was or where it was that this idea of demanding a ceasefire came up because that is not a serious demand. Ceasefire gets violated by Israel anyway, within 24-48 hours. You know that historically Israel always violated ceasefires. What is required here are severe sanctions, a no-fly zone, immediate aid to the Palestinians, and stopping this and providing guarantees for the safety and security of Palestinians forever moving forward so this can never happen again.

    That’s what needs to be asked. At this point, after having sacrificed so much, after having shown much of what I believe is immense courage, Palestinians deserve everything. We as people of conscience need to demand not to ceasefire, we need to demand a dismantling of the apartheid state and a full stop and absolute end to the genocide and guarantees put in place that Palestinian kids will be safe. I was talking to Issa Amro earlier in Hebron. It’s ridiculous when nobody even talks about what happens in the West Bank. Friends of mine who are Palestinian citizens of Israel, nobody dares to leave the house, nobody dares to text. They’re afraid to walk down the streets. Their safety is not guaranteed by anyone.

    Palestinian safety and security are left to the whims of any Israeli, and that should be the conversation right now, after such horrendous violence. That needs to be the demand. That needs to be the ask when we go to protests when we make these demands like a ceasefire. And even that, Israel is not willing. And these bouts of political supporters of Israel here in America are not willing to entertain a ceasefire. I believe it’s a crazy part of history that we’re experiencing right now and it’s a watershed moment. October 7 created an opportunity to end this for good, to end the suffering of Palestinians, the oppression, and the genocide for good. And if we being people of conscience don’t take advantage of this now and bring it to an end, we will regret this for generations.

    Chris Hedges: The Netanyahu government is talking about this assault on Gaza, this genocide continuing for months. There are strikes, and have been strikes against, now Hezbollah leaders. What concerns you? How could this all go terribly wrong?

    Miko Peled: It’s already gone terribly wrong because of the death and destruction of so many innocent lives is… I don’t even know that there’s a word for it. It’s beyond horrifying. Netanyahu is relying on the restraint of Hezbollah and the restraint of Iran and the restraint of the Arab governments has all been neutralized either through destruct, being destroyed, or through normalization. So he’s relying on that and he knows that he can keep triggering, he can keep bombing Lebanon, bombing Syria, instigating all of these things and it won’t turn into an all-out war. Because at the end of the day, even though Lebanese, Hezbollah, and Palestinian fighters have shown that they’re superior as fighters, they don’t have the supply chains, they don’t have the warplanes, they don’t have the tanks. So more and more civilians are going to be hurt.

    So I don’t think it’s going to turn into a regional war by any stretch of the imagination. And so Netanyahu is betting on that, and that’s why he’s allowing this to go on. And for him, this is a win-win. There’s no way that he can be unseated by anybody that’s around him. There’s no opposition. And as long as this goes on, as long as everybody’s in a state of crisis, he can continue to sit in the Prime Minister’s seat, which for him is the end all and be all of everything. And the world is supporting. The world, as governments of the world, I should say.

    I do interviews with African TV stations, Indian TV stations, and Europeans; Everybody is supporting Israel. Everybody listens to what I have to say, and they think I am a lunatic for supporting terrorism or whatever it is they, however, it is that they frame it. But I don’t see this ending unless there is massive pressure by people of conscience on their governments to force change, to force sanctions, to force the end of the genocide, and the end of the apartheid state.

    Chris Hedges: I want to talk about the shift within Zionism itself from the dominance of a secular leadership to – We see it in the government of Netanyahu – The rise of a religious Zionism, which is also true now within the IDF. And I wondered if you could talk about the consequences of that.

    Miko Peled: Sure. So originally, traditionally, and historically, Zionism and Judaism were at odds. And even to this day ultra-orthodox Jews reject Zionism and reject Israel by and large. But after 1967, there was this new creation of the Zionist religious movement. And these are the settlers who went to the West Bank and they became the new pioneers. And they are today, they make up a large portion of the officers and those who joined the special forces and so on. In the past, in the army, the unofficial policy was that these guys, should not be allowed to advance. The current chief of staff comes from that world, which is a huge change. There are several generals and high-ranking commanders and so on who come from that world. The reason that it was the unofficial policy that these guys should not be promoted was that it’s an incredibly toxic combination, this messianic form of Judaism, which is an aberration.

    It’s not Judaism at all, with this nationalist fanaticism. This combination is toxic and look what it created. It created some of the worst racists, some of the most violent thugs that we’ve seen, certainly in the short history of the state of Israel, although I don’t know that they’re any less violent than the generation of Zionists of my father who are secular. This was a big concern in the past but now they’re everywhere and look at its current government. They hold the finance ministry, they hold the national security ministry, certainly in the military they’re everywhere, they hold many sub-cabinets, and they’re heads of committees in the Knesset, and so on. And they’ve done their work. They worked very hard to get to where they are today, which is where they call the shots. And Netanyahu’s guaranteed to remain in power.

    They’re his support group. That’s why you could have had, as we had earlier this year, hundreds of thousands of Israelis protesting in the streets and it didn’t affect him because he has his block in the Knesset that will never leave him as long as he allows them to play their game. And this is what’s happening. So in terms of violence and the facts on the ground, I don’t think these guys are any worse again than my parents’ generation who were young Zionists and zealots at the time and committed the 1948 Nakba and ran the country and operated the apartheid state for the first few decades. But it’s a new form of fanaticism being that it is religious as well as fascist. So it’s very toxic. And they have more of a stomach for killing civilians than we’ve ever seen before, even for Israelis. These numbers are beyond belief, even for Israel.

    Chris Hedges: I’m wondering if this religious Zionism probably has its profoundest effect within Israel, in terms of shutting down dissidents, civil liberties, this kind of stuff.

    Miko Peled: Well, Israelis love them. Israelis love these guys because they’re religious but they dress like us. They don’t look like the old Jews with the big beards and everything; They’re cool. They wear jeans. And the reason I say this is because one of their objectives is to take over Al-Aqsa and build a Jewish temple. They’re destroying Al-Aqsa and they conduct these tours. In the old city of Jerusalem, there’s a particular path that you take from where the western wall is up to Al-Aqsa, which is open for non-Muslims. And so they hold tours and there’s several odd times throughout the day. I’ve taken some of these tours to see what it’s about, what these guys do, you know?

    These are prayer tours and hundreds of thousands of Israelis go on these tours. And these are Israelis who are not religious at all, these are secular people. I see the people that go on the tours. To give you an idea of what this is about, you go up on that bridge and then you wait until the tour starts because you have to go in a group. And there’s a massive model of the new temple, of the Jewish temple that is going to be built there. And then you have a huge group of armed police –They’re not soldiers, they’re police but dressed completely militarized. And Muslim Palestinians are not allowed – That accompany the tour all around and they stop and they pray and they stop and they pray and they stop and pray at various places. The whole thing takes maybe an hour. But the interesting thing is that the people who go on these tours are secular Israelis. And then as I was doing this, I was remembering, even as a kid growing up completely secular, we would sing songs about the day that we build a temple.

    Why did we sing songs about building a temple? Because it went beyond our religious significance and became a national significance. And there’s no question in my mind that Netanyahu and secular Israelis would love to see this idea of destroying Al-Aqsa and having a Jewish temple there. It’s a sign that we’re back, King David is back. Even though it has nothing to do with history and there’s no truth in it, the connection that we are descendants of King David is something Israelis love. That’s what this is about, the relationship between the so-called settlers. That’s what they’re called in Israeli jargon. They’re called the settlers. Regular secular Israelis are an interesting one because on the one hand, they’re looked down upon because they’re religious, but on the other hand, they’re a cool religious. So there is an affinity.

    Chris Hedges: Great. That was Miko Peled, author of The General’s Son: Journey of an Israeli in Palestine and Injustice: The Story of the Holy Land Foundation Five. I want to thank the Real News Network and its production team: Cameron Granandino, Adam Coley, David Hebden, and Kayla Rivara. You can find me at chrishedges.substack.com.

    Creative Commons License

    Republish our articles for free, online or in print, under a Creative Commons license.

    https://therealnews.com/the-idfs-war-crimes-are-a-perfect-reflection-of-israeli-society

    https://telegra.ph/The-IDFs-war-crimes-are-a-perfect-reflection-of-Israeli-society-04-02
    The IDF’s war crimes are a perfect reflection of Israeli society Miko Peled, author and former member of IDF Special Forces, explains how Israel indoctrinates its citizens in anti-Palestinian racism from the cradle to the grave. Three months into Israel’s bombardment of Gaza, the atrocities the IDF has committed against Palestinians are too numerous to name. Israel is staging a prolonged assault on the Palestinian people’s very means of existence—destroying homes, hospitals, sanitation infrastructure, food and water sources, schools, and more. To understand the genocidal campaign unfolding before our eyes, we must examine the roots of Israeli society. Israel is a settler colonial state whose existence depends on the elimination of Palestinians. Accordingly, Israel is a deeply militarized society whose citizens are raised in an environment of historical revisionism and indoctrination that whitewashes Israel’s crimes while cultivating a deep-seated racism against Palestinians. Miko Peled, former IDF Special Forces and author of The General’s Son: Journey of an Israeli in Palestine, joins The Chris Hedges Report for a frank conversation on the distortions of history and reality at the foundations of Israeli identity. Studio Production: David Hebden, Adam Coley, Cameron Granadino Post-Production: Adam Coley Transcript Chris Hedges: The Israeli army, known as the Israel Defense Force or IDF, is integral to understanding Israeli society. Nearly all Israelis do three years of military service, most continue to serve in the reserves until middle age. Its generals often retire to occupy senior positions in government and industry. The dominance of the military in Israeli society helps explain why war, militaristic nationalism, and violence are so deeply embedded in Zionist ideology. Israel is the outgrowth of a militarized settler colonial movement that seeks its legitimacy in biblical myth. It has always sought to solve nearly every conflict; The ethnic cleansing and massacres against Palestinians known as the Nakba or catastrophe in the years between 1947 and 1949, the Suez War of 1956, the 1967 and 1973 wars with Arab neighbors, the two invasions of Lebanon, the Palestinian intifadas, and the series of military strikes on Gaza, including the most recent, with violence. The long campaign to occupy Palestinian land and ethnically cleanse Palestinians is rooted in the Zionist paramilitaries that formed the Israeli state and continue within the IDF. The overriding goal of settler colonialism is the total conquest of Palestinian land. The few Israeli leaders who have sought to reign in the military, such as Israeli Prime Minister Levi Eshkol, have been pushed aside by the generals. The military setbacks suffered by Israel in the 1973 war with Egypt and Syria, and during Israel’s invasions of Lebanon only fuel the extreme nationalists who have abandoned all pretense of a liberal democracy. They speak in the open language of apartheid and genocide. These extremists were behind the 1995 assassination of Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin and Israel’s failure to live up to the Oslo Accords. This extremism has now been exacerbated by the attack of October 7, which killed about 1,200 Israelis. The few Israelis who oppose this militaristic nationalism, especially after October 7, have been silenced and persecuted in Israel. Genocidal violence is almost exclusively the language Israeli leaders, and now Israeli citizens, use to speak to the Palestinians and the Arab world. Joining me to discuss the role of the military in Israeli society is Miko Peled. Miko’s father was a general in the Israeli army. Miko was a member of Israel’s special forces and, although disillusioned with the military, moved from his role as a combatant to that of a medic. After the 1982 war in Lebanon, he buried his service pin. He is the author of, The General’s Son: Journey of an Israeli in Palestine and Injustice: The Story of the Holy Land Foundation Five. You grew up, you were a child when your father was a general in the IDF. This inculcation of that military ethos has begun very young and begun in the schools. Can you talk about that? Miko Peled: Sure, thanks for having me, Chris. It’s good to be with you again and talk to you. So it begins before the military. It begins in preschool. It begins as soon as kids are able to talk and walk. I always say I knew the order of the ranks in the military before I knew my alphabet and this is true for many Israeli kids. The Israeli education system is such that it leads young Israelis to become soldiers, to serve the apartheid state, and to serve in this genocidal state, which is the state of Israel. It’s an enormous part of that. And with me, it came with mega-doses of that because when your father’s a general, and particularly of that generation of the 1967 generals, they were like gods of Olympus. Everybody knew their names. On Independence Day, I remember in the schools you would have little flags, not just flags of Israel, but flags of the IDF with pictures of IDF generals, pictures of the military, all kinds of military symbols, and so on. It’s everywhere. When I was a kid they still had a military parade. It’s everywhere and it’s inescapable. And you hear it when you walk down the street, you hear it in the news, you hear it in conversations, you hear it in schools, you read it in the textbooks, and there’s no place to develop dissent. There’s no place to develop a sense that dissent is okay, that dissent is possible. And the few cases where people do become dissenters, it’s either because their families have a tradition of being communist or more progressive and somehow it’s part of their tradition but this is a minority of a minority. By and large, Israel stands with the army, and Israel is the army. You can’t separate Israel from its army, from its military. Chris Hedges: Let’s juxtapose the myth that you were taught in school about the IDF with the reality. Miko Peled: The myth that I was… Again, this was given to me in larger doses at home because my father and his comrades were all part of the 1948 mythology. We were small and we were resourceful, and we were clever, and therefore, in 1948, we were able to defeat these Arab armies and these Arab killers who came to try to kill us and so on and destroy our fledgling little Jewish state. And because of our heroism – And you talked about the biblical connection – Because we are the descendants of King David, and we are the descendants of the Maccabees, and we have this resourcefulness and strength in our genes, we were able to create a state and then every time they attacked, we were there. We were able to defend ourselves and prevail and so on. It’s everywhere. Then again, in my case, it’s every time the larger, more extended family got together or my parents got together with their friends. And in many cases, the fathers were also comrades in arms. The stories of the battles, the stories of the conquests; Every city in Israel has an IDF plaza. Street names after different units of different generals are all over the country, street names of battles, so it’s everywhere. It wasn’t until I was probably 40 or a little less than 40, that it was the first time that I encountered the other narrative, the Palestinian story, and it was unbelievable. Somebody was telling me the day is night and night is day, or the world is flat, or whatever the comparison you want to make, it was incredible. They are telling me that what I know to be true – ‘Cause I heard it in school and I read it in books and I heard it from my father and my mother and friends – That all of this is not true. And what you find out if you go along the path that I chose to take, this journey of an Israeli to Palestine, is that it was one horrifying crime against humanity. That’s what this so-called heroism was, it was no heroism at all. It was a well-trained, highly motivated, well-indoctrinated, well-armed militia that then became the IDF. But when it started, it was still a militia or today they would be called a terrorist organization, that went up against the people who had never had a military force, who never had a tank, who never had a warplane, who never prepared, even remotely, for battle or an assault. Then you have to make a choice: How do you bridge this? The differences are not nuanced, the differences are enormous. The choice that I made is to investigate for myself and find out who’s telling the truth and who isn’t. And my side was not telling the truth. Chris Hedges: How did they explain incidents such as the Nakba, the massacres that took place in ’48 and ’56, and the massive ethnic cleansing that took place in ’67? How was that explained to you within that mythic narrative? Many of the activities that the IDF has had to carry out are quite brutal, quite savage. The indiscriminate killing of civilians – We can talk about Gaza in a minute – What did that do to society? The people who carried out those killings, and eventually huge prisons, torture, and everything else? But let’s begin with how the myth coped with those incidents and then talk about the trauma that is carried within Israeli society for carrying out those war crimes. Miko Peled: My generation, we knew that there were several instances of bad apples that committed terrible crimes. And we admitted, so there was Deir Yassin, which was a village on the outskirts of Jerusalem, a peaceful village where a horrible massacre took place. Then we knew that Ariel Sharon was a bit of a lunatic and he took the commandos that he commanded in the ’50s and went to the West Bank and went into Gaza and committed acts of terrible massacres. He was still a hero, held in high regard by everyone, but we knew that there were certain instances… And every military, every nation makes its mistakes and then these things happen But there was never any sense that this somehow discounted or hurt the image of us being a moral army. There are lots of stories of how soldiers went and they decided to, out of the kindness of their hearts, they didn’t harm civilians. And those same civilians went and then warned the enemy that they were coming. And these same good Israeli soldiers would then pay the price and were killed. So it’s presented as limited cases. Nakba was not something that was ever discussed. I’m sure it’s not discussed today, certainly not in schools. In Israeli schools today, you’re not allowed to mention the Nakba. There’s a directive by the Ministry of Education that even Palestinians are not allowed to mention the Nakba. But nobody ever talked about that. And the Arabs left, what are you going to do? There was a war and all these people left and this is the way it is. So none of that ever hurt, in any way, the image of us being this glorious heroic army, descendants of King David, and other great traditions of Jewish heroism. None of that ever hurt itself. So there’s no trauma because we did nothing wrong. If somebody did something wrong, well, it was a case of bad apples, it was limited to a particular circumstance, a particular person, a particular unit, and you get crazy people everywhere. What are you going to do? It’s never been presented as systemic. Today, we have a history so we can look back and if we do pay attention, and if we do read the literature, and if we do listen to Palestinians – And today there’s this great NGO called Zochrot, whose mission is to maintain the memory of the towns and cities that were destroyed in 1948 and to revive the stories of what took place in 1948 – They are uncovering new massacres all the time. Because as that generation is dying off, both the Israelis who committed the crimes and the Palestinians who were still alive at the time and survived, are opening up and telling more and more stories. So we know of churches that were filled with civilians and were burned down. We know of a mosque in Lydd that was filled with people and a young man went and shot a Fiat missile into it. All of these horrific stories are still coming out but Israelis are not paying attention, Israelis are not listening. Whenever there’s an attack on Gaza – And as you know very well, these attacks began in the fifties with Ariel Sharon, by the way – There is always a reason. Because at first they were infiltrators, and then they were terrorists, and now they’re called Hamas, and whatever the devil’s name may be there’s always a very good reason to go in there because these are people who are raised to hate and kill and so on. So it’s a tightly-knit and tightly-orchestrated narrative that is being perpetuated and Israelis don’t seem to have a problem with that. Chris Hedges: And yet carrying out acts of brutality. The occupation – Huge numbers, a million Israelis are in the states. Large numbers of Israelis have left the country. I’m wondering how many of those are people who have a conscience and are repulsed by what they have seen in the West Bank and Gaza. Perhaps I’m incorrect about that. Miko Peled: I don’t know. In the few encounters that I’ve had with Israelis in the US over the years, the vast majority support Israel, support Israel’s actions. It’s interesting that you mentioned that because I got an email from someone representing a group of alumni of Jewish Day Schools. These are Zionist schools all over countries where they indoctrinate the worst Zionism: secular Zionism. And they are now appalled by the indoctrination to serve in the IDF. A very high percentage of these students grew up, went to Israel, joined the IDF, took part in APEC events, and so on. And now they’re looking back and they’re reflecting and they’re feeling a sense of anger that they were put through this and lied through their entire lives about this. So that’s an interesting development. And if that grows, then that might be a game changer because these are the most loyal American Jews. The most loyal to Israel. But by and large, Israelis that I meet, with few exceptions, support Israel and they’re here for whatever reasons people come to America: They’re not unique, they’re not necessarily here because they were fed up or they were angry, or they were dissenters in any way, shape, or form. Around DC and Maryland, there are many Israelis. Sometimes you’ll sit in a coffee shop or go somewhere, you hear the conversations, and there’s no lack of support for Israel among these Israelis as far as I can see. Chris Hedges: Let’s talk about the armies. You were in the Special Forces elite unit. Talk about that indoctrination. I remember visiting Auschwitz a few years ago, and there were Israeli groups and people flying Israeli flags. But speak about that form of indoctrination and its link, in particular, to the Holocaust. Miko Peled: The myth is that Israel is a response to the Holocaust. And that the IDF is a response to the Holocaust; We must be strong, we must be willing to fight, and we must always have a gun in one hand or a weapon in one hand so that this will never happen again. And what’s interesting is, when you talk to Holocaust survivors who are not indoctrinated, who did not get pulled into Zionism – Which there are very, very many – They’ll say the notion that a militarized state is somehow the answer to the Holocaust is absurd because the answer to the Holocaust is tolerance and education and humanity, not violence and racism. But nobody wants to ruin a good myth with the facts. So that’s the story. The story is because of Auschwitz, we represent all those that were killed, perished by the Nazis, and so on, and therefore we need to be strong. And the Israeli flag represents them, and the Israeli military represents them. It’s absurd, it’s absolute madness. I went to serve in the army willingly, as most young Israelis do. In my environment, refusing or not going was not heard of, although there were some voices in the wilderness that were refusing and questioning morality. But I never did. Nobody around me ever did until I began the training and you began patrolling. I remember – You and I may have talked about this once – We were an infantry unit, a commando infantry unit. And suddenly we were given batons and these plastic handcuffs and were told to patrol in Ramallah. And I’m going, what the hell’s going on? What are we doing here? And then we’re told if anybody looks at you funny, you break every bone in their body. And I thought, everybody’s going to look at us, we’re commandos while marching through a city. Who’s not going to look at us? I was behind. I didn’t realize that everybody already understood that this is how it is, this is how it’s supposed to be. I thought, wait, this is wrong. Why are we doing this? We’re supposed to be the good guys here. And then there was the Lebanon invasion of ’82 and so on. So that broke that in my mind, that was a serious crack in the wall of belief and the wall of patriotism that was in me. But this whole notion that somehow being violent and militaristic and racist and being conquerors is somehow a response to the horrors of the Holocaust is absolute madness. But when you’re in it nobody around you is asking questions. You don’t ask questions either unless you’re willing to stand out and be smacked on the head. Chris Hedges: Within the military, within the IDF, how did they speak about Palestinians and Arabs? Miko Peled: The discourse, the hatred, the racism, is horrifying. First of all, they’re the animals. They’re nothing. It’s a joke, you see, it’s horrifying. They think it’s funny to stop people and ask them for their ID and to chase them and to chase kids and to shoot. It all seems like entertainment, you know? I never heard that discourse until I was in it. Then afterward, when I would meet Israelis who served, even here in the US, the way they joked around about what they did in the West Bank, the way they joked around about killing or stopping people or making them take their clothes off and dance naked, it’s entertainment. They think it’s funny. They don’t see that there’s a problem here because racism is so ingrained from such a young age that it’s almost organic. And I don’t think it’s surprising. When you have a racist society, and you have a racist education system that is so methodical, that’s what you get. And the racism doesn’t stop with Palestinians or with Arabs; It goes on to the Black people, it goes on to people of color, it goes to Jews or Israelis who come from other countries who are dark-skinned, for some reason. The racism crosses all these boundaries and it’s completely part of the culture. Chris Hedges: You have very little criticism of the IDF, almost none within the Israeli press, although there is quite a bit of criticism right now, of Netanyahu and his mismanagement and his corruption. Talk a little bit about the deification of the IDF within the public discourse and mainstream media and what that means for what’s happening in Gaza. Miko Peled: Well, the military is above the law. It’s above reproach, except from time to time. So after the ’73 war, there was an investigation. Earlier this week, there was, in the cabinet meeting… The cabinet meets every Sunday. And the army chief of staff was there and he was… This was leaked from the cabinet meeting. It was leaked that some of the more right-wing partners – It’s funny to say right-wing partners because they’re all this right-wing lunacy in the Israeli cabinet – But the more right-wing settlers that are in the cabinet were attacking the army, were attacking the chief of staff because he decided to start an inquiry because it was catastrophic when the Palestinian fighters came in from Gaza, there was nobody home. They took over half of their country back. They took 22 Israeli settlements and cities. They took over the army base of the Gaza brigade, which is supposed to defend the country from exactly this happening. And there was nobody in the… They took over the base. So he initiated an internal inquiry within the army, and they’re criticizing him and what you see in the Israeli press is two very interesting things: One is something went horribly wrong and we need to find out why, but we should wait because we shouldn’t do it during wartime. We shouldn’t criticize the army during wartime. We shouldn’t make the soldiers feel like they have to hold back because if they need to shoot, they should be allowed to shoot. And the other thing we see is that politically, everybody is eating each other up. They’re killing each other politically in the press. So everybody that’s against Netanyahu and wants to see it is attacking him. His people are attacking the others for attacking the government. It seems like there’s this paralysis as a result of this infighting that is affecting the functionality of the state as a state. Israelis are not living in the country, Israel is not the state that it was prior to October 7, it was paralyzed for several weeks, and now it’s still paralyzed in many ways. You’ve got missiles coming from the north, you’ve got missiles coming from the south. You’ve got very large numbers of Israeli soldiers being killed and thousands being injured and the war’s not ending. They’re not able to defeat the Palestinians in Gaza, the armed resistance, and so on. So all of this is taking place and you read the Israeli press and it’s like this cesspool that’s bubbling and bubbling and bubbling, and everybody’s attacking everybody else. And the army, it’s true, they are above reproach mostly, but this particular time the settlers are very angry. Another reason is because the the military decided to pull back some of the ground troops, understandably, since they’re being hit so hard. And I remember that happening before when the army pulled back out of Gaza, they were being attacked for stopping the killing, for not continuing these mass killings of Palestinians. Chris Hedges: Well, you had what? 70 fatalities in the Golani Brigade? And they were pulled back. This is a very elite unit. Miko Peled: Yeah, it’s very interesting because many of the casualties are high-ranking officers. You have colonels, lieutenant colonels, and very high-ranking commanders within Israeli special forces who are being killed. And they’re usually killed in big bunches because they’ll be in an armored personnel carrier or they’ll be marching together. And in Jenin a few days ago, they blew up a military vehicle and killed a bunch of soldiers. So Israelis are scratching their heads, not knowing what the hell is going on and what to do, because number one, they were not protected as they thought they were. And I’m sure you know this, the Israeli settlements, the kibbutzim, the cities in the south that border Gaza, [inaudible 00:25:59], they enjoy some of the highest standards of living among Israelis. It’s a beautiful lifestyle. It’s warm, it’s lovely. Agriculture is… And I don’t think it ever occurred to them that Palestinians would dare to come out of Gaza fighting and succeeding the way they did. The army was bankrupt. It was gone, the intelligence apparatus was bankrupt, and nothing worked. And it is reminiscent of what happened in 1973. This is far worse but it is reminiscent. And I don’t think it’s a coincidence that the October 7 attacks were exactly 50 years and one day after the 1973 October war began and the whole system collapsed. So that’s what we’re seeing right now. Chris Hedges: How do you read what’s happening in Gaza, militarily? Miko Peled: The Palestinians are able to hold on and kill many Israelis. And even though the Israelis have the firepower and they’ve got the logistics, supply chains are not a problem. Whereas Palestinians, I don’t know where they’re getting supplies. I don’t know where they’re getting food to continue fighting. They’re putting up a fierce resistance. I don’t think that militarily there’s a strategy here. This is revenge; Israel was humiliated, the army was humiliated, and they needed to take it out on somebody. So they found the weakest victims they could lay their hands on, and these are the Palestinian civilians in Gaza. And so they’re killing them by the tens of thousands. I don’t think anybody believes in such a thing as getting rid of Hamas. I don’t think anybody believes that that’s possible. I don’t believe anybody takes seriously or believes that you can take too many people out of Gaza and spread them around the world and into other places, even though that’s what they’re saying. But as long as Israel is allowed to kill, and as long as the supply chain isn’t interrupted, they’re going to continue to kill. Chris Hedges: And they’re also creating a humanitarian crisis. So it’s not just the bombs and the shells, but it’s now starvation. Diarrhea is an epidemic, sanitation is broken. I’m wondering at what point this humanitarian crisis becomes so pronounced that the choice is you leave or you die. Miko Peled: That’s always the big question for Palestinians. And the sad thing is that Palestinians are always being placed in these situations where they have to make that choice. It’s the worst form of injustice. And you know this, you’ve been in war zones. We don’t know how many bodies are buried under the rubble and what that’s going to bring up. And there are hundreds of thousands now who are suffering from all kinds of diseases as a result of this environmental catastrophe. And you remember, what was it? 2016 or something, 2017? The UN came out with a report that by 2020, Gaza would be uninhabitable. I don’t think the Gaza Strip has ever been inhabitable. It’s been a humanitarian disaster since it was created in the late forties and early fifties because they suddenly threw all these refugees there with no infrastructure and that was it, and then began killing them. I was talking to some people the other day, as Americans, as taxpayers, wouldn’t we want the Sixth Fleet, which is in the Mediterranean, the US Navy Sixth Fleet, to aid the Palestinians? To provide them support? To create a no-fly zone over these innocent people that are being massacred? As Americans, shouldn’t that be the natural ask, the natural desire to demand our politicians to use? Because American naval vessels have been used for humanitarian causes before. Why aren’t they supporting the Palestinians? Why aren’t they providing them aid? Why aren’t they helping them rebuild? Why are American tax dollars going to continue this genocide rather than stop it and aid the victims? These are questions Americans need to ask themselves because it makes absolutely no sense. It is absolute madness that people are allowing their government to support a genocide that’s not even done in secret. It’s not even done in hiding it. It’s on prime time. Everybody sees it. Everybody knows what’s going on. And again, for some strange reason, Americans are allowing their military and their government to aid the genocide. And there’s no question that it’s genocide. The definition of the crime of genocide is so absolutely clear, that anybody can look it up and compare it to what’s been going on in Palestine. So that to me is the greatest question: Why aren’t Americans demanding that the US support the Palestinians? Chris Hedges: Well, according to opinion polls, most Americans want a ceasefire. But the Congress is bought and paid for by the Israel lobby. Biden is one of the largest recipients of aid or campaign financing from the Israel lobby. This is true for both parties. Chuck Schumer was at the rally saying no ceasefire. Miko Peled: Which is odd. A ceasefire is a very small ask and I don’t know why we always ask for the bare minimum for Palestinians. But let’s talk about ceasefire. Israeli soldiers are being killed as well in very large numbers. How has ceasefire suddenly become an anti-Israeli demand? But it’s a very small ask. I don’t know how it was or where it was that this idea of demanding a ceasefire came up because that is not a serious demand. Ceasefire gets violated by Israel anyway, within 24-48 hours. You know that historically Israel always violated ceasefires. What is required here are severe sanctions, a no-fly zone, immediate aid to the Palestinians, and stopping this and providing guarantees for the safety and security of Palestinians forever moving forward so this can never happen again. That’s what needs to be asked. At this point, after having sacrificed so much, after having shown much of what I believe is immense courage, Palestinians deserve everything. We as people of conscience need to demand not to ceasefire, we need to demand a dismantling of the apartheid state and a full stop and absolute end to the genocide and guarantees put in place that Palestinian kids will be safe. I was talking to Issa Amro earlier in Hebron. It’s ridiculous when nobody even talks about what happens in the West Bank. Friends of mine who are Palestinian citizens of Israel, nobody dares to leave the house, nobody dares to text. They’re afraid to walk down the streets. Their safety is not guaranteed by anyone. Palestinian safety and security are left to the whims of any Israeli, and that should be the conversation right now, after such horrendous violence. That needs to be the demand. That needs to be the ask when we go to protests when we make these demands like a ceasefire. And even that, Israel is not willing. And these bouts of political supporters of Israel here in America are not willing to entertain a ceasefire. I believe it’s a crazy part of history that we’re experiencing right now and it’s a watershed moment. October 7 created an opportunity to end this for good, to end the suffering of Palestinians, the oppression, and the genocide for good. And if we being people of conscience don’t take advantage of this now and bring it to an end, we will regret this for generations. Chris Hedges: The Netanyahu government is talking about this assault on Gaza, this genocide continuing for months. There are strikes, and have been strikes against, now Hezbollah leaders. What concerns you? How could this all go terribly wrong? Miko Peled: It’s already gone terribly wrong because of the death and destruction of so many innocent lives is… I don’t even know that there’s a word for it. It’s beyond horrifying. Netanyahu is relying on the restraint of Hezbollah and the restraint of Iran and the restraint of the Arab governments has all been neutralized either through destruct, being destroyed, or through normalization. So he’s relying on that and he knows that he can keep triggering, he can keep bombing Lebanon, bombing Syria, instigating all of these things and it won’t turn into an all-out war. Because at the end of the day, even though Lebanese, Hezbollah, and Palestinian fighters have shown that they’re superior as fighters, they don’t have the supply chains, they don’t have the warplanes, they don’t have the tanks. So more and more civilians are going to be hurt. So I don’t think it’s going to turn into a regional war by any stretch of the imagination. And so Netanyahu is betting on that, and that’s why he’s allowing this to go on. And for him, this is a win-win. There’s no way that he can be unseated by anybody that’s around him. There’s no opposition. And as long as this goes on, as long as everybody’s in a state of crisis, he can continue to sit in the Prime Minister’s seat, which for him is the end all and be all of everything. And the world is supporting. The world, as governments of the world, I should say. I do interviews with African TV stations, Indian TV stations, and Europeans; Everybody is supporting Israel. Everybody listens to what I have to say, and they think I am a lunatic for supporting terrorism or whatever it is they, however, it is that they frame it. But I don’t see this ending unless there is massive pressure by people of conscience on their governments to force change, to force sanctions, to force the end of the genocide, and the end of the apartheid state. Chris Hedges: I want to talk about the shift within Zionism itself from the dominance of a secular leadership to – We see it in the government of Netanyahu – The rise of a religious Zionism, which is also true now within the IDF. And I wondered if you could talk about the consequences of that. Miko Peled: Sure. So originally, traditionally, and historically, Zionism and Judaism were at odds. And even to this day ultra-orthodox Jews reject Zionism and reject Israel by and large. But after 1967, there was this new creation of the Zionist religious movement. And these are the settlers who went to the West Bank and they became the new pioneers. And they are today, they make up a large portion of the officers and those who joined the special forces and so on. In the past, in the army, the unofficial policy was that these guys, should not be allowed to advance. The current chief of staff comes from that world, which is a huge change. There are several generals and high-ranking commanders and so on who come from that world. The reason that it was the unofficial policy that these guys should not be promoted was that it’s an incredibly toxic combination, this messianic form of Judaism, which is an aberration. It’s not Judaism at all, with this nationalist fanaticism. This combination is toxic and look what it created. It created some of the worst racists, some of the most violent thugs that we’ve seen, certainly in the short history of the state of Israel, although I don’t know that they’re any less violent than the generation of Zionists of my father who are secular. This was a big concern in the past but now they’re everywhere and look at its current government. They hold the finance ministry, they hold the national security ministry, certainly in the military they’re everywhere, they hold many sub-cabinets, and they’re heads of committees in the Knesset, and so on. And they’ve done their work. They worked very hard to get to where they are today, which is where they call the shots. And Netanyahu’s guaranteed to remain in power. They’re his support group. That’s why you could have had, as we had earlier this year, hundreds of thousands of Israelis protesting in the streets and it didn’t affect him because he has his block in the Knesset that will never leave him as long as he allows them to play their game. And this is what’s happening. So in terms of violence and the facts on the ground, I don’t think these guys are any worse again than my parents’ generation who were young Zionists and zealots at the time and committed the 1948 Nakba and ran the country and operated the apartheid state for the first few decades. But it’s a new form of fanaticism being that it is religious as well as fascist. So it’s very toxic. And they have more of a stomach for killing civilians than we’ve ever seen before, even for Israelis. These numbers are beyond belief, even for Israel. Chris Hedges: I’m wondering if this religious Zionism probably has its profoundest effect within Israel, in terms of shutting down dissidents, civil liberties, this kind of stuff. Miko Peled: Well, Israelis love them. Israelis love these guys because they’re religious but they dress like us. They don’t look like the old Jews with the big beards and everything; They’re cool. They wear jeans. And the reason I say this is because one of their objectives is to take over Al-Aqsa and build a Jewish temple. They’re destroying Al-Aqsa and they conduct these tours. In the old city of Jerusalem, there’s a particular path that you take from where the western wall is up to Al-Aqsa, which is open for non-Muslims. And so they hold tours and there’s several odd times throughout the day. I’ve taken some of these tours to see what it’s about, what these guys do, you know? These are prayer tours and hundreds of thousands of Israelis go on these tours. And these are Israelis who are not religious at all, these are secular people. I see the people that go on the tours. To give you an idea of what this is about, you go up on that bridge and then you wait until the tour starts because you have to go in a group. And there’s a massive model of the new temple, of the Jewish temple that is going to be built there. And then you have a huge group of armed police –They’re not soldiers, they’re police but dressed completely militarized. And Muslim Palestinians are not allowed – That accompany the tour all around and they stop and they pray and they stop and they pray and they stop and pray at various places. The whole thing takes maybe an hour. But the interesting thing is that the people who go on these tours are secular Israelis. And then as I was doing this, I was remembering, even as a kid growing up completely secular, we would sing songs about the day that we build a temple. Why did we sing songs about building a temple? Because it went beyond our religious significance and became a national significance. And there’s no question in my mind that Netanyahu and secular Israelis would love to see this idea of destroying Al-Aqsa and having a Jewish temple there. It’s a sign that we’re back, King David is back. Even though it has nothing to do with history and there’s no truth in it, the connection that we are descendants of King David is something Israelis love. That’s what this is about, the relationship between the so-called settlers. That’s what they’re called in Israeli jargon. They’re called the settlers. Regular secular Israelis are an interesting one because on the one hand, they’re looked down upon because they’re religious, but on the other hand, they’re a cool religious. So there is an affinity. Chris Hedges: Great. That was Miko Peled, author of The General’s Son: Journey of an Israeli in Palestine and Injustice: The Story of the Holy Land Foundation Five. I want to thank the Real News Network and its production team: Cameron Granandino, Adam Coley, David Hebden, and Kayla Rivara. You can find me at chrishedges.substack.com. Creative Commons License Republish our articles for free, online or in print, under a Creative Commons license. https://therealnews.com/the-idfs-war-crimes-are-a-perfect-reflection-of-israeli-society https://telegra.ph/The-IDFs-war-crimes-are-a-perfect-reflection-of-Israeli-society-04-02
    THEREALNEWS.COM
    The IDF's war crimes are a perfect reflection of Israeli society
    Miko Peled, author and former member of IDF Special Forces, explains how Israel indoctrinates its citizens in anti-Palestinian racism from the cradle to the grave.
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 94743 Views
  • Babylon Bee - Mankind Lands On Moon For First Time Since Wallace And Gromit In 1989:

    https://babylonbee.com/news/mankind-lands-on-moon-for-first-time-since-wallace-and-gromit-in-1989

    #MoonLanding #Moon #IntuitiveMachines #IM1 #Odysseus #LunarLander #SolarSystemScience #Astronomy
    Babylon Bee - Mankind Lands On Moon For First Time Since Wallace And Gromit In 1989: https://babylonbee.com/news/mankind-lands-on-moon-for-first-time-since-wallace-and-gromit-in-1989 #MoonLanding #Moon #IntuitiveMachines #IM1 #Odysseus #LunarLander #SolarSystemScience #Astronomy
    BABYLONBEE.COM
    Mankind Lands On Moon For First Time Since Wallace And Gromit In 1989
    HOUSTON, TX — The world is celebrating today after news broke that mankind had landed on the Moon for the first time since Wallace and Gromit did so in 1989.
    0 Commenti 0 condivisioni 8110 Views
Pagine in Evidenza